Over Voltage

lEI P0WEk AN0 ENEk0 5EklE5 33
Series Editors: Professor A.T. !ohns

Professor D.F. Warne
Cvervoltage
Protection of Low
voltage Systems
Second edition
0tber volumes in tbis series:
volume 1 Power circuit breaker tbeory and design C.H. Flurscheim (Editor)
volume 4 lndustrial microwave beating A.C. Metaxas and R.!. Meredith
volume 7 lnsulators for bigb voltages !.S.T. Looms
volume 8 Variable frequency AC-motor drive systems D. Finney
volume 10 5F6 switcbgear H.M. Ryan and C.R. !ones
volume 11 Conduction and induction beating E.!. Davies
volume 13 5tatistical tecbniques for bigb voltage engineering W. Hauschild and
W. Mosch
volume 14 Uninterruptable power supplies !. Platts and !.D. St Aubyn (Editors)
volume 15 0igital protection for power systems A.T. !ohns and S.K. Salman
volume 16 Electricity economics and planning T.W. errie
volume 18 Vacuum switcbgear A. Creenwood
volume 19 Electrical safety: a guide to causes and prevention of bazards
!. Maxwell Adams
volume 21 Electricity distribution network design, 2nd edition E. Lakervi and
E.!. Holmes
volume 22 Articial intelligence tecbniques in power systems K. Warwick, A.C. Ekwue
and R. Aggarwal (Editors)
volume 24 Power system commissioning and maintenance practice K. Harker
volume 25 Engineers' bandbook of industrial microwave beating R.!. Meredith
volume 26 5mall electric motors H. Moczala ETAL
volume 27 AC-0C power system analysis !. Arrill and .C. Smith
volume 29 Higb voltage direct current transmission, 2nd edition !. Arrillaga
volume 30 Flexible AC Iransmission 5ystems (FACI5) Y-H. Song (Editor)
volume 31 Embedded generation N. !enkins ETAL
volume 32 Higb voltage engineering and testing, 2nd edition H.M. Ryan (Editor)
volume 33 0vervoltage protection of low-voltage systems, revised edition P. Hasse
volume 34 Ibe ligbtning asb v. Cooray
volume 35 Control tecbniques drives and controls bandbook W. Drury (Editor)
volume 36 Voltage quality in electrical power systems !. Schlabbach ETAL
volume 37 Electrical steels for rotating macbines P. eckley
volume 38 Ibe electric car: development and future of battery, bybrid and fuel-cell
cars M. Westbrook
volume 39 Power systems electromagnetic transients simulation !. Arrillaga and
N. Watson
volume 40 Advances in bigb voltage engineering M. Haddad and D. Warne
volume 41 Electrical operation of electrostatic precipitators K. Parker
volume 43 Ibermal power plant simulation and control D. Flynn
volume 44 Economic evaluation of projects in tbe electricity supply industry H. Khatib
volume 45 Propulsion systems for bybrid vebicles !. Miller
volume 46 0istribution switcbgear S. Stewart
volume 47 Protection of electricity distribution networks, 2nd edition !. Cers and
E. Holmes
volume 48 Wood pole overbead lines . Wareing
volume 49 Electric fuses, 3rd edition A. Wright and C. Newbery
volume 50 Wind power integration: connection and system operational aspects . Fox
ETAL.
volume 51 5bort circuit currents !. Schlabbach
volume 52 Nuclear power !. Wood
volume 53 Condition assessment of bigb voltage insulation in power system
equipment R.E. !ames and C. Su
volume 905 Power system protection, 4 volumes
Cvervoltage
Protection of Low
voltage Systems
Second edition

Peter Hasse
The Institution of Engineering and Technology
Published by The Institution of Engineering and Technology, London, United Kingdom
First edition 1998 Tv-verlag CmbH, Unternehmensgruppe Tv Rheinland/erlin
randenburg, Kln
English translation 2000 The Institution of Electrical Engineers
Reprint with new cover 2008 The Institution of Engineering and Technology
First published 1998
English translation 2000
Reprinted 2003, 2008
This publication is copyright under the erne Convention and the Universal Copyright
Convention. All rights reserved. Apart from any fair dealing for the purposes of research
or private study, or criticism or review, as permitted under the Copyright, Designs and
Patents Act, 1988, this publication may be reproduced, stored or transmitted, in any
form or by any means, only with the prior permission in writing of the publishers, or in
the case of reprographic reproduction in accordance with the terms of licences issued
by the Copyright Licensing Agency. Inquiries concerning reproduction outside those
terms should be sent to the publishers at the undermentioned address:
The Institution of Engineering and Technology
Michael Faraday House
Six Hills Way, Stevenage
Herts, SC1 2AY, United Kingdom
www.theiet.org
While the author and the publishers believe that the information and guidance given
in this work are correct, all parties must rely upon their own skill and judgement when
making use of them. Neither the author nor the publishers assume any liability to
anyone for any loss or damage caused by any error or omission in the work, whether
such error or omission is the result of negligence or any other cause. Any and all such
liability is disclaimed.
The moral rights of the author to be identihed as author of this work have been
asserted by him in accordance with the Copyright, Designs and Patents Act 1988.
8ritisb Library Cataloguing in Publication 0ata
Hasse, P. (Peter)
Cvervoltage protection of low-voltage systems. - Rev. ed.
(Power and energy series no. 33)
1. Cvervoltage 2. Low-voltage systems 3. Electrical apparatus and appliances
- Standards
I. Title
621.3'17
l58N (10 digit) 0 85296 781 0
l58N (13 digit) 978-0-85296-781-2
Printed in the UK by T! International Ltd, Padstow, Cornwall
Reprinted in the UK by Lightning Source UK Ltd, Milton Keynes
Contents
1 Introduction 1
2 Damage due to lightning and surges 5
2.1 Damage statistics 5
2.2 Examples 10
2.2.1 Damage in hazardous areas 10
2.2.2 Damage to industrial plants 15
2.2.3 Damage to power supply systems 24
2.2.4 Damage to a house 27
2.2.5 Damage to aircraft and airports 36
2.2.6 Damage to wind power stations 38
2.2.7 Catastrophic damage 39
3 Origin and eect of surges 43
3.1 Atmospheric overvoltages 45
3.1.1 Direct and close-up strikes 45
3.1.1.1 Voltage drop at the impulse earthing resistance 48
3.1.1.2 Induced voltages in metal loops 49
3.1.2 Remote strikes 56
3.1.3 Coupling of surge currents on signal lines 57
3.1.3.1 Ohmic coupling 58
3.1.3.2 Inductive coupling 58
3.1.3.3 Capacitive coupling 59
3.1.4 Magnitude of atmospheric overvoltages 60
3.2 Switching overvoltages 61
4 Protective measures, standards 67
4.1 Lightning protection 69
4.1.1 Risk analysis, protection levels 74
4.1.2 External and internal lightning protection, DIN VDE
0185 Part 1, DIN V ENV 61024-1 (VDE V 0185 Part
100) 78
4.1.3 Concept of lightning protection zones, DIN VDE
0185-103 (VDE 0185 Part 103) 79
4.1.3.1 LEMP-protection planning 83
4.1.3.1.1 Denition of lightning protection levels 83
4.1.3.1.2 Denition of lightning protection zones 83
4.1.3.1.3 Room shielding measures 84
4.1.3.1.4 Equipotential bonding networks 90
4.1.3.1.5 Equipotential bonding measures for supply
lines and electric lines at the boundaries of
the lightning protection zones 92
4.1.3.1.6 Cable routing and shielding 94
4.1.3.2 Realization of LEMP protection 97
4.1.3.3 Installation and supervision of LEMP
protection 99
4.1.3.4 Acceptance inspection of LEMP protection 100
4.1.3.5 Periodic inspection 101
4.1.3.6 Costs 101
4.2 Surge protection for electrical systems of buildings, IEC
60364, DIN VDE 0100 103
4.2.1 IEC 60364-4-443/DIN VDE 0100 Part 443 104
4.2.2 IEC 60664-1/DIN VDE 0110 Part 1 105
4.2.3 IEC 60364-5-534/DIN VDE 0100 Part 534 109
4.3 Surge protection for telecommunications systems, DIN
VDE 0800, DIN VDE 0845 110
4.4 Electromagnetic compatibility including protection
against electromagnetic impulses and lightning,
VG 95 372 112
4.5 Standards for components and protective devices 112
4.5.1 Connection components, E DIN EN 50164-1
(VDE 0185 Part 201) 113
4.5.2 Arresters for lightning currents and surges 113
4.5.2.1 Arresters for power engineering, IEC
61643-1/E DIN VDE 0675 Part 6 113
4.5.2.1.1 Important data for arrester selection 119
4.5.2.1.2 Coordination of the arresters according to
requirements and locations 120
4.5.2.1.3 N-PE arrester, E DIN VDE 0675 Part
6/A2 121
4.5.2.2 Arresters for information technology,
IEC SC 37A/E DIN VDE 0845 Part 2 122
4.5.2.2.1 Important data for arrester selection 124
4.5.2.2.2 Arrester coordination according to
requirements and locations 125
4.5.2.3 Arrester coordination 125
vi Contents
5 Components and protective devices: construction, eect and
application 127
5.1 Air terminations 127
5.2 Building and room shields 129
5.3 Shields for lines between screened buildings 138
5.4 Shields for cables in buildings 141
5.5 Optoelectronic connections 143
5.5.1 Optical bre transmission system 144
5.5.2 Optocoupler 145
5.6 Equipotential bonding 145
5.7 Isolating spark gaps 150
5.8 Arresters 153
5.8.1 Arresters for power engineering 155
5.8.1.1 Surge arresters for low-voltage overhead lines,
class A 155
5.8.1.2 Lightning current arresters for lightning
protection equipotential bonding, class B 157
5.8.1.3 Surge arresters for protection of permanent
installation, class C 167
5.8.1.4 Surge arresters for application at socket outlets,
class D 174
5.8.1.5 Surge arresters for application at equipment
inputs 175
5.8.1.6 Application of lightning current arresters and
surge arresters 175
5.8.1.6.1 Graded application of arresters, energetic
coordination between surge arresters and
equipment to protect 178
5.8.1.6.2 Application of arresters in dierent system
congurations 182
5.8.1.6.3 Selection of arrester backup fuses 196
5.8.2 Arresters for information technology 206
5.8.2.1 Arresters for measuring and control systems 209
5.8.2.1.1 Blitzductor
CT: Construction and mode of

functioning 210
CT: Selection criteria 223

CT: Examples of application 228

5.8.2.1.4 Arresters for intrinsically safe measuring
and control circuits and their application 238
5.8.2.1.5 Arresters for cathodic protection systems 246
5.8.2.1.6 Arresters in Euro-card format 248
5.8.2.1.7 Arresters in LSA-Plus technology 248
5.8.2.2 Combined protective devices for power supply
inputs and information technology inputs 253
Contents vii
5.8.2.3 Protective devices for data networks/systems 255
5.8.2.3.1 Protective devices for application-neutral
cabling 255
5.8.2.3.2 Protective devices for token ring-cabling 262
5.8.2.3.3 Protective devices for Ethernet twisted pair-
cabling 265
5.8.2.3.4 Protective devices for Ethernet coax-cabling 267
5.8.2.3.5 Protective devices for standard cabling 271
5.8.2.3.6 Protective devices for data telecontrol
transmission by ISDN base terminal 277
transmission by ISDN primary multiplex
terminal 284
transmission by analogous a/b-wire
terminal 286
6 Application in practice: Some examples 293
6.1 Industrial plants 295
6.1.1 Fabrication hall 295
6.1.2 Store and dispatch building 296
6.1.3 Factory central heating 302
6.1.4 Central computer 307
6.1.5 European installation bus (EIB) 309
6.1.6 Other bus systems 313
6.1.7 Fire and burglar alarm system 313
6.1.8 Video control system 316
6.1.9 Radio paging system 318
6.1.10 Electronic vehicle weighbridge 320
6.2 Peak-load power station 323
6.3 Mobile radio systems 328
6.4 Television transmitter 334
6.5 Mobile telecommunication facility 339
6.6 Airport control tower 343
7 Prospects 351
Index 353
viii Contents
Chapter 1
Introduction
Business, industry and public institutions depend on electronic data
engineering. Electronic data processing (EDP) systems, measuring and
control systems, instrumentation and control as well as secondary tech-
nology are all part of a modern industrial plant. Data recording devices
at the production facilities are connected to oce terminals and com-
puters by information networks ranging between buildingstogether
making CIM (computer integrated manufacturing). Open networks,
where dierent types of computers and dierent operating systems
communicate, are often the basis for CIM. This rapidly expanding
business process is now approaching the CIE (computer integrated
enterprise) or CIB (computer integrated business); in other words, the
complete integration of all ranges of administration into a multi-EDP
system. The future lies in the computer-integrated factory or in
computer-integrated business and administration.
Everywhere, computers in local banks are connected to the computing
centre of the main bank. This networked world, with its growing ow
of information, is, however, severely hindered by interference or damage
to the essential transmission systems in the telephone and data networks,
as well as at terminals (Figure 1 a). Dependence on electronic data
processing can quickly lead to catastrophe if the system fails.
An American study in 1987 highlighted the seriousness of the situ-
ation. According to this, banks will only be able to manage without EDP
for 2 days, sales-oriented enterprises will be able to manage for 3.3 days,
manufacturers for 4.9 days, and insurance companies for 5.6 days. An
investigation by IBM Germany disclosed that enterprises without
functioning EDP would be on the verge of ruin after about 4.8 days. In
many business sectors within the European Market this risk will certainly
continue to increase in the future.
Computer safety experts point out that nine out of ten enterprises will
close if the computer fails for two weeks. The most frequent reason for
the failure of such electronic systems is transient electromagnetic interfer-
ences that disturb the ow of data and destroy electronic equipment.
Risk can be controlled by electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) meas-
ures. This species conditions under which any kinds of electric equipment
do not disturb each other and also where electromagnetic phenomena,
for example, lightning discharges, will not disturb their function.
The European Community has declared EMC as a protection goal by
issuing the Richtlinie des Rats vom 3. Mai 1989 zur Angleichung der
Rechtsvorschriften der Mitgliedstaaten ber die Elektromagnetische
Vertrglichkeit (Council Directive of 3 May 1989 to Harmonise Laws of
the Member Nations concerning Electromagnetic Compatibility). All
apparatus, facilities and systems that include electric or electronic
components must demonstrate sucient withstand levels against elec-
tromagnetic disturbances to guarantee proper operation of equipment.
The instructions of the Council especially mention the following facil-
ities: industrial equipment, telecommunication networks and equipment,
mobile radio sets, information technology equipment, private sound and
TV-radio-receivers, commercial mobile radio and radio-telephones, med-
ical and scientic apparatus and equipment, household appliances and
electronic household equipment, radio sets for navigation, electronic edu-
cation gear, transmitters for radio and television, and luminaires and
uorescent lamps. These instructions were transferred into German law
on 9 November 1992 as the Gesetz ber die Electromagnetische Vertrg-
lichkeit von Gerten (EMVG) (Law on the Electromagnetic Compatibility
of Devices (EMCD)) and was fully valid as from 1 January 1996. A change to
the EMVG was made on 30 August 1995. Violation of the EMC law, and
thus of the EMC general instructions, is deemed a summary oence.
Among the threats from the electromagnetic environment, lightning
discharge (Figure 1 b) is the most important and therefore this deter-
Figure 1 a Partial lightning currents propagate on lines and mains
2 Overvoltage protection of low voltage systems
mines to a great extent the protective measures that must be undertaken
in the framework of EMC. Therefore, modern lightning protection does
not only mean protection of buildings but especially the protection of
those devices covered by Section 2, item 4 of EMVG, meaning that a
lightning protection system also must be erected, even if it is not neces-
sary for the building, for the equipment it contains, in the sense of
Section 2, item 4 of EMVG.
This book presents proven lightning and surge protection measures,
taking into account the latest standards and engineering. The com-
ponents and devices that are used to achieve these protective measures
are explained in terms of their function and application by means of
practical examples.
Sources
SACHSE, CH.: Computersicherheit Tanz auf dem Vulkan (Management-
Wissen, 1987) No. 6, pp. 6872
PIGLER, F.: EMV und Blitzschutz leittechnischer Anlagen (Siemens AG,
Berlin u. Mnchen, 1990)
SCHWAB, A. J.: Elektromagnetische Vertrglichkeit (Springer Verlag, Berlin,
Heidelberg, New York, 1990)
BEIERL, O.: Elektromagnetische Vertrglichkeit beim Blitzeinschlag in ein
Gebude (Fortschrittsberichte VDI, 1991) Reihe 21, Nr. 93 (VDI-Verlag
GmbH, Dsseldorf)
KOHLING, A.: EG-Rahmenrichtlinie und Europische Normen zur EMV,
etz Elektrotech. Z., 1991, 12, (9), pp. 438441
Figure 1 b Lightning discharge a special electromagnetic source of interference
Introduction 3
GONSCHOREK, K.-H. and SINGER, H.: Elektromagnetische Vertrg-
lichkeit (B. G. Teubner, StuttgartLeipzig, 1992)
HABIGER, E.: Elektromagnetische Vertrglichkeit. Grundzge ihrer
Sicherstellung in der Gerte- und Anlagentechnik (Hthig Buchverlag
GmbH, Heidelberg, 1992)
HABIGER, E.: Handbuch Elektromagnetische Vertrglichkeit (Verlag
Technik GmbH, BerlinMnchen, 1992)
MEYER, H. (Ed.): Elektromagnetische Vertrglichkeit von Automatisie-
rungssystemen (VDE-Verlag, GmbH, Berlin/Offenbach, 1992)
DIN VDE 0870 Teil 1: Elektromagnetische Beeinussung (EMB) Begriffe.
(VDE-Verlag, GmbH, Berlin/Offenbach, July 1984)
Richtlinien des Rats vom 3 May 1989 zur Angleichung der Rechtsvorschriften
der Mitgliedstaaten ber die Elektromagnetische Vertrglichkeit (89/336/
EWG). Brssel: Amtsblatt der Gemeinschaft L 139/19 (23 May 1989)
Gesetz ber die Elektromagnetische Vertrglichkeit von Gerten (EMVG),
9 Nov. 1992. Bundesgesetzblatt Teil 1, Nr. 52 (12 Nov. 1992)
Erstes Gesetz zur nderung des EMVG vom 30 August 1995 (1. EMVG ndG).
Bundesgesetzblatt Teil 1. Nr. 47 (8 Sept. 1995).
Guidelines on the Application of Council Directive 89/336/EEC of 3 May 1989
on the Approximation of the Laws of the Member States Relating to Electro-
magnetic Compatibility (Directive 89/336/EEC Amended by Directives 91/263/
EEC, 92/31/EEC, 93/68/EEC, 93/97/EEC)
SCHNITZLER, J.: Rechtliche Aspekte fr Planer, Errichter und Prfer von
Blitzschutzanlagen. 2. VDE/ABB-Fachtagung (67 Nov. 1997) Neu-Ulm:
Neue Blitzschutznormen in der Praxis
Chapter 2
Damage due to lightning and surges
Damage to electronic installations is increasing due to the following
factors: (i) the increasing use of electronic equipment and systems,
(ii) the lower signal levels, which means higher sensitivity, and (iii) the
increasing use of networks that cover large areas. Although the con-
comitant destruction of electronic components is not often spectacular,
interruptions to operations in most cases are rather long. Thus, the con-
sequential damage is often considerably higher than the damage to the
hardware (Figure 2 a).
2.1 Damage statistics
One important electronic insurance company in Germany reported that
the costs of compensation for surge damage due to electromagnetic
Figure 2 a Computer board damaged by lightning surges
disturbances on electronic systems and equipment, such as communica-
tion systems, computers, measuring devices and medical appliances,
have quadrupled within a period of ten years (Figure 2.1 a). In 1984 8.5%
of all damage adjustments were caused by surges. In 1993 34.6%, in 1994
35.5%, in 1995 33% out of 11000 cases of damage and in 1996 26.6%
and in 1997 31.68% out of 8722 cases of damage were caused by surges
(Figure 2.1 b).
Figure 2.1 a Development of the percentage of damage due to surges compared
with the total damage sum
(Source: Wrttembergische Feuerversicherung AG, Stuttgart)
Figure 2.1 b Electronics sector: damage in 1997 (analysis of more than 9600
cases of damage)
In the former Federal Republic of Germany (FRG) in 1990, damage
costs to electronic equipment and systems caused by surges may have
exceeded one billion DM. Surge damage analysis has shown that light-
ning discharges are the dominant disturbances, followed by those due to
switching operations in power technical systems. There are also dangers
caused by electrostatic discharge.
A statistic concerning lightning damage published for many years
by the Upper Austrian re prevention authority (Table 2.1 a) shows
(additionally to the damage due to direct lightning strikes), indirect
damage caused by electromagnetic lightning disturbances. Such indirect
Table 2.1 a Damage statistics of the Fire Prevention Authority, Upper Austria
Damage due to lightning and surges 7
damage costs are far higher than those due to direct lightning. For
example, in 1993 there were 23646 indirect damage incidents amounting
to 86.2 million S (Austrian schillings), compared to 64 direct damage
incidents for which 27.4 million S had to be compensated.
There is now worldwide agreement that the danger radius around a
point struck by lightning is about 2km (Figure 2.1 c, a). Within this domain
electronic systems are aected by conducted and radiated disturbances
that may cause destruction (Figure 2.1 c, b). In the case of an electro-
Figure 2.1 c (a) Lightning discharge hazard 2km around the strike point
Figure 2.1 c (b) Electronic systems are interfered with or damaged by conducted
and radiated interference
magnetic disturbance by lightning, the hardware damage is only a
small part of the total impact. Consequential damage, such as factory
standstill due to the breakdown of computer systems or pollution due to
the failure of measuring and control systems in chemical plants, causes
the greatest proportion of the total loss, to say nothing of the possible
liabilities.
Insurers only compensate for hardware damage, and today they usu-
ally pay for the damage only if it is a rst event. Thereafter, they will
demand installation of protective measures according to the level of
standardization and engineering technology, otherwise they will cancel
the insurance contract (Figure 2.1 d). It is a usual condition for the
Figure 2.1 d Text of a letter from the Liability Insurance Association of the
German Industry concerning surge damage
conclusion of new contracts that proof of existing relevant protective
measures be supplied.
2.2 Examples
Some examples of damage due to lightning discharge, switching
operations or electrostatic discharge now follow.
2.2.1 Damage in hazardous areas
The disastrous consequences of lightning strikes in hazardous areas will
be illustrated by the following ve examples.
In 1965 a 1500m
3
solid-roof petrol tank in the DEA-Scholven renery
in Karlsruhe was struck by lightning. The tank exploded and burnt out
completely (Figure 2.2.1 a). Figure 2.2.1 b shows the measuring equip-
ment inside the tank. The ohmic resistance of a nickel spiral with oat
serves for measuring the temperature in the tank. As lightning struck the
tank there was a ashover from the tank to the wires of the measuring
cable which had the potential of the remote earth. The explosive mixture
was struck and the tank burnt out.
A similar remarkable case happened ten years later in the Nether-
lands. A 5000m
3
kerosene tank exploded due to a lightning strike (Figure
2.2.1 c). The inner tank temperature was controlled by a thermoelement
connected to the control room by a 200m long measuring cable which
also had, as in the above-mentioned case, the remote earth potential. As
Figure 2.2.1 a Burned out tank due to a lightning strike, Karlsruhe, 1965
(Source: DEA-Scholven, Karlsruhe)
one of the surrounding willow trees was struck by lightning, there was a
discharge from the roots of the tree to the earthing system of the tank.
The potential of the tank system increased in accordance with its
impulse earthing resistance. As a consequence, there was a sparkover to
the measuring line and due to this open sparkover, the kerosene-air
mixture caught re. An amateur photographer shot pictures of this
lightning strike and the following explosion (Figure 2.2.1 d).
A lightning strike with severe consequences also happened in a chem-
ical plant in Herne in August 1984 where an alcohol tank burnt out
(Figure 2.2.1 e). Here, TV experts managed to nd out the reason for
Figure 2.2.1 b Measuring equipment to determine the temperature inside the tank
Figure 2.2.1 c Lightning strike to a kerosene tank, Netherlands, 1975
Figure 2.2.1 d (a)
Figure 2.2.1 d (b)
Figure 2.2.1 d (a, b) 250m high
explosion cloud after the lightning
strike to a kerosene tank
(Source: Brood, T.G.P.)
Figure 2.2.1 e Burning alcohol tank
due to a lightning strike, Herne,
1984
(Source: Kartenberg, H. J.)
the damage. Once again it was a measuring cable entering the tank with
the potential of the remote earth that led to the burn out.
In October 1995 lightning struck the Indonesian oil renery Pertamina
in Cilacap on the south coast of Java. The tank exploded and the burning
oil set re to six neighbouring tanks (Figures 2.2.1 f and g). Again the
reason was incomplete equipotential bonding. Thousands of Cilacap
inhabitants and 400 Pertamina employees had to be evacuated for their
safety. There was a standstill for about 18 months for this renery which
supplied 34% of Indonesias inland need. This meant that oil, petrol,
kerosene and diesel, worth about DM600000, had to be imported daily
for the supply of Java. Only in Spring 1997 was the company able to
restart its own production.
In June 1996 a lightning strike in New Jersey, USA, set re to petrol
tanks containing 300000 gallons of petrol. About 200 people had to be
evacuated (Figure 2.1 h).
The reasons for these cases of damage are indicated as shown in Figure
2.2.1 i. Lightning hits an almost closed Faraday cage which has a hole. A
line coming from a distant building and which is earthed there enters this
hole. Between the lightning-struck Faraday cage and this remote earth
a voltage drop develops that is caused by the lightning current at the
impulse earth resistance (e.g. in Figure 2.2.1 i, 100kV). Conventional
measuring line insulations, however, can only withstand impulse voltages
of some 100V; higher values will cause punctures with arcing.
Sources
v. THADEN, H.-W.: Tankbrand durch Blitzeinschlag (Erdl u. Kohle-Erdgas-
Petro-chemie, 1966), pp. 422424
BROOD, T. G. P.: Bericht ber infolge Blitzeinschlag verursachte Brnde in
zwei geschtzten Tanks fr die Lagerung von brennbaren Flssigkeiten. 13.
Intern. Blitzschutzkonf., Venedig (1976), Referat R-4.5
WESTDEUTSCHE ALLGEMEINE ZEITUNG: Herner Tank-Unglck
Blitzschlag trotz einer Schutzanlage (4 Dec. 1984)
THE JAKARTA POST: Cilacap re wont affect domestic fuel oil supplies (26
Oct. 1995)
THE NEW YORK TIMES: Lightning starts fuel tank re in New Jersey
(12 June 1996)
SIRAITI, K. T., PAKPAHAN, P., ANGGORO, B., SOEWONO, S, ISKANTO, E.,
GARNIWA, I., and RAHARDJO, A., An analysis of origin of internal sparks
in kerosene tank due to lightning strikes. Lightning and Mountains 97, June
1997, Chamonix Mont Blanc/France
ZORO, R., SUDIRHAM, S., and SASONGKO, D. (ITB Bandung, Indonesia):
Kerosene tank explosions due to lightning strikes in an Indonesian renery
plant. Lightning and Mountains 97, June 1997, Chamonix Mont Blanc/
France
Figure 2.2.1 f, g Oil renery Pertamina, Cilacap/Java, 1995. Seven tanks burned
out due to a lightning strike
2.2.2 Damage to industrial plants
Repeated and extensive surge damage was caused to Europes largest
computer-controlled lorry factory, DaimlerBenz AG, at Wrth, near
Karlsruhe. Often the production came to a standstill and, correspond-
ingly, extended production losses resulted from both direct and remote
lightning strikes. The factory halls are on a site with a length of 1.5km
and a width of 1km. In two shifts, 10000 workers produce 400 lorries per
shift. The material stock computers are connected with those in produc-
tion control by a DC data transmission system; this digital symmetric
transmission system works at 350mV. At the beginning of the 1980s,
surges repeatedly damaged the linked equipment, each time bringing with
it a complete production standstill.
Figure 2.2.1 h Lightning strike sets petrol tank on re, New Jersey, USA, 1996
In a textile mill in the former GDR the re alarm system was activated
by the ionization detector following a lightning strike on the roof of a
high-bay warehouse. This activated the automatic sprinkler system. Con-
sequential water damage was about 1 million DM. The warehouse was
only equipped with an external lightning protection system.
A lightning strike to the roof was also the reason for a production
standstill in the cutting department of a ready-made clothes manu-
facturer in Dresden, in 1989. Here the central computer and machine
control were disturbed by the 80m long data cable. The so-called
external lightning protection system could not prevent this damage;
internal lightning protection measures were absent.
Systems with cables and lines crossing several buildings are especially
endangered. In the Leuna works, in 1989, thunderstorms caused a failure
of electronic control and supervision equipment causing a standstill in
production. Distributed sensors in the process system were connected
with the control room by cables the shields of which were bonded with
the equipotential bonding bar of the control room. Complete lightning
protection equipotential bonding, however, had been neglected and only
a few special cables were connected with protective diodes. The damage
loss exceeded 1 million DM.
A lightning occurrence in 1983 will now be described due to its
particular characteristics. The conclusions that are drawn are valid
even today. The case entails the administration tower of Klckner
HumboldtDeutz in Cologne (Figures 2.2.2 a and b). This was struck by
lightning that was diverted to earth by the external lightning protec-
tion system. Because of the absence of an internal lightning protection
Figure 2.2.1 i Lightning strike to the Faraday cage causes ashover to the line at
the Faraday hole
system, about 100 terminals (Figure 2.2.2 c) and numerous computer
processors (Figure 2.2.2 d) in the computer centre (about 120m away)
were disturbed by this strike (Figure 2.2.2 e). Hardware damage alone
amounted to 2 million DM; the consequential loss due to the non-
availability of the computer systems was about 4 million DM. During
this particular thunderstorm other neighbouring industrial plants had
surge damage to their computers, telephone and telex systems. The
reasons for these types of damage can be explained by considering Figure
2.2.2 f. If lightning strikes building
1 , a partial lightning current will

ow into building
2 only because of the resistive coupling (Section

3.1.3 (a)) and thus cause damage there. Microelectronic components and
circuits can also be destroyed by electrostatic discharge (Figures 2.2.2 g).
False tripping of common residual current circuit breakers (RCCB)
due to electromagnetic interference at lightning discharge in close sur-
roundings can occur. Reports such as: Numerous animals killed because
of an indirect lightning strike. In an intensive animal breeding farm
14000 chickens suocated as the ventilators failed because of false
tripping of a residual current circuit breaker, after an indirect lightning
strike are not unusual. It must be explained that in intensive chicken
breeding farms about 15000 chickens are reared within six weeks on
a surface area of about 1000m
2
(Figure 2.2.2 h). During this period,
the birds are fed automatically. But, besides food and water, the continu-
ity of air supply (Figure 2.2.2 i) is of obvious vital importance. If, for
example, the ventilation system is shut down by false tripping of the
Figure 2.2.2 a Lightning strike into the administration building of Messrs KHD,
Cologne, 1983
Figure 2.2.2 b Administration building behind the computing centre (Messrs
KHD)
Figure 2.2.2 c Computer terminals in the administration building (Messrs
KHD)
Figure 2.2.2 d Computing centre (Messrs KHD)
Figure 2.2.2 e Computer PCB damaged by lightning surge
Figure 2.2.2 f At a lightning strike to building
1 : Surge damage in buildings
1 and
2
Figure 2.2.2 g (a, b) MOS module damaged by electrostatic discharge.
(Source: 3M Deutschland GmbH, Neuss)
Figure 2.2.2 g (a)
Figure 2.2.2 g (b)
Figure 2.2.2 h Automatic feeding
Figure 2.2.2 i Ventilator in an intensive animal breeding building
corresponding residual current circuit breaker, the chickens will suocate
within 20 minutes.
In 1987 a defect was to occur in the 20kV cable network of the town
Neumarkt while several switching operations were made. This gave rise
to switching surges in the 220/380V system, leading to ashover with
damaging arcs in the reactive-current compensation system of the local
abattoir (Figures 2.2.2 j).
There were several instances of damage of up to 70000DM each in a
combined building services and access control system with about 300
interconnected individual components. In the parts of the building
aected, the automatic access control only functioned after several days
of repair. In each of these cases the reason was a surge incoupling into
external components, like code card scanners, due to lightning. All
external components of the control system are connected to a central
computer by station computers and bus connections. The printed boards
of the station computers and bus couplers were thus damaged by the
incoupling of the surges (Figures 2.2.2 k, a and b).
A loss of about 100000DM occurred as surges damaged the printed
boards of a printing press (Figure 2.2.2 l, a), (Figure 2.2.2 l, b). For
this production phase this was the only machine available (maximum
capacity machine). A longer standstill of production, due to some dif-
culties in obtaining spare parts for this machine, caused problems in
delivery and a great loss of income. The reason for the defective machine
Figure 2.2.2 j (a, b) Reactive current compensation system in a slaughter house
damaged due to switching surges, Neumarkt, 1987
Figure 2.2.2 j (a)
Figure 2.2.2 j (b)
was a cable fault in the 20kV power supply system, causing surges in the
low-voltage system.
Sources
HASSE, P., and PRADE, G.: Das Auslseverhalten von FI-Schutzschaltern
bei Gewittern. de/der elektromeister + deutsches elektrohandwerk, 4
(1980), pp. 203207
Figure 2.2.2 k (a) and (b) Surge damage in a building services control system
Figure 2.2.2 k (a) Figure 2.2.2 k (b)
Damaged interface card Damaged bus coupler
Figure 2.2.2 l (a) Surge damage at a printing press
GUGENBAUER, A.: BlitzeFeuerzauber der Natur. die sterreichische
feuerwehr (1983) H. 7
HASSE, P.: berspannungsschutz von Niederspannungsanlagen Einsatz
elektronischer Gerte auch bei direkten Blitzeinschlgen. 3. aktualisierte
Auage (Verlag TV Rheinland, Kln, 1993)
DAUSEND, A.: berspannungsschutz als Teil des betrieblichen Risk-
Managements Teil II: Schadenflle aus der Praxis. In: HASSE, P. (Ed.): 5.
Forum fr Versicherer Blitz- und berspannungsschutz Massnahmen der
EMV (Dehn + Shne, Neumarkt, 1994)
2.2.3 Damage to power supply systems
The public is alarmed sometimes by reports of lightning strikes to power
supply systems or even nuclear power stations. In 1983 lightning struck
the 110/20kV transformer substation of the town Neumarkt (Figures
2.2.3 a and b). There was considerable damage to the switching station
and a failure of the 220V direct voltage control. The 20kV surge arresters
were already damaged by the initial partial lightning strikes (Figure 2.2.3
c) and, thus, the subsequent lightning strikes could no longer be dis-
charged. Sparkover arcs occurred in one switchbay (Figure 2.2.3 d) which
ran along the bus bar and damaged other switchbays. Further short-
circuit arcs were generated on the 20kV overhead lines. Heavy conductor
rope vibrations made the ropes glow and tear. To add further to the
problems, the supplying 110kV transformer exploded during this thun-
derstorm (Figure 2.2.3 e) with the consequence that the whole town of
Neumarkt (about 30000 inhabitants) lost power for about six hours.
Figure 2.2.2.l (b) Damaged module of the printing press control
Figure 2.2.3 a Transformer substation 110/20kV, OBAG, Neumarkt
Figure 2.2.3 b Site plan of the transformer substation 110/20kV, OBAG,
Neumarkt

Figure 2.2.3 c Surge arresters destroyed by lightning strike
Figure 2.2.3 d Damage in 20kV switching bays due to lightning surge
Sources
DER SPIEGEL: Blitz im Atommeiler (1983) No. 36, p. 15
NEUMARKTER TAGBLATT: Kurzschluss in Kernkraftwerk (22 May 1985)
2.2.4 Damage to a house
Lightning strikes into unearthed aerials of houses (without lightning pro-
tection systems), such as the family house in Figure 2.2.4 a, occur fre-
quently. Figures 2.2.4 b to h show the damage caused by lightning current
Figure 2.2.3 e Exploded 110kV transformer due to lightning strike, Neumarkt, 1983
on its path of sparkovers and punctures through the electrical wiring of
the house. The lightning current ows over the aerial standpipe (Figure
2.2.4 b), feeding partial lightning currents into the power system, aerial
line, telephone line and water pipe. So, usually, all connected electrical
appliances and the telephone system will be damaged. In the case men-
tioned, the fuel oil pipe was also damaged, and oil leaked into the cellar.
In a circle of radius more than 1km, telephone systems failed due to this
lightning strike; the trac-light systems of the town were also disturbed
and RC circuit breakers were tripped within a radius of about 3km.
Figure 2.2.4 a Site plan of a house damaged by lightning, Neumarkt, 1986
Figure 2.2.4 b Damage near the antenna-pole in the loft, Neumarkt, 1986
In 1994, during a thunderstorm burst, the radio aerial of a central taxi
station in Neumarkt was struck by lightning (Figure 2.2.4 i). The whole
radio system was destroyed (Figure 2.2.4 j). The electrical cables and
socket outlets were torn out of the walls and the entire electrical equip-
ment (TV and household appliances) was damaged so heavily that it
could no longer be used.
Figure 2.2.4 d Antenna line damaged by lightning strike
(a) Neumarkt 1986 (b) Similar case
Figure 2.2.4 c Punctures to concealed cables due to lightning strike
(a) Neumarkt 1986 (b) Similar case
Figure 2.2.4 e Distribution cabinets damaged by lightning strike
(b) Similar case (c) Similar case
(a) Neumarkt 1986
Figure 2.2.4 f Boiler damaged by lightning
strike, Neumarkt, 1986
Figure 2.2.4 h Puncture from the
power line to the metal oil pipe due to
lightning strike, Neumarkt, 1986
Figure 2.2.4 i (a, b) Lightning strike to the Lutter taxi central oce, Neumarkt,
1994
Figure 2.2.4 g Telephone
system damaged by lightning
strike, Neumarkt, 1986
Figure 2.2.4 i (a)
Figure 2.2.4 i (b)
A pressure wave smashed windows and window frames. Tiles were torn
o the wall and there were cracks in the ceilings and the walls. Socket
outlets were torn out of the wall (Figure 2.2.4 k). Partial lightning cur-
rents were conducted along the telephone system and the power supply
system, thus causing other damage in the neighbourhood (Figure 2.2.4 l).
In the vicinity and wider surroundings this lightning strike caused
considerably more damage than listed here. In the oce of the District
President, the district hospital, the inferior court, the municipal works
and the abattoir, as well as in industrial and commercial enterprises, the
computer systems and telephones were damaged. In the district hospital,
a church, an elementary school and a museum, the safety and re alarm
systems were damaged (Table 2.2.4 a). In Figure 2.2.4 m, circles are
drawn, at a separation of 1km, around the lightning striking point
(marked by an arrow). The locations of the damage are marked by
bullets. Damage occurred, even at a distance of 3km from the point of
strike, for example, in the trac-light system at the southern perimeter
road of the town. The Neumarkter Nachrichten duly reported on the
damage caused to telephone and cable television connections in 40
households and numerous individual TV sets.
Repeatedly, there are extended disturbances in telecommunication
sectors due to solitary lightning strikes. The Hamburger Abendblatt of
12 July 1995 reported on a thunderstorm two days previously when
25000 Telecom customers in the suburbs of Hamburg were concerned
by failures of cable TV. Some 50 microchip ampliers had to be repaired
in Pinneberg, Wedel, Quickborn and Norderstedt. Underground cables
damaged by lightning currents reveal high interference energies.
Figure 2.2.4 j Damaged radio system Figure 2.2.4 k Damaged
electrical lines
The reason for the above examples of damage is that electrical light-
ning interferences are conducted through power and data lines from the
point of strike over distances of several kilometres directly to the inputs
of electronic systems and equipment (Figures 2.1 c and 2.2.4 n). Tele-
phone systems, for example, are used in data processing and alarm
systems, making them susceptible.
Sources
NEUMARKTER NACHRICHTEN: Blitzschlag zerfetzte Leitungen und hob
den Dachstuhl (23 Aug.1986)
NEUMARKTER NACHRICHTEN: Unheil mit einzigem Blitzschlag (3 May
1994)
HAMBURGER ABENDBLATT: Kabelfernsehen: Vom Blitz getroffen No. 160
(12 July 1995)
Figure 2.2.4 l Lightning damage (at Telekom systems) in the surroundings of
the point of strike
Table 2.2.4 a Consequences of a lightning strike to the Lutter Taxi Company
Neumarkt, 1994
Table 2.2.4 a continued
Figure 2.2.4 m Lightning damage in a radius of 3km around the point of strike
2.2.5 Damage to aircraft and airports
The following report from the Klnischen Rundschau of 12 November,
1987, for example, describes the damage due to a lightning strike to an
airliner:
Immediately after take-o, the Boeing 747 ying to Newark (New Jersey)
entered a thunderstorm zone. Within a few minutes, four lightning discharges
struck the plane with 225 passengers and 18 crew members on board. Autopilot,
weather radar and the radio connection to the tower were knocked out. Also the
manual control of the elevator was damaged so strongly that the pilot and
copilot had to use their whole strength to keep the Jumbo ying. A British
Airways jet ying in the same space followed the distress call of the struck
Boeing and piloted it on the correct glide path to the emergency landing. After
touchdown, Captain Richards a former Phantom ghter pilot and Vietnam
veteran stated that the braking thrust reversal of the four engines had also
failed. Only the landing gear brakes still worked. The plane was brought to a
standstill a few metres before the end of the runway. Later, in the Continental
repair hangar, more than a hundred instances of re damage to the shell
and wings of the Jumbo were counted. Parts of the tail n were missing. Chief
pilot Fred Abbott told: I never saw a plane that was damaged so heavily by
lightning.
There are reports from the Public Information section of the German
Federal Ministry of Defence in January 1986 of an electrostatic accident
involving a rocket:
The re accident with a Pershing II motor stage happened on 11 January 1985
on the Waldheide near Heilbronn. During this accident, three members of the
US Army were killed, nine were injured. The accident investigation was nished
by the American investigation committee in December 1985. It conrms the
Figure 2.2.4 n Dangerous surges in neighbouring buildings
Figure 2.2.5 a Newspaper reports concerning lightning strikes to planes, the
control tower of the Frankfort/Main airport, the Changi airport
(Singapore) and the Dsseldorf airport
statement of the rst accident report of 15 April 1985, that a discharge of static
electricity was the reason for the accident . . . [The results are then elaborated]
From the evidence supplied, the report of 15 April 1985 concludes that a dis-
charge of static electricity caused a spark discharge in the propelling charge of
the motor stage, which was the cause for the re accident.
On 14 November 1964 the space ship Apollo 12 and then the Saturn V
rocket were struck by lightning 36 seconds after lift-o from Cape Canav-
eral. The space ship was about 2000m above ground when a lightning
strike between the rocket and the launching platform on the ground was
noticed. The crew registered disturbances of the energy supply, a number
of other electrical disturbances and the response of some safety switches.
On 26 March 1987, a 78 million dollar Atlas Centaur rocket went out
of control 51 seconds after its launch from Cape Canaveral and had to be
destroyed over the Atlantic together with its freight, an 83 million dollar
Pentagon satellite. The reason for the loss of control was a lightning
strike to the nose of the rocket. A piece of breglass from the wreck
revealed a carbonized hole, having a diameter of about 5 cm, which was
very similar to the holes registered after lightning strikes to airplanes.
Owing to the strike, the main computer gave false commands to the
driving engines so that the rockets trajectory failed and it had to be
destroyed.
A lightning strike tripped the ignition mechanisms of three small
research rockets on 10 June 1987 which were ready for launch at the
NASA base on Wallops island, oshore Virginia. On board the rockets
were measuring devices for thunderstorm research. The rockets had a
common earthing system. According to eyewitness reports, they lifted
o simultaneously as lightning struck. After a short ight, they fell into
the Atlantic without causing any damage.
Newpaper reports about lightning strikes to passenger planes and con-
trol towers at airports (Figure 2.2.5 a) show that the hazard can extend
beyond the immediate system that is damaged.
Sources
DOLOMITEN: Blitzeinschlge in Flugzeuge No. 230 (23 Oct. 1993)
SONNTAG AKTUELL, STUTTGART: Ein Blitz zerschlug die Radarnase des
Airbus Passagiere wohlauf (3 Oct. 1993)
BLITZSCHLAG IN CHANGI AIRPORT/SINGAPUR (summer 1995)
2.2.6 Damage to wind power stations
The lightning protection of wind power stations is of current and future
importance in Britain, Germany and other European countries. Light-
ning damage, especially to rotor blades (Figure 2.2.6 a), greatly exceeds
what is expected, both in frequency and height. Cases are known where
insurance companies see no possibility of further insurance after a single
lightning strike, that is, until the operator or the producer provides an
adequate lightning protection system (Figure 2.2.6 b).
2.2.7 Catastrophic damage
At the 21st International Conference on Lightning Protection (ICLP),
S. Lundquist described an especially intense lightning storm in Skane,
Southern Sweden, on 1 July 1988. The re brigade in the town of Lund
recorded 1400 alarms. There was a breakdown of the telephone exchange
and the mobile police radio was damaged. As an example of many
similar life-endangering cases, the situation in the municipal hospital was
described. As the 130kV system failed due to the lightning strike, the
hospital was deprived of power for 80 minutes. The lights went out,
elevators stopped and the appliances in the intensive care unit could not
work. The emergency power generator refused to start because the con-
trol computer was damaged; because of the failure of the telephone and
the central re alarm, the technical sta could not be called. When they
had managed to start the emergency power generator by hand after half
an hour, it failed shortly afterwards due to overheating as the ventilator
was supplied by the unfused system. There was serious damage also to
the low-voltage mains distribution, the control room and the computer
terminals. This episode was particularly horrendous.
The consequences of lightning strikes into tall or extended buildings
become apparent from events reported from all over the world. Light-
ning strikes into large-scale buildings, such as oce buildings and
department stores, cause current failures resulting in: stoppage of full
elevators, breakdown of the lighting, tripping of sprinkler systems,
ooding of rooms by protective gas, blocking of electronically secured
Figure 2.2.6 a Lightning damage to the rotor blade of a wind power generator
doors and garage doors, failure of air-conditioning systems as well as
breakdown of the telephone network (Figure 2.2.7 a) and the control
systems. Failures of this kind can lead to life-endangering situations and,
not least, panic.
What characterizes disturbances and failures due to a lightning strike
in a building is that safety-relevant systems may be involved at the same
time, as well as the infrastructure over a wide area that may also be dis-
turbed. During a thunderstorm with spatial and temporal distribution
of lightning, vast damage to vital infrastructure is possible. Catastrophic
events, as described by some examples, should not be tolerated. There-
fore, precautions must be taken to avoid personal danger. Safety must be
Figure 2.2.6 b Report from the Stuttgarter Zeitung, 25 March 1995
guaranteed for the power and information technology systems that are
absolutely necessary for vital infrastructure in special situations. These
include: airports, public transport, trac guide and signal systems,
hospitals, power stations, above all nuclear power stations and switching
plants, high-power transmitters, signal and alarm systems for civil pro-
tection, meeting places, schools, kindergardens and mass sports facilities,
oce and computing centres, buildings with extended safety systems,
systems for large-scale supervision of pollutants (including radioactivity)
in the air, water and ground, control and alarm systems for defence
purposes, telephone exchanges and satellite and relay stations.
Sources
LUNDQUIST St.: Effects on the society of an intense lightning storm,
Tagungsband 21. Internationale Blitzschutzkonferenz (ICLP), Berlin (2225
Sept. 1992)
THRINGER ALLGEMEINE: Ein Blitz legte Telefone tot (29 June 1994)
HASSE, P., and WIESINGER, J.: Can you avoid disasters caused by light-
ning? DEHN Publication No. SD 261E, reprint from etz, 1993, 2, pp. 154156
Figure 2.2.7 a Lightning strike causes collapse of the telephone network
(Source: Thringer Allgemeine, 29 June 1994)
Chapter 3
Origin and eect of surges
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) engineering usually proceeds from
an interference model consisting of a source of interference (trans-
mitter), a coupling mechanism (path) and a potentially susceptible
equipment (receiver) (Figure 3 a).
Electrical systems with electronic devices as potentially susceptible
equipment are endangered by conducted interferences and interfering
radiation (Figure 3 b) from the following six sources of interference:
(i) Direct and close-up lightning discharges
Lightning electromagnetic impulse (LEMP): predominantly conducted
interference such as lightning currents and partial lightning currents,
potential increase of the struck system as well as interfering radiation.
(ii) Power technical switching operations
Switching electromagnetic impulse (SEMP): predominantly conducted
interference as well as magnetic interfering radiation.
(iii) Power technical system perturbation
Predominantly conducted interference with voltage distortions.
(iv) Electrostatic discharges
(ESD): predominantly conducted interference by spark discharge.
(v) Low and high frequency transmitters
Resulting in continuous interfering radiation.
Figure 3 a Interference model
(vi) Nuclear explosions
Nuclear electromagnetic impulse (NEMP): with a resulting impulse-shaped
interfering radiation.
The coupling between the source of interference and potentially suscep-
tible equipment can be realized by either conduction and/or radiation
(electric eld, magnetic eld or electromagnetic eld). The coupling path
can be described in the equivalent circuit diagram by combinations
of resistances and/or capacitances and/or inductances.
Potentially susceptible equipment includes telecommunications engin-
eering systems (i.e. electrical systems with electronic equipment and facili-
ties). In lightning protection engineering, structural facilities, such as
meeting places and areas with re and explosion hazards, are considered
to contain potentially susceptible equipment in the sense of EMC. Such
potentially susceptible equipment is found in (i) commercial areas (e.g.,
industry, trade, commerce, agriculture, banks and insurance buildings),
(ii) public areas (e.g., hospitals, meeting places, air trac control facili-
ties, museums, churches and sports facilities), and (iii) private areas.
In the following Sections, lightning discharges and switching opera-
tions as sources of interference are described according to their priority.
Sources
DIN EN 61000 series. Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC).
Figure 3 b Electronic system endangered by radiation and conducted
interference
3.1 Atmospheric overvoltages
Lightning, as a source of interference, aects buildings and indoor elec-
trical equipment and systems.
Surges of atmospheric origin (Figure 3.1 a) are basically due to either a
direct-/close-up strike or a remote strike. In the case of a direct strike
(Figure 3.1 a, case
1 ), lightning strikes the protected building; but in

the case of a close-up strike, lightning strikes an extended system or a line
(e.g., a pipeline, data or power transmission line) leading directly into the
protected system. However, in the case of a remote strike (Figure 3.1 a,
case
2 ), for example, the overhead line is struck. Reected surges

(travelling waves) are produced in transmission lines by cloud-to-cloud
lightning, and overvoltages are induced by lightning in the surrounding
area.
3.1.1 Direct and close-up strikes
Lightning current in a lightning channel and in the lines of the lightning
protection system (a) causes a voltage drop at the impulse earth resist-
ance of the earthing system (
1a in Figure 3.1 a) and (b) induces surge

voltages and currents in loops formed by installation lines inside the
structure (
1b in Figure 3.1 a). Owing to the voltage drop at the impulse

earth resistance, partial lightning currents also will be discharged by the
supply lines that have been connected as a measure of lightning pro-
tection equipotential bonding.
A lightning strike in the surrounding area causes induced surge vol-
tages and thus surge currents in installation loops especially due to its
magnetic interfering radiation. If lightning strikes a feeding overhead
Figure 3.1 a Reasons for surges at lightning discharges
Origin and eect of surges 45
line, there will be conducted surge voltages and currents on the incoming
power line. Lightning between thunderstorm cells in clouds generates
conducted surge voltages and currents on power lines and on other wide-
ranging line systems due to interfering electromagnetic radiation.
The parameters of lightning current components (rst partial light-
ning surge current, subsequent lightning surge current and lightning long
duration current) are specied in the following standards: VG 95371 in
accordance with IEC 61024-1, DIN V ENV 61024-1 (VDE 0185 Part
100), IEC 61312-1 and DIN VDE 0185 Part 103 (Figure 3.1.1 a). Here
three protection levels are specied in accordance with IEC, or two
degrees of danger in accordance with VG (Table 3.1.1 a).
If an exact analysis is not possible or justied because of the expense,
the partial lightning currents on supply lines coming from a struck
building can be estimated in accordance with IEC 61312-1 and DIN
Figure 3.1.1 a Lightning current components (protection level I acc. to IEC
61024-1/ENV 61024-1 or degree of danger high acc. to VG
96901
Table 3.1.1 a Lightning current parameters
VDE 0185 Part 103. As shown in Figure 3.1.1 b, it is assumed that 50%
of the lightning current ows into the earthing system of the structure
and 50% is distributed equally to the outgoing remote-earthed supply
systems (e.g., piping, power and communication lines). To make things
less complicated one assumes that the partial lightning currents in every
supply system will be distributed equally to the dierent conductors
(e.g., L1, L2, L3, and PEN of a power technical cable or four wires of a
data line).
In DIN V ENV 61024-1 (VDE V 0185 Part 100) annex C there is a
method to estimate the lightning partial currents discharged by the
incoming lines (for the case when lightning strikes the protected system).
Hence, the lightning current will be distributed to the earthing system,
the external conductive parts and the incoming lines (which are con-
nected directly or by arresters) now as follows:
The share I
t
of lightning current on every external conductive part and
every line depends on their number, their equivalent earth resistance and
the equivalent earth resistance of the earthing system:
I
t
=
Z I
n
t
Z + Z
t
where Z is the equivalent earth resistance of the earthing system, Z
t
is
the earth resistance of the external conductive parts or lines, n
t
is the
total number of the external conductive parts or lines and I is the light-
ning current according to the protection level.
If electrical or information technology (IT) lines are not shielded or
laid in metal conduits, every conductor carries a partial current accord-
ing to I
t
/n where n is the total number of conductors in these lines (Table
3.1.1 b).
Figure 3.1.1 b Estimation of the partial lightning currents on supply systems
(acc. to IEC 61312-1; VDE 0185 Part 103)
Sources
VG 95 371-2: Elektromagnetische Vertrglichkeit (EMV) einschliesslich
Schutz gegen den elektromagnetischen Impuls (EMP) und Blitz; Allgemeine
Grundlagen; Begriffe (Beuth Verlag, GmbH, Berlin), March 1994
IEC 61024-1: Protection of structures against lightning. Part 1: General prin-
ciples. International Electrotechnical Commission, Geneva CH-1211, March
1990
DIN V ENV 61024-1 (VDE V 0185 Teil 100): Blitzschutz baulicher Anlagen.
Teil 1: Allgemeine Grundstze (VDE Verlag, GmbH, Berlin/Offenbach), Aug.
1996
IEC 61312-1: 1995-02: Protection against lightning electromagnetic
impulse. Part 1: General principles. Central de la Commission Electrotech-
nique Internationale. Geneva CH-1211, Feb.1995
DIN VDE 0185 Teil 103: Schutz gegen elektromagnetischen Blitzimpuls.
Teil 1: Allgemeine Grundstze. (IEC 1312-1: 1995, modiziert,) (VDE Verlag,
GmbH, Berlin/Offenbach) Sept. 1997
3.1.1.1 Voltage drop at the impulse earthing resistance
The maximum voltage drop
E
arising at the impulse earthing resistance
R
st
of the aected building is calculated in terms of the maximum value
of lightning current (Figure 3.1.1.1 a):
E
= R
st
This voltage drop
E
, however, is not dangerous for the protected system,
if the lightning protection equipotential bonding has been installed
eectively. National as well as international lightning protection stand-
ards presently call for a comprehensive lightning protection equipoten-
Table 3.1.1 b Equivalent earthing resistances Z and Z
1
depending on the earth
resistivity
tial bonding, where all lines (incoming or outgoing) are connected dir-
ectly or by spark gaps or surge protective devices to the earthing system.
In the event of a lightning strike, the potential of the whole system will
rise by
E
, but, within the system, there will be no dangerous dierences.
3.1.1.2 Induced voltages in metal loops
The maximum rate of lightning current rise, i/t, eective during the
period t, determines the peak values of electromagnetically induced
voltages in all open or closed installation loops which are in the vicinity
of conductors carrying lightning current.
The magnetically induced square-wave voltage, U, in a metal loop
during a period of t is given by (Figure 3.1.1.2 a):
U = M
i
t
where U is in V, M is the mutual inductance of the loop in H and i/t

the current rate of rise in A/s.
For the sizing of lightning protection systems, the maximum values of
the average front current rate of rise I/T
1
, eective during the front time
T
1
, of Table 3.1.1 a can be used.
To estimate what maximum induced square-wave voltages, U, have to
be taken into account in installation loops (e.g., in a building) it is
assumed that the loops are in the vicinity of innitely extended, lightning
current-carrying down conductors.
For the square-wave voltage of a square loop formed by an innitely
wide lightning current-conducting line and an installation line (e.g., the
protective conductor of the electrical installation, which is connected to
Figure 3.1.1.1 a Potential increase compared with the distant earth by the peak
value of the lightning current
the down conductor of the lightning protection system at the equipoten-
tial bonding bar), the following is applicable:
U = M
1
i
t
where U is in kV, M
1
is the mutual inductance of the loop in H and i/
t the current change in the lightning current conducting line in kA/s.
M
1
depends on the side length a of the loop and the cross section q of
the lightning current conducting line. This can be taken from Figure
3.1.1.2 b. According to the requirements, i/t = I/T
1
can be taken from
Table 3.1.1 a (Figure 3.1.1.2 c).
For a square loop, formed by an installation line which is insulated
from an innitely wide lightning current conducting line, the following is
applicable for the square-wave voltage:
U = M
2
i
t
where U is in kV, M
2
is the mutual inductance of the loop in H and i/
t the current change in the lightning current conducting line in kA/s.
M
2
depends on the side length of the loop a and the distance s between
the loop and the lightning current conducting line. This can be taken
from Figure 3.1.1.2 d. i/t = I/T
1
is taken from Table 3.1.1 a, according
to the requirements (Figure 3.1.1.2 e).
Apart from the induced eects in wide loops, which are due to installa-
tion congurations, the induced eects in very small elongated loops
formed by parallel wires of unshielded, layer-wise stranded, cables in the
surroundings of lightning current conducting lines are also of interest.
Induced voltages arising between the wires are called transverse volt-
Figure 3.1.1.2 a Induced square-wave voltages in loops by the rate of rise i/t
of the lightning current
ages. They can be harmful especially to electronic equipment. For a
small elongated loop formed by the wires of an installation line and run
in parallel to an innitely wide lightning current conducting line, the
following is applicable for the square-wave voltage:
U = M
3
l
i
t
where U is in V, M
3
is the wire length-related mutual inductance of the
loop in nH/m, l is the length of the installation line in m and i/t the
current change in the lightning current conducting line in kA/s. M
3
depends on the distance of the wires b, and on the distance s between the
installation line and the lightning current conducting line. This can be
Figure 3.1.1.2 b Mutual inductance M
1
to calculate the square-wave voltages in
square loops, formed by lightning current-carrying conductor
and installation line
Figure 3.1.1.2 c Example
taken from Figure 3.1.1 2 f. i/t = I/T
1
is to be taken from Table 3.1.1 a,
according to the requirements (Figure 3.1.1.2 g).
For a small elongated loop, formed by the wires of an installation line
and run in a distance vertically to an innitely wide lightning current
conducting line, the square-wave voltage is given by:
U = M
4
b
i
t
where U is in V, M
4
is the wire-distance-related mutual inductance of
the loop in nH/mm, b is the wire distance in mm and i/t the current
change in the lightning current conducting line in kA/s. M
4
depends on
the line length l and the distance s between the installation line and the
lightning current conducting line. This can be taken from Figure 3.1.1. 2
h. i/t = I/T
1
is to be taken from Table 3.1.1 a, according to the
requirements (Figure 3.1.1.2 i).
In contrast to the high voltage values in the case of wide loops, there
are only induced voltages up to about 100V in small, elongated loops.
But, keep in mind that these are transverse voltages on information
technology lines, which are operated by nominal voltages in the range
110V and which are connected to surge-sensitive electronic equipment.
In the case of lines with twisted wires and especially in the case of
electromagnetically shielded lines, the induced square-wave voltages will
be very much reduced compared to the values calculated according to
the above equations and the transverse voltage values are usually not
dangerous.
Figure 3.1.1.2 d Mutual inductance M
2
square loops, formed by installation line (an equipotential
bonding line, between the loop and the lightning current-
carrying conductor, does not have any inuence on M
2
).
Figure 3.1.1.2 e Example
Figure 3.1.1.2 f Mutual inductance M
3
two-wire lines (an equipotential bonding line, between the loop
and the lightning current-carrying conductor, does not have any
inuence on M
3
).
Figure 3.1.1.2 g Example
If a metal loop is short-circuited or its insulating distance punctured
due to the induced square-wave voltage U, an induced current i
i
ows in
the loop for which the following equation is applicable:
di
i
dt
+
1
i
i
=
M
L

di
dt
with =
L
R
where t is the time in s, is the time constant of the loop in s, R is the
ohmic resistance of the loop in , L is the self-inductance of the loop in
Figure 3.1.1.2 h Mutual inductance M
4
two-wire lines (an equipotential bonding line, between the loop
and the lightning current-carrying conductor, does not have any
inuence on M
4
).
Figure 3.1.1.2 i Example
H, M is the mutual inductance of the loop in H and i the lightning
current in the lightning current conducting line in A.
Formulas and examples to calculate the self-inductance L are indi-
cated in the Handbuch fr Blitzschutz und Erdung.
In the vicinity of the lightning channel or the lightning current
conducting lines, rapidly changing magnetic elds will arise due to the
extreme rate of increase of the lightning current. Surges of up to
100000V are generated by these elds within the building in wide induc-
tion loops formed by the eects of installation lines, such as power and
information technology lines, water and gas pipings.
Figure 3.1.1.2 j, for example, shows a computer connected to the power
and the data system. The data cable is duly connected to the equipoten-
tial bonding bar after entering the building; then the cable goes through
the data socket outlet into the computer. The power cable is also con-
nected to the equipotential bonding bar by lightning current arresters
and supplies the computer through the power socket outlet. As the power
and the data cable are independently installed lines, they can form an
induction loop including a surface of 100m
2
. The open ends of this loop
are in the computer; here the surge, magnetically induced into the loop,
becomes eective. Not only in the case of direct lightning strikes, but also
in the case of strikes in closer proximity, surges of such intensity can be
induced into the loop, causing punctures in the equipment or sometimes
even re.
The computer must be protected from these lightning surges on the
scene, meaning at the equipment itself or directly at its power and data
socket outlets (Section 5.8.2.3).
Figure 3.1.1.2 j Electronic equipment endangered by induced lightning
overvoltages
Sources
HASSE, P., and WIESINGER, J.: Handbuch fr Blitzschutz und Erdung
(Paum Verlag Mnchen; VDE Verlag, Berlin; 4th edn, 1993)
3.1.2 Remote strikes
In the case of remote strikes, travelling surges either propagate along the
lines (
2a and
2b in Figure 3.1 a), or lightning strikes (
2c in Figure 3.1 a)
in the vicinity of the protected systems, thereby generating electro-
magnetic elds which aect the system.
In particular, damage due to surges of atmospheric origin in the
1990s has shown that electronic installations, up to a distance of about
2km from the lightning point of strike, are susceptible to induced or
conducted surges and surge currents (Section 2.1). This wide area of
danger is due to the increasing sensitivity of high-technology equipment
to cables extending beyond the building and the growth in the use of
sensitive networks.
The maximum permissible length of data transmission lines connect-
ing equipment has increased dramatically with advances in technol-
ogy. For example, the interface V.24/V.28 (which was introduced during
the advent of electronic data processing techniques) species the elec-
trical characteristics of line drivers permitting a direct bonding up to
about 15m cable length. Today, however, there are line drivers and inter-
faces available on the market which allow a direct bonding over twisted
twin-core cables up to a length of about 1000m!
When lightning partial currents ow in cables they generate longi-
tudinal and transverse voltages (Figure 3.1.2 a).The longitudinal voltage
Figure 3.1.2 a Surges in a cable
u
l
generated between the wire and the metal cable shield creates stress
on the insulation of the connected device between its input terminals and
the earthed enclosure. The transverse voltage u
q
is established between
the wires and this exerts pressure on the input circuit of the connected
device. If the lightning partial current
2
is known, the longitudinal
voltage
l
can be calculated from the cable coupling resistance R
k
(Table
3.1.2 a).
3.1.3 Coupling of surge currents on signal lines
The following examples will demonstrate how surge currents can be
coupled ohmically, inductively and capacitively onto the signal lines of
extended systems. Consider the arrangement with device 1 in building 1
and device 2 in building 2. The devices are interconnected by a signal line.
Furthermore, we will assume that both devices are connected to the
Table 3.1.2 a Coupling resistances at lightning currents
respective equipotential bonding bar (PAS) in the buildings by means of
protective conductors PE.
3.1.3.1 Ohmic coupling
In Figure 3.1.3.1 a lightning strikes building 1, causing a potential dier-
ence of some 100kV at the ohmic earth resistance R
A1
. A voltage of this
magnitude is sucient to sparkover the insulation distance in devices 1
and 2 so that an ohmically cross-coupled surge current can ow from
PAS 1, through device 1, along the signal line, through device 2, PAS 2
and R
A2
. The value of this surge current (it can have a peak value of
several kA) depends on the relative values of the ohmic resistances R
A1
and R
A2
.
3.1.3.2 Inductive coupling
As already shown, voltages are induced in metal loops by the inductive
elds of the lightning channel or the lightning current conducting lines.
Figure 3.1.3.2 a shows the two wire signal line between devices 1 and 2,
forming an induction loop. A transverse voltage of several kV will be
induced in this loop if lightning strikes building 1, giving rise to an in-
coupled current of up to several kA. These voltages and currents stress
the components at the inputs or outputs of the equipment.
Figure 3.1.3.2 b shows another possible example of inductive coupling.
The induction loop is formed by the signal line and the earth. If lightning
strikes building 1, a high voltage (some 10kV) will be induced in this loop
leading to a sparkover of insulation distances in devices 1 and 2 and to an
incoupled current of several kA.
Figure 3.1.3.1 a Ohmic coupling
3.1.3.3 Capacitive coupling
If lightning strikes the ground or a lightning conductor, the lightning
channel or lightning conductor will be raised to a high voltage (some
100kV) compared to the surroundings because of the potential dier-
ence at the earth electrode resistance R
A
.
The signal line between device 1 and device 2 in Figure 3.1.3.3 a
is capacitively coupled with such a lightning channel or lightning
Figure 3.1.3.2 a Inductive coupling: Induction loop between the wires of the
signal line
Figure 3.1.3.2 b Inductive coupling: Induction loop between signal line and
earth
conductor. The coupling capacities are charged and cause an injected
current (some 10A) which ows to the ground over the insulation dis-
tances in devices 1 and 2.
3.1.4 Magnitude of atmospheric overvoltages
Remote strikes initially cause surges of some 10kV. The generated cur-
rents are relatively low in value. Direct strikes, however, give rise to
lightning currents of far greater and more severe magnitude: currents of
200kA (protection level I) and voltage peaks of several 100kV can occur.
Low-voltage installations can usually only withstand impulse break-
down voltages of several kV and therefore are susceptible to damage, or
even destruction, by the tens of kV produced by remote strikes or 100kV
produced by direct strikes (Table 3.1.4 a). The withstand voltage of some
electronic devices can be as low as 10V. Hence, the values of voltages
occurring due to atmospheric discharges can be 100 to 10000 times
higher than the voltages that can be carried non-destructively by low-
voltage systems containing electronic equipment.
Therefore, these high values of overvoltages must be reduced to values
which are clearly below the permitted impulse breakdown/sparkover
voltages by means of protective measures or surge protective devices. To
guarantee protection, even in the event of direct lightning strikes, the
surge protective devices employed must also be able to discharge high
partial lightning currents non-destructively.
Figure 3.1.3.3 a Capacitive coupling
Sources
(Paum Verlag, Mnchen; VDE Verlag, Berlin; 4th edn, 1993)
elektronischer Gerte auch bei direkten Blitzeinschlgen, (Verlag TV
Rheinland, Kln, 3 aktualisierte Auage 1993)
HASSE, P., and WIESINGER, J.: EMV Blitz-Schutzzonen-Konzept (Paum
Verlag, Mnchen; VDE Verlag, Berlin-Offenbach, 1994)
3.2 Switching overvoltages
Switching overvoltages in power plants can also aect low-voltage sys-
tems and secondary engineering systems, especially due to capacitive
coupling. In certain cases, these values can exceed 15kV. Examples of the
cause of these switching overvoltages are as follows:
(a) Disconnection of an open-circuit power line (or capacitors) (Figure
3.2 a). When the switch opens, the instantaneous value of the supply
voltage on the line results in a high potential dierence between the
system and the disconnected line. The potential dierence, which is
established in only a few milliseconds, can cause a ashback between
the switch contacts that are yet to close. The line voltage then
balances at a level equal to the instantaneous value of the supply
Table 3.1.4 a Impulse ashover voltages/impulse breakdown voltages
(1.2/50s) in electrical systems and equipment up to 1000V
voltage and the arc between the switch contacts is quenched. This
process can occur several times. The switching overvoltage generated
by the equalization of the appropriate instantaneous value of the
supply voltage has the characteristic of a damped oscillation with a
frequency of several 100kHz. The initial amplitude of these switch-
ing surges always corresponds to the potential dierence between the
switch contacts at the moment of the ashback and this amplitude
can be a multiple of the nominal supply voltage.
(b) Disconnection of an open-circuit transformer. If an open-circuit
transformer is disconnected from the network, its self-capacitance is
loaded by the energy of the magnetic eld. The inductivecapacitve
circuit now oscillates until all of the energy in the ohmic resistance
of the circuit is converted into heat. The resulting switching over-
voltages can reach amplitudes of several times the value of the nom-
inal supply voltage.
(c) Earth fault in the oating (earth-free) network. If an earth fault
occurs at the outer conductor of a oating network, then the poten-
tial of the complete conductor system will be altered by the value of
the voltage of the aected conductor with respect to earth. If the
earth fault arc interrupts, the eect is similar to that of an open-
circuit conductor or capacitor being disconnected: switching over-
voltages will develop with damped oscillations.
In addition to switching overvoltages from power plants of this nature,
which capacitively inuence low-voltage systems, rapid variations in cur-
rent can also generate surges in low-voltage systems by inductive coup-
ling. Such sudden current variations can be due to either the connection
or disconnection of a heavy load, or a short circuit, an earth fault or
double earth fault.
Switching overvoltages can also be generated within the low-voltage
systems themselves due to the following:
the disconnection of inductances connected in parallel with the source

of voltage, such as transformers, inductors or coils of contactors and
Figure 3.2 a Switching surges on disconnection of a capacitance
relays. (In this case, switching overvoltages are generated in a similar
way to that described above for the disconnection of an open-circuit
power transformer.)
the disconnection of inductances in the series arm of the current cir-

cuit such as conductor loops, series inductors, or the inductances of
the actual conductors. (These inductances try to maintain the ow of
current, even if the circuit is interrupted. The magnitude of the switch-
ing overvoltages that arise depends on the value of the current at the
time of disconnection.)
intentional disconnection of circuits by means of switches, or un-

intentional disconnection brought about by the tripping of fuses or
circuit breakers, or by line discontinuity before the natural current
zero-axis crossing. (Rapid changes in current resulting from occur-
rences such as these give rise to switching surges, normally with
damped oscillations, which are a multiple of the nominal voltage of
the system.)
by phase control circuits, commutation eects in brush collector

systems, and by sudden unloading of machines and transformers.
Extensive measurements taken in dierent low-voltage networks have
shown that the most remarkable surges have been caused by interfering
radiation of arcs generated in switchgear.
Electromagnetic interference by switching in power technical systems
is usually more frequent than lightning interferences.
For conducted, broadband interference a dierence is made in the
EMC standards between high and low energy impulses or pulses depend-
ing on the type of switching operation. It is possible that switching inter-
ference is generated outside a building and enters through the power lines
or it can be generated internally. This is either dened analogously to the
lightning interference as combined surge voltage and surge current inter-
ference or as impressed surge voltages.
In part the broadband, high energy, conducted interference of switch-
ing processes is equated to the conducted lightning interference inside the
building (with a duly carried out lightning protection equipotential
bonding). So interference for dierent types of environment with corre-
spondingly adjusted peak values is dened in the VG standards (Tables
3.2 a and 3.2 b).
An impressed surge voltage due to disconnection processes or overcur-
rent protective components is dened in DIN VDE 0160. The surge
voltage 0.1/1.3ms (0.1ms rate of rise, about 0.15ms front time) with a
peak value u
N/max
will be superimposed on the peak value u
N/max
of the
alternating current voltage.
Broadband, low energy switching voltage interference, (i.e. bursts)
are shown in DIN VDE 0847 Part 4-4. These impressed voltage impulses
5/50ns (5ns rate of rise, about 7.4ns front time) with peak values
depending on the severity of testing are supplied as pulse packages into
power and communication lines through coupling capacities.
Apart from conducted interference, considerable interfering radia-
tion can also be due to the switching processes themselves (e.g.
arcs generated by the withdrawing of disconnectors) inducing more con-
ducted interferences.
Sources
FGH MANNHEIM: Transiente berspannungen, Fachberichte der FGH
Mannheim, etz-a Elektrotech. Z., 1976, 97(1), pp. 227
MENGE, H.-D.: Ergebnisse von Messungen transienter berspannungen in
Freiluft-Schaltanlagen, etz-a Elektrotech. Z., 1976, 97(1), pp. 1517
Table 3.2 a Lightning interference 1.2/50s
Table 3.2 b Lightning interference 10/700 s
LANG, U., and LINDNER, H.: berspannungen in Hochspannungsschaltan-
lagen Schutz von Sekundreinrichtungen, Elektrizittswirtschaft, 1986, 22,
pp. 680683
SCHWAB, A. J.: Elektromagnetische Vertrglichkeit (Springer Verlag, Berlin,
Heidelberg, New York, 1990)
elektronischer Gerte auch bei direkten Blitzeinschlgen, 3. aktualisierte
Auage (Verlag TV Rheinland, Kln, 1993)
Verlag, Mnchen; VDE Verlag, Berlin-Offenbach, 1994)
VDEW: Hinweise fr die Messung von transienten berspannungen
in Sekundrleitungen innerhalb von Freiluft-Schaltanlagen Vereinigung
Deutscher Elektrizittswerke VDEW e. V., Ausgabe Oct. 1975
DIN EN 61000-4-5 (VDE 0847 Teil 4-5): 1996-09: Elektromagnetische Ver-
trglichkeit (EMV). Teil 4: Prf- und Messverfahren. Hauptabschnitt 5:
Prfung der Strfestigkeit gegen Stossspannungen (IEC 1000-4-5: 1995);
Deutsche Fassung EN 61000-4-5: (VDE Verlag, GmbH, Berlin/Offenbach,
1995)
DIN EN 61000-4-4 (VDE 0847 Teil 4-4): 1996-03: Elektromagnetische Ver-
trglichkeit (EMV). Teil 4: Prf- und Messverfahren. Hauptabschnitt 4:
Prfung der Strfestigkeit gegen schnelle transiente elektrische
Strgrssen/Burst; EMV-Grundnorm (VDE Verlag, GmbH, Berlin/Offenbach,
March 1996)
DIN VDE 0160: 1988-05: Ausrstung von Starkstromanlagen mit elektro-
nischen Betriebsmitteln (VDE Verlag, GmbH, Berlin/Offenbach, May 1988)
DIN-VDE-Taschenbuch 515: Elektromagnetische Vertrglichkeit 1. DIN-
VDE-Normen (VDE Verlag, GmbH, Berlin/Offenbach, 1991)
VG 96 903 Teil 76/08.89: Schutz gegen Nuklear-Elektromagnetischen
Impuls (NEMP) und Blitzschlag. Prfverfahren, Prfeinrichtungen und
Grenzwerte. Verfahren LF 76: Prfung mit Direkteinspeisung eines Span-
nungsimpulses 1,2/50s und eines Stromimpulses 8/20s (Beuth-Verlag,
GmbH, Berlin, Aug. 1989)
Chapter 4
Protective measures, standards
For a considerable time increasingly rened methods have been used
worldwide to measure lightning currents at high towers, HV overhead
lines and in lightning trigger stations. Field measuring stations also
register the radiated electromagnetic interference elds of lightning
discharges. From the results of research, lightning as a source of inter-
ference is understood and dened with regard to the present protection
problems. It is also possible to simulate lightning currents with their
extreme values in the laboratory; this is a prerequisite for testing protective
installations, components and devices. Also lightning interference elds
can be simulated for the testing of information technology equipment.
Because of such wide ranging basic research and the development of
protection concepts, such as the concept of lightning protection zones as
organizing principle of an EMC, as well as suitable protective measures
and devices against eld generated and conducted interference due to
lightning discharges, we now have the necessary conditions for protecting
systems in such a way that the nal risk of failure can be kept extremely
low. Thus, it can be guaranteed that the essential infrastructure can
be maintained and catastrophes avoided in cases of extraordinary
atmospheric threats.
The necessity of standardizing complex EMC-oriented lightning pro-
tection measures, containing also so-called surge protection measures,
has been realized. The International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC)
as well as the European (Cenelec) and national standards committees
(DINVDE, VG) produce standards on the following:
Electromagnetic interference of lightning discharge and its statistical

distribution as a basis for the assignment of interferences to protection
levels
Methods to estimate the risk of determining the protection levels
Measures to discharge the lightning current
Measures for screening electromagnetic lightning elds
Measures to discharge conducted lightning interference
Requirements and tests for protective components
Protective concepts within the scope of an EMC-oriented manage-

ment plan
When designing a protection system, it is rst necessary to decide
whether to protect the device or installation solely against destruction or
against interference as well. The eects of interference are normally
covered by classical considerations of the electromagnetic compatibility
(EMC) of a device; and the possible destruction of devices is the most
important consideration in surge protection analysis.
In contrast to normal electromagnetic interference, lightning discharges
and nuclear explosions are relatively rare and of very short duration.
Hence, system design is usually limited to avoiding the destruction of
devices by surges. Short-term signal uctuations can be accepted. This,
for example, is the procedure in standard low-voltage systems in wide
ranges of industrial measurement and control installations and in tele-
communication and electronic data processing systems. In certain special
cases, however, such as the control systems of nuclear power stations,
alarm systems and military installations, there must be no error signals
even in the case of a lightning discharge or nuclear explosion. Some
installations require a combination of lightning protection, switching
surge protection, electrostatic discharge protection and protection
against nuclear electromagnetic pulses.
The protective measures described in the following paragraphs, such as
external and internal lightning protection, shielding, and surge limita-
tion, are methods which partly overlap and also complement one
another. If possible, they should be considered at the initial stages of
construction of structural systems and electrical consumer installations,
but sometimes they can be realized subsequently.
On passing of the law on the electromagnetic compatibility of devices
(Guidelines on the application of Council Directive 89/336/EEC of 3
May 1989 on the approximation of the laws of the Member States rela-
ting to electromagnetic compatibility), the equipment must have a suf-
cient immunity also against lightning interference. The word equip-
ment does not only mean all electric and electronic devices but also
installations and systems which contain electric or electronic modules. To
secure, for example, the protection of complex power and information
systems of a building in the case of a direct or close-up lightning strike,
extensive analysis by a lightning protection expert is necessary. With an
EMC analysis, convenient planning for a building and reliable cooper-
ation of all electronic building functions at normal operation can be
secured. With priority system planning, the EMC measures of lightning
protection are realized so that safe, interference-free operation is pos-
sible; likewise for the case of direct lightning interference.
Sources
elektronischer Gerte auch bei direkten Blitzeinschlgen (Verlag TV
Rheinland, Kln, 3. aktualisierte Auage, 1993)
HASSE, P.: Blitz-/berspannungsschutz Stand der Normung, 5. Forum fr
Versicherer (Dehn und Shne, Nrnberg, Oct.1994)
HASSE, P., and WIESINGER, J.: Lightning protection for fullling the principles
of EMC, DEHN publication No. SD 321E, reprint from etz, 7, 1995, pp.1213
HASSE, P.: Blitzschutz fr Gebude und Elektrische Anlagen 1, VDE/ABB-
Blitzschutztagung, 1996, 11, pp. 960964; 1996, 12, pp. 11071112
4.1 Lightning protection
According to national and international lightning protection engineering
and standards, a lightning protection system for buildings requires the
protection of the whole system against the eects of lightning. This
consists of external lightning protection and internal lightning protec-
tion. External lightning protection involves the air termination systems,
the down conductors and the earthing system. Internal lightning protec-
tion involves all additional measures preventing magnetic and electric
implications of lightning current in the volume to be protected. Above all
else, there is lightning protection equipotential bonding which reduces
the potential dierences caused by lightning current.
According to the international lightning protection standard, the pro-
tected volume is the structural system that is to be protected by a light-
ning protection system. The primary task of lightning protection is to
intercept lightning by an air termination system, to discharge the light-
ning current through a down conductor system to the earthing system
where it will be dissipated into the ground. Furthermore, the ohmically,
capacitively and inductively incoupled interference must be reduced to
harmless values in the protected volume.
In Germany, DIN VDE 0185 Parts 1 and 2 have been enacted since
1982 for the erection, planning, extension and alteration of lightning
protection systems. This VDE guide, however, does not include details of
whether a lightning protection system has to be provided for a building
or not. Building regulations of the German Federal Countries, national
and regional regulations and specications, instructions and directions
of the insurance companies and the danger characteristics for lightning
protection systems in the immovables of the German Federal Armed
Forces can be used as decision makers.
If a lightning protection system for a structural system or building is
not made a prerequisiste by the building regulations of an individual
country, it is entirely up to the building supervisory board, the owner or
the operator to decide upon its necessity. Should there be a decision for
Protective measures, standards 69
the installation of a lightning protection system, it must be carried out in
accordance with the corresponding standards or relevant regulations. As
an accepted rule of engineering, however, a standard or regulation only
stipulates the minimum requirements at the time of coming into force.
Developments in the eld of engineering and related latest scientic nd-
ings may be registered from time to time into a new standard or regula-
tion. Thus, the presently valid DIN VDE 0185 Part 1 and 2 only reects
the state of engineering of about twenty years ago. In the interim years
there have been important changes in building services management
systems and electronic data processing. Thus, a building lightning protec-
tion system planned and installed according to the state of engineering
twenty years ago will no longer be sucient. Damage statistics of the
insurance companies clearly conrm this fact (Figures 2.1 a and 2.1 b).
However, the latest results of lightning research and engineering are
reected in the internationally agreed lightning protection standards.
Technical Committee 81 (TC81) of the IEC has international com-
petence, Technical Committee 81X (TC81X) of the Cenelec has European
(regional) competence and Committee K251 of the German Electro-
technical Commission (DKE) has national competence in lightning pro-
tection standardization. Table 4.1 a shows the current state as well as the
future tasks of the IEC standardizing work in this eld. Through Cenelec,
IEC standards are transferred into European Standards (ES) (sometimes
modied): for example, IEC 61024-1 in ENV 61024-1. But Cenelec also
works out its own standards: for example, EN 50164-1 to 4 (Table 4.1 b).
Figure 4.1 a illustrates the mechanism for the development of an IEC
standard through Cenelec to the DKE using the example of IEC 61024-1:
Figure 4.1 a Lightning protection standards: International (IEC), regional
(CLC), national (DKE)
T
a
b
l
e
4
.
1
a
S
t
a
n
d
a
r
d
s

w
i
t
h
i
n

I
E
C

T
C

8
1
IEC 61024-1: 1990-03 Protection of structures against lightning.

Part 1: General principles has been valid worldwide since March
1990.
The European draft standard ENV 61024-1: 1995-01 Protection of

structures against lightning. Part 1: General principles has been in
force since January 1995.
This draft standard (translated into the national languages) will be

tested in the European countries (for about three years); in Ger-
many, for example, as DIN V ENV 61024-1 (VDE V 0185 Part
100) Gebudeblitzschutz. Teil 1: Allgemeine Grundstze (with
national annex). (Lightning protection of buildings. Part 1: General
principles)
After nal consideration at Cenelec, there will then be the binding

standard EN 61024-1 for all European countries.
In Germany this standard will be published as DIN EN 61024-1

(VDE 0185 Part 100).
In August 1996 the German draft standard DIN V ENV 61024-1
(VDE V 0185 Part 100) was published (Figure 4.1 b). During the tran-
sitional period until the nal standard, either this draft standard or the
standard DIN VDE 0185-1 (VDE 0185 Part 1): 1982-11 Blitzschutzan-
lage, Allgemeines fr das Errichten can be applied.
ENV 61024-1 is based on the latest technical state. Its application
guarantees safe protection of the structure. Therefore, application of
ENV 61024-1, including the national annex, is recommended in order to
obtain a more eective protection, on the one hand, and to gather
experience in the application of the later exclusively valid European
Standard, on the other hand.
Table 4.1 b Cenelec-standards Lightning Protection
Lightning protection measures for special systems DIN VDE 0185-2
(VDE 0185 Part 2): 1982-11 will be treated in a later standard. Until then
the standard DIN VDE 0185-2 (VDE 0185 Part 2): 1982-11 is valid.
These special systems can be carried out according to ENV 61024-1;
additional requirements in DIN VDE 0185-2 (VDE 0185 Part 2): 1982-
11 must be taken into account.
A lightning protection system planned and installed according to
the draft standard ENV 61024-1 will rather prevent damage at the
structure. Persons are protected inside the structure, and they will not be
endangered by damage to the structure (e.g., re).
The protection of extended electrical power and information engineer-
ing installations in and at the structure cannot be guaranteed by the very
measures of lightning protection equipotential bonding according to
ENV 61024-1. In particular the protection of information technology
equipment (communications technology, instrumentation and control,
computer networks etc.) requires special protective measures on the basis
of IEC 61312-1: 1995-02 Protection against lightning electromagnetic
impulse. Part 1: General principles because of the low admissible
voltages.
The standard DIN VDE 0185-103 (VDE 0185 Part 103), with the
regulations of IEC 61312-1, has been valid since September 1997 (Figure
4.1 c).
To estimate the damage risk due to a lightning strike, standard IEC
61662: 1995-04 Assessment of the risk of damage due to lightning
with Amendment 1: 1996-05 Assessment of the risk of damage due
to lightning, Annex C Structures containing electronic systems is
applicable.
Figure 4.1 b Use of the European Draft Standard (ENV) in Germany
Sources
DIN VDE 0185: Blitzschutzanlage. Teil 1: Allgemeines fr das Errichten. Teil
2: Errichten besonderer Anlagen (VDE Verlag, GmbH, Berlin/Offenbach,
Nov. 1982)
IEC 61024-1: Protection of structures against lightning. Part 1: General
principles. International Electrotechnical Commission, Genve, March 1980
DIN V ENV 61024-1(VDE V 0185 Teil 100): Blitzschutz baulicher Anlagen.
Teil 1: Allgemeine Grundstze (VDE Verlag, GmbH, Berlin/Offenbach, Aug.
1996)
E DIN EN 50164-1(VDE 0185 Teil 201): Blitzschutzbauteile. Teil 1:
Anforderungen fr Verbindungsbauteile. Deutsche Fassung prEN 50164-1:
(VDE Verlag, GmbH, Berlin/Offenbach, May 1997)
IEC 61312-1: Protection against lightning electromagnetic impulse. Part 1:
General principles. Centre de la Commission Electrotechnique Internation-
ale Genve, Feb. 1995
DIN VDE 0185-103 (VDE 0185 Teil 103): Schutz gegen elektromag-
netischen Blitzimpuls. Teil 1: Allgemeine Grundstze, (IEC 1312-1: 1995,
modiziert) (VDE Verlag, GmbH, Berlin/Offenbach, Sept. 1997)
IEC 61662: Assessment of the risk of damage due to lightning. Bureau
Central de la Commission Electrotechnique Internationale, Genve, April
1995
Amendment 1: Assessment of the risk of damage due to lightning, Annex C:
Structures containing electronic systems. Bureau Central de la Commission
Electrotechnique Internationale, Genve, May 1996
4.1.1 Risk analysis, protection levels
Basically new in these lightning protection standards are methods for the
assessment of the risk of damage due to lightning and the subdivision of
the protective measures into protection levels.
Figure 4.1 c New German Lightning Protection Standards
The assessment of the risk of damage due to a lightning strike into a
structure helps the lightning protection planner to decide whether or not
a lightning protection system is to be recommended and to choose
suitable protective measures. The purpose of choosing a sucient pro-
tection level is to reduce the risk of damage due to direct lightning strikes
to below an acceptable value. The selection of a sucient protection
level for the lightning protection system can be based on the expected
number of direct strikes (N
d
) and on the accepted number of strikes (N
c
)
that will cause damage.
The ow diagram for the selection of the lightning protection sys-
tems, is shown in DIN V ENV 61024-1 (VDE V 0185 Part 100) in Figure
4.1.1a.
Figure 4.1.1 a Flow diagram for the selection of a lightning protection system
Proceeding from a lightning density N
g
(lightning strikes per km
2
and
year), which is applicable for the region where the building stands, the
average annual number N
d
of lightning strikes to be expected for
the building/surface A
e
can be determined by means of the equivalent
surface A
e
(in km
2
). That is
N
d
= N
g
A
e
The equivalent surface A
e
will be determined according to Figure 4.1.1 b.
The equivalent surface A
e
takes into account that lightning strikes in
the direct vicinity of a structure have the same consequence as direct
strikes.
According to the national annex NB of this standard the following is
specied:
N
c
= A B C
where N
c
is the accepted strike frequency, A is the building construction
component (type of construction, material), B is the component dealing
with the use and contents of the building, and C is the component con-
sidering consequential damage.
To determine these components, the following are taken into account:
Component A (building construction): construction of the walls, roof

construction, roof covering, and roof superstructures.
Component B (building utilization and contents): utilization by

people, nature of building contents, value of building contents, and
measures and installations for damage reduction.
Figure 4.1.1 b Determination of the equivalent collection area A
e
for an
individual building
Component C (consequential damage): danger to the environment

due to the building contents, failure of important public services sup-
plied by the building installations, and other consequential damage.
The value of the accepted strike frequency N
c
must be compared with
the actual number of annual strikes N
d
. The comparison allows a deci-
sionwhether a lightning protection system is necessary or not, and, in
the armative, what version has to be chosen:
If N
d
< N
c
, a lightning protection system is not necessary.
If N
d
> N
c
, a lightning protection system with eciency
E 1
N
c
N
d
in accordance with the protection level of Table 4.1.1 a should be installed.
After calculation of E, the protection level must be derived from the
following:
E > 0.98 protection level I with additional protective measures
0.95 < E 0.98 protection level I
0.90 < E 0.95 protection level II
0.80 < E 0.90 protection level III
0 < E 0.80 protection level IV
E < 0 lightning protection not necessary.
Additional protective measures, for example, include those to reduce
the contact and step voltages, those to avoid the spreading of re, and
those to reduce voltages in sensitive installations induced by lightning.
By the protection level the following is stipulated:
ecacy of the lightning protection system (Table 4.1.1a)
radius of the rolling sphere, protective angle, mesh size (Table 4.1.1 b)
lightning characteristics (Table 4.1.1 c)

Table 4.1.1 a Relation between protection level and eciency
factor k
i
to determine the safety distance between the lightning pro-
tection system and metal installations/electrical and information
technology equipment
clearances between the down conductors
minimum lengths of the earth electrodes
inspection intervals.
4.1.2 External and internal lightning protection, DIN VDE 0185
Part 1, DIN V ENV 61024-1 (VDE V 0185 Part 100)
DIN V ENV 61024-1 (VDE V 0185 Part 100) as well as DIN VDE 0185
Part 1 essentially deal with (Figure 4.1.2 a): air termination system, down
conductor system, earthing system, lightning protection equipotential
bonding, and safety clearances (at proximity points).
Table 4.1.1 b Assignment of angle of protection, rolling sphere radius and mesh
size to the protection levels
Table 4.1.1 c Assignment of the lightning current parameters to the protection
levels
The lightning protection system consists of both external and internal
lightning protection. External lightning protection consists of the air
termination system, the down conductor system and the earthing system.
Internal lightning protection includes all additional measures to avoid
electromagnetic interference due to lightning current in the protected
volume.
Lightning protection equipotential bonding is that part of the internal
lightning protection which reduces the potential dierences caused by light-
ning current. Lightning protection equipotential bonding is realized by
bonding the conductors of the external lightning protection system with the
metal frame of the structure, with the metal installations, with the external
conductive parts, and with the power and information technology equipment
in the volume to protect.
Bonding measures include: equipotential bonding lines, if the con-
tinuous electric conductivity is not achieved by the natural connections;
and arresters, if direct connections with the equipotential bonding lines
are not allowed (Figure 4.1.2 b).
Lightning protection equipotential bonding must be carried out in
accordance with DIN V ENV 61024-1.
4.1.3 Concept of lightning protection zones, DIN VDE 0185-103
(VDE 0185 Part 103)
Since September 1997 the international standard IEC 61312-1 Pro-
tection against lightning electromagnetic impulse Part 1: General
principles is also valid in Germany as DIN VDE 0185-103 (VDE 0185
Figure 4.1.2 a External and Internal Lightning Protection according to IEC
61024-1/ENV 61024-1
Part 103): 1997-09 Schutz gegen elektromagnetischen Blitzimpuls. Teil
1: Allgemeine Grundstze.
This standard became necessary because of the increasing use of many
kinds of electronic systems including computers, telecommunication
facilities, control systems etc. (called information systems in this stand-
ard). Such systems are used in many elds of commerce and industry,
including the control of production facilities with high capital value, wide
dimensions and great complexity, where failures due to lightning strikes
are very undesirable for cost and safety reasons. A risk analysis which
focuses on the LEMP hazard to electronic equipment is indicated in IEC
61662, Amendment 1 Assessment of the risk of damage due to light-
ning, Annex C Structures containing electronic systems.
With regard to general principles of protection against lightning strikes
DIN V ENV 61024-1 (VDE V 0185 Part 100) is applicable; however, it
does not treat the protection of electric and electronic systems. The
standard DIN VDE 0185-103 (VDE 0185 Part 103) is concerned with
the lightning electromagnetic impulse and its interfering elds and there-
fore is a basis for the protective system.
The general principles for protection against the electromagnetic
lightning pulse (or LEMP: lightning electromagnetic impulse) are
described in DIN VDE 0185-103 (VDE 0185 Part 103). Here it is shown
how a structure can be subdivided into several lightning protection zones
(in DIN VDE 0185-103 (VDE 0185 Part 103) called LPZ: lightning
protection zone) according to the concept of lightning protection zones,
and how the equipotential bonding has to be carried out at the zone
interfaces (Figure 4.1.3 a).
The protected volume (or volume to protect) will be subdivided into
lightning protection zones. The dierent protection zones are formed by
Figure 4.1.2 b Lightning protection equipotential bonding for incoming services
building screens, shielded rooms and devices using existing metal
structures. The individual protection zones are characterized by obvious
changes of the eldborne and conducted lightning interference at their
boundaries. When a metal supply system passes a zone boundary and
thus the electromagnetic screen of a zone, this supplying system must be
treated at the interface. For passive conductors (pipes, cable sheaths) this
is done by conductive connections to the zone screen; for electrical lines
by the use of arresters that discharge the interfering energy.
Figure 4.1.3 a Example for the subdivision of a building into several lightning
protection zones (LPZ) and sucient equipotential bonding
In the standard DIN VDE 0185-103 (VDE 0185 Part 103):
the execution of the protective measures on the basis of the concept

of lightning protection zones is shown from concept planning to its
acceptance
primary lightning interferences are specied
generator circuits are indicated for the simulation of lightning currents
the timing functions of the lightning current components are shown

for calculation analyses
measures of lightning protection equipotential bonding are treated
electromagnetic building and room screening is described
the application of arresters is determined.

The LEMP-protection management for new buildings, as well as for
far-reaching alterations in the execution or use of structures, is described
in this standard (Table 4.1.3 a). In the following sections the tasks that
must be fullled by the dierent management steps are described and
practical examples are given.
Sources
HASSE, P., and WIESINGER, J.: EMV-Blitz-Schutzzonen-Konzept (Paum
Verlag, Mnchen; VDE Verlag, Berlin/Offenbach, 1994)
HASSE, P.: Blitzschutz-Management Planung und Organisation.
Tagungsband 1. VDE/ABBBlitzschutztagung Blitzschutz fr Gebude und
Elektrische Anlagen. (Kassel, 29 Feb.1 March,1996)
Table 4.1.3 a LEMP-protection management for new buildings and for
comprehensive alterations in development or utilization of existing
buildings
HASSE, P.: Neu: DIN VDE 0185 Teil 103: Schutz gegen elektromagnetischen
Blitzimpuls. Teil 1: Allgemeine Grundstze Anwendung in der Praxis (I).
de (der elektromeister + deutsches elektrohandwerk), 1997, 14, pp. 1352
1356, 17, pp. 15521558, 18, pp. 16911693
IEC 61662, Amendment 1: Assessment of the risk of damage due to light-
ning, Annex C: Structures containing electronic systems. Bureau Central de
la Commission Electrotechnique Internationale, Genve, May 1996
4.1.3.1 LEMP-protection planning
The LEMP-protection planning for the system to protect must be carried
out by a lightning protection expert (who has well-founded knowledge of
EMC) in close coordination with the owner, the architect, the installer of
the information system, the planners, and other relevant institutions and,
if necessary, with the subcontractors. The planning should begin with
denition of the lightning protection levels.
4.1.3.1.1 Denition of lightning protection levels By analysing the risk in
accordance with DIN V ENV 61024-1 (VDE V 0185 Part 100), annex F, or
according to DIN IEC 61662 (VDE 0185 Part 101), where the structures
site, the building construction, its use, content, and possible subsequent
damage are considered, the adequate protection level for the structure to
protect can be determined as described in Section 4.1.1.
4.1.3.1.2 Denition of lightning protection zones As shown in Figure
4.1.3 a, the volume to protect will be divided into protection zones. The
dierent protection zones will be created by the screening of the build-
ing, the rooms, and the equipment by using the existing metal com-
ponents such as metal facades, reinforcements and metallic enclosures.
Numbering of the protection zones is according to their damping of the
electromagnetic lightning elds. The undamped environs will be dened
as lightning protection zone 0 which will be subdivided into the
following:
lightning protection zone 0

A
, where direct lightning strikes occur

B
, where direct strikes are prevented by the
air-termination system (in accordance with the eectivity of the light-
ning protection level).
The denition of lightning protection zones and the determination of
their boundaries in the case of complex systems usually will be developed
step-by-step, while the lightning protection expert regularly consults the
main involved and responsible parties concerning construction and
operation, in order to reach an optimally balanced overall concept by
using all structural (technical and economical) realities.
At this point, it should be emphasized that on dening the protec-
tion levels and on determination of the lightning protection zones the
essential basic data for the total costs of the lightning protection system
to be planned and installed are xed. So it is, for example, quite usual to
attribute dierent protection levels to the individual buildings of an
extended industrial plant (as shown in Figure 4.1.3.1.2 a) by means of
a risk analysis.
Depending on the actual requirements, the air terminations, down
conductors and earthing systems can be executed as isolated, partly
isolated, or building integrated, as shown in Figure 4.1.3.1.2 b. Figures
4.1.3.1.2 c to e show the execution in practice.
Best positioning of the air terminations is made possible by means of
the rolling sphere method: either in a drawing (Figure 4.1.3.1.2 f a) or
using a scale model (Figure 4.1.3.1.2 f b). Only those parts of the building
that are touched by the rolling sphere (Figure 4.1.3.1.2 f c), need air
terminations.
In the following planning step, room shielding measures will be
specied.
4.1.3.1.3 Room shielding measures Of special importance for the plan-
ning of building and room shields for the lightning protection zones are
the existing metal components of the building (e.g., metal roofs and
facades, steel reinforcements in concrete, expanded metals in walls, metal
lattices, metal supporting structures, metal piping) forming an eective
electromagnetic shield, if there is an intermeshed connection. Already by
this stage of planning it must be specied (and agreed upon by the con-
struction companies) that:
all steel reinforcements in ceilings, walls, and oors must be inter-

connected and bonded with the earthing system (at least every 5m)
(Figures 4.1.3.1.3 a)
Figure 4.1.3.1.2 a Lightning protection zones (LPZ) with protection levels (PL)
Figure 4.1.3.1.2 b (a) Lightning protection zones in case of an isolated
lightning protection system
Figure 4.1.3.1.2 b (b) Lightning protection zones in case of a partly isolated
lightning protection system
Figure 4.1.3.1.2 b (c) Lightning protection zones in case of a building-
integrated lightning protection system
Figure 4.1.3.1.2 c Example of an isolated lightning protection system
Figure 4.1.3.1.2 d Example of a
partly isolated lightning protection
system
Figure 4.1.3.1.2 e Example of a
building-integrated lightning protection
system
Figure 4.1.3.1.2 f (ac) Positioning of an air-termination system by means of
the rolling sphere method
Figure 4.1.3.1.2 f (a) Planning by drawing
Figure 4.1.3.1.2 f (b) Using a model Figure 4.1.3.1.2 f (c) Surfaces
marked are touched by the rolling
sphere
Figure 4.1.3.1.3 a (a)
Figure 4.1.3.1.3 a (b)
Figure 4.1.3.1.3 a (c)
Figure 4.1.3.1.3 a (d)
Figure 4.1.3.1.3 a Eective electromagnetic shielding by: (a, b) Steel mats on
the roof; (c, d) Bonding of reinforcements in oors, walls and
ceilings; (e, f ) Application of xed earthing terminals for
bridging of expansion joints or bonding of reinforcements of
prefabricated concrete parts
Figure 4.1.3.1.3 a (e) Figure 4.1.3.1.3 a (f)
metal facades will be turned into shields by connecting them with the
earthing system (every 5m or less) (Figure 4.1.3.1.3 a g)
lost sheet metal forms in oors, ceilings, and walls must be intercon-
nected and bonded with the earthing system (at least every 5m)
steel constructions must be connected to the earthing system
steel reinforcements of the foundations must be connected to the

earthing system (at least every 5m) (Figure 4.1.3.1.3. a h).
4.1.3.1.4 Equipotential bonding networks Provision must be made, even
at the planning phase, that all metal installations entering a lightning
protection zone must be connected. This connection must be either dir-
ectly, or over disconnection spark gaps, or over arresters, to the lightning
protection equipotential bonding bar.
Such installations include:
earth electrodes (telecommunication earth electrodes, earth electrodes

in accordance with DIN VDE 0141 (directly or over disconnection
spark gaps), auxiliary earth electrodes, measuring earth electrodes (over
disconnection spark gaps), and earth-contact shielding conductors).
electric lines (metal sheaths and armour of cables as well as shields of

lines, communications cables (telecommunication and data cables),
aerial cables, and power cables (under consideration of DIN VDE
0100 Parts 410 and 540)).
Figure 4.1.3.1.3 a (g)
non-electric lines (water pipes, heating pipes, gas pipes, ventilation and
air-conditioning ducts, re extinguishing pipes, and piping of cathodi-
cally protected systems or such with stray current protection measures
(over disconnection spark gaps)).
Figure 4.1.3.1.3 a (gh) Bonding of the continuous interconnected metal
faade with the earthing system; (h) Internal surface earth
electrode realized by oor slab reinforcement, which is
bonded by hot-galvanized steel strips (in raster 5 m x 5 m)
Figure 4.1.3.1.3 a (h)
Figure 4.1.3.1.4 a Lightning protection equipotential bonding bar
In the case of extended technical communication systems, the equi-
potential bonding bar for the lightning protection must be planned in
such a way (approximately at ground level inside the building) that it can
take over the function of the earth bus. Then it usually will be laid as
an earth ring bus inside the building (Figure 4.1.3.1.4 a). It is required
that this ring-equipotential bonding bar be connected to have a low
impedance with the earthing system and the zone screen.
In the case of protection measures using the concept of lightning
protection zones, the planner is free to decide between a mesh-like or
star-type conguration of the equipotential bonding system. Usually a
mesh-like functional equipotential bonding system (Figure 4.1.3.1.4 b)
will be planned. The devices in a protection zone shall be interconnected
by lines (as many as possible and as short as possible), with the metal
parts of the protection zone and the protection zone screen. Also here
the planner will employ the already existing metal components of a
building, such as the reinforcement in the oor, the walls and the ceiling,
the metal grates in double bottoms and (non-electric) metal installations,
such as ventilation pipes and cable racks. Typically, a meshing of at least
one metre mesh size will be desired. Figure 4.1.3.1.4 c shows the bond-
ing of two meshed protection zones, whereby the shields are integrated
into the equipotential bonding system. Figure 4.1.3.1.4 d illustrates that
rather complex zone structures may be planned. Protection zones nested
within each other and local protection zones of dierent equipotential
bonding concepts are interconnected here.
4.1.3.1.5 Equipotential bonding measures for supply lines and electric
lines at the boundaries of the lightning protection zones As soon as the
lightning protection zones for the system to protect have been deter-
mined in agreement with all parties concerned, the interfaces for all
metal supply systems including the electric lines must then be clearly
dened. Wherever a supply system penetrates a zone boundary and,
thus, the electromagnetic screen of a zone, this supply system must be
treated. For supply systems and lines that do not conduct voltages and
currents, this is realized by an electrically conductive connection; live
lines will be equipped with arresters that discharge the interfering ener-
gies in the case of lightning-induced overvoltages from the lines to the
earthed zone screen.
Figure 4.1.3.1.5 a, for example, shows the interfaces of supply systems
which come from lightning protection zone 0
A
into lightning protection
zone 1 on ground level, and overhead lines coming from lightning protec-
tion zone 0
A
or 0
B
into lightning protection zone 1. It is the same with
all supply systems inside the protected volume: if they lead from one
lightning protection zone into another, they must also be treated at the
interfaces.
In the case of a lightning strike, the lightning current will not only be
Figure 4.1.3.1.4 b Meshed functional equipotential bonding system in a lightning
protection zone
Figure 4.1.3.1.4 c Bonding of lightning protection zones with the correspondingly
meshed functional equipotential bonding
Figure 4.1.3.1.4 d Bonding of lightning protection zones with meshed and star-
shaped functional equipotential bonding at a complex zone
structure
discharged over the earthing system, but a rather considerable part also
over the supply systems entering the lightning protection zone 1 from
outside ground. At their points of entry, these systems are bonded with the
screen of lightning protection zone 1. If the planner does not make any
detailed calculations, it may be assumed, in accordance with DIN VDE
0185-103 (VDE 0185 Part 103), that 50% of the whole lightning current
(with its parameters in Table 4.1.1 c dened according to the protection
level) must be discharged over the outgoing supply systems. It may be
further assumed that the lightning current will be distributed equally to all
metal and also electric line systems (Figure 4.1.3.1.5 b). When a line system
consists of several component conductors, for example (e.g., outer con-
ductor and protective conductor, a power technical line or several cores of
an information technology line) it may be assumed that again the light-
ning partial current will be distributed equally to the dierent conductors/
cores of a line system. In the worst case, shields are counted as component
conductors. For a closed outer cable shield and copper braid shield, a
considerably higher share can ow over the shield than over the inner
conductors. Here the current distribution (particularly that depending on
the coupling resistance) must be determined individually.
It is also possible, in a close-up lightning strike as shown in Figure
4.1.3.1.5 c, that a considerably higher lightning current can be led to the
interface at lightning protection zone 1 by one single supply system
than would have been the case, according to the above estimation, for a
direct strike. This must also be taken into account when the determin-
ations for planning of the equipotential bonding measures are made.
4.1.3.1.6 Cable routing and shielding Two local, spatially separated light-
ning protection zones can be turned into one lightning protection zone
Figure 4.1.3.1.5 a Interfaces at lightning protection zone boundaries
by means of a bonding line screen (a metal cable conduit, a shielded
cable route or outer cable shields) (Figure 4.1.3.1.6 a). Easy handling
calculation principles for the planner are given in the Handbuch fr
Blitzschutz und Erdung (Handbook for Lightning Protection and Earth-
ing). Figures 4.1.3.1.6 b (a and b) show cable ducts, the reinforcement of
Figure 4.1.3.1.5 b Partial lightning current on external supplying systems in case
of a direct strike into the lightning protection system
Figure 4.1.3.1.5 c Partial lightning current on external supplying systems in case
of a close-up strike
Figure 4.1.3.1.6 a Line shield bonded with building-shields
Figure 4.1.3.1.6 b (a) Basic structure
Figure 4.1.3.1.6 b Cable duct with continuously interconnected reinforcement
Figure 4.1.3.1.6 b (b) Practical realization
which is bonded to a screen. The welded duct reinforcement, with a mesh
size of typically 15cm and a rod diameter of typically 6mm, which is
continuously connected in the longitudinal direction by means of clamps,
can be connected directly to the building foundation reinforcement.
Within lightning protection zones 1 and higher, electromagnetic-
ally shielded cables shall be used for information technology purposes. At
least both ends of the shields must be bonded. Then, the shields will also
be eective within the scope of the meshed functional equipotential
bonding as equipotential bonding lines. Alternatives to shielded cables
can be either metal, closed, and continuous cable stages, or metal pipes,
or shielded cable conduits.
Figure 4.1.3.1.6 c shows how, by parallel routing of power and infor-
mation technology lines, the surface of the induction line loop can be
reduced. As an additional measure the lines can be laid in line shields
(e.g., conduits). The ends of the conduits must be bonded with the cor-
responding terminal. However, it is also possible to turn the enclosure of
the devices into local lightning protection zones which are either con-
nected with unshielded lines, and must then be protected at the zone
interfaces, or with shielded lines forming a common protection zone for
lines and devices.
Sources
(Paum Verlag, Mnchen; VDE Verlag, Berlin/Offenbach; fourth edn, 1993)
4.1.3.2 Realization of LEMP protection
This step of the LEMP-protection management process, coming after the
LEMP-protection planning, includes the following:
preparation of survey diagrams and descriptions
working out of tender specications
making of detailed drawings and ow diagrams for the installation.

These works can be carried out by an electrotechnical engineering oce.
Here, for example, it will be specied how the connection of the incom-
ing metal piping to the reinforcement, at the interface of lightning
protection zones 0
A
and 1, has to be carried out to conduct lightning
current and be EMC-compliant. Or, it will be indicated how metal stages,
cabinets, enclosures and cable racks are to be included into the meshed
functional equipotential bonding in rooms containing information tech-
nology systems and equipment (Figure 4.1.3.2 a). Cable lists (and types),
number of wires, handling of the shield, electrical and mechanical inter-
face congurations, operating voltages, transmission frequencies, backup
fuses etc., have to be indicated. Also, the test values of the arresters used
for the bonding of lines at the interfaces of the lightning protection zones
must be stipulated (Table 4.1.3.2 a).
The arresters provided within a scheme using the concept of lightning
protection zones are connected in series in the respective cable run.
Therefore, the output levels of the arresters must be stipulated in such a
way that the coordination with the downstream arrester or device or
system (characterized by its basic strength) is guaranteed, and that the
prospective system short-circuit currents can be controlled.
Figure 4.1.3.1.6 c Measures of shielding and optimal cable routing
Basically, the planner is free to determine how best to use and coordin-
ate the arresters and devices or systems, as long as it is guaranteed that
interference will be reduced to levels below the basic strength of the
devices or systems to protect in the respective lightning protection zones.
4.1.3.3 Installation and supervision of LEMP protection
Essentials of this step of LEMP-protection management are:
quality assurance at the installation
documentation
revision of detailed drawings.

Figure 4.1.3.2 a Meshed functional equipotential bonding at a cabinet entry
Table 4.1.3.2 a Typical test values of arresters installed at the line interfaces of
lightning protection zones
It is here that system builders, lightning protection experts, engineering
ocers, and the supervising authority cooperate or liaise.
If, for example, structural steel mats are bonded by means of hot-
galvanized steel strips, steel wires and clamps (Figure 4.1.3.3 a), control is
easily possible by inspection and photodocumentation.
In the case of lightning current arresters for power technical systems
(installed at the interface of lightning protection zone 0
A
and 1, Figure
4.1.3.3 b), care must be taken to carry out professional installation (e.g.,
for expulsion arresters a sucient separation must be maintained between
neighbouring live bare parts). In the case of lightning current arresters
for information technology lines, special attention must be paid to the
separate installation of the lines coming from lightning protection zone
0
A
and those leading into lightning protection zone 1 (Figure 4.1.3.3 c).
In larger systems it is useful to install protection cabinets (Figure
4.1.3.3 d) as a central interface between two lightning protection zones.
4.1.3.4 Acceptance inspection of the LEMP protection
An independent lightning protection expert or a supervising authority
will carry out the control and documentation of the system state at the
acceptance inspection stage of the LEMP protection.
Figure 4.1.3.3 a Floor
reinforcement with support-
reinforcement bonded by
wires/strips and clamps
Figure 4.1.3.3 b Lightning current arresters
for the power technical line at the transition
from lightning protection zone O
A
into lightning
protection zone 1
4.1.3.5 Periodic inspection
To safeguard the reliability performance of the protection system it is
necessary that lightning protection experts or supervising authorities
make periodic inspections. The standard draft DIN VDE 0185 Part 110:
1997-01 Blitzschutzsystem. Leitfaden zur Prfung von Blitzschutzsys-
temen (Lightning protection system. Guide for testing lightning protec-
tion systems) describes the kind of tests, test turns, test measures and
the documentation involved.
Sources
DIN V VDE V 0185-110 (VDE V 0185 Teil 110):1997-01: Blitzschutzsysteme.
Leitfaden zur Prfung von Blitzschutzsystemen (VDE Verlag, GmbH, Berlin/
Offenbach, Jan. 1992)
4.1.3.6 Costs
The requirement that information technology electronic systems must
not be damaged by electromagnetic interference due to direct or close-up
lightning strikes has led to a new quality and dimension of lightning
Figure 4.1.3.3 c Lightning
current arresters for the
information technology line
(lightning protection zone
O
A
lightning protection
zone 1)
Figure 4.1.3.3 d Protective cabinet with
connected cable shields and arresters
protection engineering. The correspondingly developed concept,
embodied in DIN VDE 0185-103 (VDE 0185 Part 103), lightning protec-
tion zones (Figure 4.1.3.6 a) has turned out to be a very ecient man-
agement method in complex and manifold problems; it has also been
proven as a universal organizing principle: for example, computing
centres, administration buildings, control and instrumentation technical
systems, power plants including solar and wind power plants, telephone
central oces, radar systems and main transmitters.
Also the costs of EMC-compliant lightning protection can be calcu-
lated from the many existing projects. In the case of newly-built large-
scale projects, about 0.5% max. to 1% of the gross building cost must be
allocated to achieve an eectiveness of protection of about 99%. In sub-
sequent installation and retrotting, the costs will increase by a factor of
10 and the eectiveness of protection reduces to 9590%.
Sources
HASSE, P., and WIESINGER, J.: Requirements and tests for EMC-oriented
lightning protection zones, etz, DEHN publication, reprint from 1990, No. 21,
pp. 11081115
(Paum Verlag, Mnchen; VDE Verlag, Berlin/Offenbach; 4. Auage, 1993)
HASSE, P., WIESINGER, J., ZAHLMANN, P., and ZISCHANK, W.: A future-
Figure 4.1.3.6 a Concept of lightning protection zones
oriented principle for the coodination of arresters in low-voltage systems,
DEHN publication, reprint from etz, 1995, No. 1, pp. 2023
HASSE, P.: Blitzschutz-Management Planung und Organisation. 1st VDE/
ABB-Blitzschutztagung Blitzschutz fr Gebude und Elektrische Anlagen
(29 Feb.1 March 1996, Kassel)
WETTINGFELD, J.: Was ist neu in ENV 61024-1/01.95 (DIN VDE 0185 Teil
100)? 1st VDE/ABB-Blitzschutztagung Blitzschutz fr Gebude und Elek-
trische Anlagen , (29 Feb.3 March 1996, Kassel)
STEINBIGLER, H.: Verfahren und Komponenten des Gebudeblitzschut-
zes. 1st VDE/ABB-Blitzschutztagung Blitzschutz fr Gebude und Elek-
trische Anlagen (29 Feb.1 March 1996, Kassel)
WIESINGER, J.: Was ist neu in IEC 1312-1/02.95 (DIN VDE 0185 Teil 103)?
1st VDE/ABB-Blitzschutztagung Blitzschutz fr Gebude und Elektrische
Anlagen (29 Feb.1 March 1996, Kassel)
KERN A.: Blitz-Schutzzonen mit Schirmungen und Schnittstellen. 1st VDE/
ABB-Blitzschutztagung Blitzschutz fr Gebude und Elektrische Anlagen
(29 Feb.1 March 1996, Kassel)
PUSCH, H., and RAAB, V.: Gebudeblitzschutz Neue Europanorm. TAB,
1996, 12, pp. 6973
HASSE, P.: Blitzschutz fr Gebude und Elektrische Anlagen 1, VDE/ABB-
Blitzschutztagung, 1996, 11, pp. 960964; 1996, 12, pp. 11071112
MLLER, K.-P.: Neue Blitzschutznormung, Elektropraktiker, 1996, 6
DIN VDE 0185: Blitzschutzanlage Teil 1: Allgemeines fr das Errichten
Teil 2: Errichten besonderer Anlagen (VDE Verlag, GmbH, Berlin/
Offenbach, Nov. 1982)
IEC 61024-1: Protection of structures against lightning. Part 1: General
principles. International Electrotechnical Commission, Genve, March 1990
IEC 61312-1: Protection against lightning electromagnetic impulse. Part 1:
General principles. Central de la Commission Electrotechnique Internation-
ale, Genve, Feb. 1995
IEC 61662: Assessment of the risk of damage due to lightning. Bureau
1995
DIN V ENV 61024-1(VDE V 0185 Teil 100): 1996-08: Blitzschutz baulicher
Anlagen. Teil 1: Allgemeine Grundstze (IEC 61024-1: 1990, modiziert)
(VDE Verlag GmbH, Berlin/Offenbach, Aug. 1996)
DIN VDE 0185-103 (VDE 0185 Teil 103): 199709: Schutz gegen elektro-
magnetischen Blitzimpuls (LEMP). Teil 1: Allgemeine Grundstze. Identisch
mit IEC 81(Sec)44 (VDE Verlag, GmbH, Berlin/Offenbach, Sept. 1997)
4.2 Surge protection for electrical systems of buildings, IEC
60364, DIN VDE 0100
A detailed treatment of the surge protection of buildings is given in
IEC/TC 64. Corresponding international standards in IEC 60364 are
provided in chapter 44 of the publication. Part 440 is the relevant chapter
in the national standard series DIN VDE 0100.
Chapter 44 of the above document is divided as follows:
Chapter 44 Protection in case of surges
Section 441 General
Section 442 Protection of low-voltage systems in case of earth
faults in systems with higher voltage
Section 443 Protection against surges due to atmospheric inuences
Section 444 Protection against electromagnetic interference in
systems of buildings.
Also relevant from IEC 60364 (chapter 53) is the following section:
Section 534 Selection and installation of surge protection facilities.
4.2.1 IEC 60364-4-443/DIN VDE 0100 Part 443
The current document IEC 60364-4-443: 1995-04 Publication 364: Elec-
trical installations of buildings; Part 4: Protection for safety; Chapter 44:
Protection against overvoltage; Section 443: Protection against overvolt-
ages of atmospheric origin/ DIN VDE 0100 Teil 443 Errichten von
Starkstromanlagen mit Nennspannungen bis 1000V Schutzmassnahmen
Schutz gegen berspannung infolge atmosphrischer Einsse contains
the following statement:
These standard requirements are provided for describing measures
which limit transient overvoltages, in order to reduce the risk of faults in
the system and the connected equipment, to an acceptable dimension.
This procedure is in agreement with the principles of the insulation
coordination in the Publication IEC 664 Insulation coordination in low-
voltage systems and equipment.
Overvoltage categories are intended for distinguishing dierent
degrees of availability of the equipment. Availability of equipment is
dierentiated according to the demands concerning continuity of oper-
ation and acceptable risk of faults, damage and failures. In connection
with the preferred surge resistance level of the equipment, they allow a
suitable insulation coordination of the whole system to be achieved,
which reduces the risk of faults/failures to an acceptable level/limit and
are a basis for a surge protection (regulation).
A higher reference number of the overvoltage category indicates a
higher specic surge resistance of the equipment, and means at the same
time a wider choice of surge regulation/protection methods.
In the above standard, environmental conditions AQ 1 to AQ 3 are
dened upon which the application of surge arresters depends. Classi-
cations with regard to the eect of lightning are:
AQ 3: direct eect of lightning (cross reference to IEC 61024-1)
AQ 2: indirect eect of lightning, danger from the supply system
AQ 1: negligible eect of lightning.

Sources
IEC 60364-4-443: Electrical installation of buildings Part 4: Protection for
safety (chapter 44): Protection against overvoltages (Section 443): Protec-
tion against overvoltages of atmospheric origin or due to switching. Bureau
1987
E DIN VDE 0100 Teil 443: 1987-04: Errichten von Starkstromanlagen mit
Nennspannungen bis 1000 V. Schutzmassnahmen; Schutz gegen ber-
spannungen infolge atmosphrischer Einsse. (Identisch mit IEC
64(CO)168 (VDE Verlag, GmbH, Berlin/Offenbach, April 1987)
4.2.2 IEC 60664-1/DIN VDE 0110 Part 1
IEC 60664-1 Insulation coordination for equipment within low-voltage
systems. Part 1: Principles, requirements and tests became valid in 1992.
In Germany DIN VDE 0110-1 (VDE 0110 Part 1) is valid: 1997-04
Isolationskoordination fr elektrische Betriebsmittel in Niederspan-
nungsanlagen. Teil 1: Grundstze, Anforderungen und Prfungen (IEC
60664-1: 1992, modied). In this standard the insulation coordination
for equipment in low-voltage systems is specied. It is valid for equip-
ment having a rated alternating voltage up to 1000V, with nominal
frequencies up to 30kHz, or a rated direct voltage up to 1500V.
Therein are dened the following:
(a) Insulation coordination: Reciprocal classication of the insulation
characteristics of electrical equipment, under consideration of the
expected microenvironmental conditions and other important
stresses.
(b) Surge withstand voltage: Maximum value of the surge voltage of
conventional shape and polarity which does not lead to puncture or
sparkover of the insulation under specied conditions.
(c) Rated surge voltage: Value of a surge withstand voltage, indicated by
the producer for an equipment or a part of it, indicating the specied
withstand capability of the respective insulation with regard to
periodic peak voltages.
(d) Overvoltage category: A numerical value that species a surge with-
stand voltage. Note: Overvoltage categories termed I, II, III, and IV
are used.
(e) State of limited overvoltage: State within an electric system where the
expected transient overvoltages remain limited to a specied height.
In this standard the principles of the insulation coordination are
specied as follows: Insulation coordination comprises the selection of
the electrical insulation characteristics of a piece of equipment, regard-
ing its application and its surroundings. Insulation coordination can only
be achieved if the rating of the equipment is based on the stress to which
it will be exposed during its probable lifetime.
With respect to transient overvoltages it points out that insulation
coordination regarding transient overvoltages is based on a state of
limited overvoltages. There are two kinds of limitation:
In-system limitation. The state within an electrical system where,

due to the characteristics of the system, it can be assumed that
the expected transient overvoltages remain limited to a specied
height.
Protective limitation. The state within an electrical system where, due

to the use of special overvoltage limiting means, it can be assumed
that the expected transient overvoltages will be limited to a specied
height.
Note 1: Overvoltages in large and complex systems, such as low-voltage
systems that are exposed to multiple and changing inuences, can only be
judged on a statistical basis. This applies especially for overvoltages of
atmospheric origin, as well as if the limitation is achieved due to an
in-system limitation, or to a protective limitation.
Note 2: An examination concerning the probability as to whether an
in-system limitation exists or whether a protective limitation will be
necessary, is recommended. This examination requires knowledge of
the electrical system data, of the keraunic level, the height of the
transient overvoltage etc. (This examination procedure is applied in
IEC 60364-4-443 for power systems in buildings which are connected to
low-voltage systems.)
Note 3: The special overvoltage limiting means may contain com-
ponents for storage or discharging of energy and are able to safely
discharge the energy of the overvoltages expected at the place of
installation.
To apply the principle of insulation coordination, two dierent kinds
of transient overvoltages must be considered:
Transient overvoltages originating from the system to which the

equipment is bonded by its terminals.
Transient overvoltages originating from the equipment.

This basic safety standard explains to technical committees (i.e., those
who are responsible for the standardization of dierent equipment) how
the insulation coordination can be achieved. For the purpose of sizing
equipment in accordance with the insulation coordination, such tech-
nical committees must specify an overvoltage category according to the
probable use of the equipment, under consideration of the system
parameters for the connection of which it is provided.
The overvoltage categories are a means of maintaining the operation of
devices in accordance with the necessary requirements, and dierentiat-
ing between the degrees of availability with regard to a possible risk of
failure. In connection with special values of the surge withstand voltage
for devices, the categories enable a suitable insulation coordination in the
whole installation; they are the basis for the limitation of overvoltages so
that the risk of failure can be reduced to an acceptable value. A higher
numerical value of the overvoltage category indicates a higher surge
withstand capability of the device and oers a wider choice of methods
of surge limitation.
The principle of the overvoltage categories is applied for equipment
that is directly supplied by the low voltage system. Application of over-
voltage categories is based on the surge protection requirements con-
tained in IEC 60364-4-443. (Note: Atmospheric overvoltages mostly are
not weakened in the course of the installation.) Examinations have
shown that a probability oriented concept is suitable as described in the
following:
Determination of an overvoltage category for directly supplied system
equipment must be realized on the basis of the following general
description:
Overvoltage category I equipment is intended for connection to the

xed electrical installation of a building. Outside the device measures
have been taken, either in the xed installation or between the xed
installation and the device, in order to reduce the transient overvolt-
ages to the respective value.
Overvoltage category II equipment is intended for connection to

the xed installation of a building. (E.g., devices include household
appliances, portable tools and items of similar loading.)
Overvoltage category III equipment is part of the xed installation,

and other devices, where a higher degree of availability is expected.
(E.g., devices include distribution boards, circuit-breakers, distribu-
tions (IEV 826-06-01, including cables, bus bars, distribution cabinets,
switches, socket outlets) in the xed installation and devices for indus-
trial use, as well as other devices, such as stationary motors with
permanent connection to the xed installation.)
Overvoltage category IV equipment is intended for use at or near

the feed into the electrical installation of buildings, and that from
the main distribution into the direction of the system. (E.g., devices
include electricity meters, overcurrent circuit-breakers and ripple-
control units.)
The rated surge voltage of the equipment is given in Table 4.2.2 a
according to the determined overvoltage category and the rated voltage
of the equipment. (Note that equipment with a special rated surge volt-
age, having more than one rated voltage, may be suitable for dierent
overvoltage categories.)
For equipment that can generate overvoltages at the terminals of the
equipment (e.g., switchgear) the rated surge voltage means that the
equipment must not generate overvoltages exceeding this value; that is, if
it is operated in accordance with the respective standard and the instruc-
tions of the producer. (Note that there is always a residual risk that
overvoltages may be generated that exceed the value of the rated surge
voltage, depending on the conditions of the circuit.)
Equipment operating under the conditions of a higher overvoltage
category is allowed provided that a suitable surge limitation is enforced.
Suitable surge damping can be attained by using:
a surge protective installation
a transformer with separated windings
a distribution system with a multitude of branches (which are able to

discharge the energy of surges)
a capacitance which is able to charge up to the energy of surges
a resistance or similar damping elements which are able to discharge

the energy of surges.
It should be taken into account that every surge protective installation
within the system or the equipment might have to discharge more energy
than a surge protective installation at the connection point of the system,
if the latter has a higher operating voltage.
Table 4.2.2 a Rated impulse voltage for equipment (energized directly from the
low-voltage mains)
4.2.3 IEC 60364-5-534 / DIN VDE 0100 Part 534
During the preparation of this book (starting in January 1997) both
standard drafts:
E DIN IEC 64/867/CDV (VDE 0100 Part 534):1996-10 Electrical

installations of buildings Selection and Erection of electrical equip-
ment Switchgear and controlgear Devices for protection against
overvoltages (IEC 64/867/CDV: 1996)
E DIN VDE 0100-534/A1 (VDE 0100 Part 534/A 1):1996-10 Elec-

trical installations of buildings Selection and Erection of electrical
equipment Switchgear and controlgear Devices for protection
against overvoltages Amendment A1 (proposal for a European
standard)
were available. The aforementioned IEC standard draft has now been
refused by the German DKE subcommittee UK 221.3 Protection
Measures on the grounds that its aim no longer meets the current
technical state and is, therefore, of no assistance in the erection of
surge-protective installations.
The main reason for this refusal is the fact that the surge protection
must not only consider switching operations and remote lightning strikes
(IEC 61024/61312-1), but also it must consider close-up or direct light-
ning interference (IEC 61024/61312-1). Thus, it is necessary to cater for
in a single standard not only the selection and installation of arresters for
lightning protection, but also surge protection.
Today, the accepted state of engineering is such that a complex
lightning/surge protection system requires more than one type of arrester.
Taking this requirement into account, three arrester types (classes I, II
and III) with dierent protection capacities are standardized in the rele-
vant product standard DIN IEC SC 37A/44/CDV (VDE 0675 Part 6A1).
A multistage protective concept, realized by means of these dierent
types of arresters, includes not only surge protection but also protection
against direct lightning strikes.
A second standard draft, prepared by the German UK 221.3, is
proposed for the development of the above-mentioned IEC paper. The
suggested main section 534 of Einrichtungen zum Schutz bei
berspannungen treats, on the one hand, the selection and the installa-
tion of protective equipment for the surge protection due to indirect
atmospheric discharges and switching operations according to IEC
60364-4-443 (according to DIN VDE 0100-443 (VDE 0100 Part 443) )
and, on the other hand, the selection and the installation of protective
equipment due to lightning currents and surges in connection with direct
lightning strikes and lightning strikes in the vicinity of buildings accord-
ing to IEC 61024-1 and IEC 61312-1.
Thus, the regulations for the selection and the installation of the
protective equipment and their compatibility with the protective meas-
ures against electric shock applied in the system are presented in one
principle section of the erection standard for low voltage systems. These
standard drafts, however, are not under discussion and so they will not be
considered further. Nevertheless, the description of the dierent applica-
tion possibilities of arresters in the power technical system (given in
chapter 5.8.1.6.2) refers to this German draft.
Sources
(Paum Verlag, Mnchen; VDE Verlag, Berlin/Offenbach; Fourth edn, 1993)
E DIN IEC 64(Sec)675 ( VDE 0100 Teil 443/A3): Errichten von Starkstroman-
lagen mit Nennspannungen bis 1000V Schutzmassnahmen. Schutz bei
berspannungen infolge atmosphrischer Einsse und von Schaltvorgn-
gen, Oct. 1993
IEC 60364-4-443: Electrical installation of buildings Part 4: Protection for
safety (chapter 44): Protection against overvoltages (Section 443): Protec-
tion against overvoltages of atmospheric origin or due to switching, April
1995
E DIN IEC 64/867/CDV (VDE 0100 Teil 534): Elektrische Anlagen von
Gebuden Auswahl und Errichtung elektrischer Betriebsmittel Schalt-
gerte und Steuergerte berspannungs-Schutzeinrichtungen. (VDE
Verlag, GmbH, Berlin/Offenbach, Oct 1996
E DIN VDE 0100-534/A1 (VDE 0100 Teil 534/A 1): Elektrische Anlagen von
Gebuden Auswahl und Errichtung von Betriebsmitteln Schaltgerte und
Steuergerte berspannungs-Schutzeinrichtungen nderung A1 (Vor-
schlag fr eine Europische Norm). (VDE Verlag, GmbH, Berlin/Offenbach,
Oct. 1996)
DIN VDE 0110-1 (VDE 0110 Teil 1): Isolationskoordination fr elektrische
Betriebsmittel in Niederspannungsanlagen. Teil 1: Grundstze, Anforderun-
gen und Prfungen (IEC 6641: 1992, modiziert) (VDE Verlag, GmbH,
Berlin/Offenbach, April 1997)
4.3 Surge protection for telecommunications systems, DIN VDE
0800, DIN VDE 0845
DIN VDE 0800 Part 1: 1989-05 Fernmeldetechnik Allgemeine
Begrie, Anforderungen und Prfungen fr die Sicherheit der Anlagen
und Gerte (Telecommunications General concepts, requirements
and tests for the safety of facilities and apparatus). The scope of appli-
cation of this VDE regulation refers to the safety of the facilities and
apparatus of telecommunication engineering (in the following: telecom-
munication systems and telecommunication devices) with regard to the
prevention from danger to life or health (of people and animals) and
things. This standard is also applicable for the safety of information or
data processing systems for which no other standards are valid.
DIN VDE 0800 Part 2: 1985-07 Erdung und Potentialausgleich in der
Fernmeldetechnik. (Telecommunications; earthing and equipotential
bonding.) The following is quoted regarding the treatment of line
shields (i.e., a shield out of conductive material which accompanies the
lines in a certain geometric form) and the integration of steel construc-
tions or reinforcements:
In the version as an electromagnetic screen (according to DIN IEC

60050 Part 151: 1983-12, section 151-01-16) the line shield can con-
tribute to equipotential bonding, as both of its ends are connected to a
reference potential.
Integration of steel constructions and reinforcements into the earth-
ing system. If there are particularly high demands on the earthing
system of a building regarding the function, in order to avoid poten-
tial dierences between dierent points of the building and thereby
cause equalizing currents, measures should be taken to include the
steel construction and the reinforcement into the earthing system.
For this purpose the reinforcement shall be connected with the earth
bus bar, if the components of the reinforcement are continuously
connected.
Equalizing currents in the reinforcement, in parallel with equipotential

bonding conductors between points of dierent potential, can lead to
interference in the telecommunication system if, because of excessive
impedance, an inadmissible coupling with telecommunication circuits
occurs, or contact resistances are submitted to uctuations. The
continuous connection of the reinforcement, for example, can be
realized by welding or careful lashing. If, owing to the statics, welding
is not possible, additional steel structures should be put in place, which
must be welded to each other and lashed to the reinforcement. The
continuous connection of the building reinforcement is (even in the
case of buildings made out of prefabricated parts) only possible
during the erection of the building. Equipotential bonding by steel
constructions and reinforcement must therefore already be taken
into consideration at the planning stage of the foundations and the
building construction.
DIN VDE 0845 Part 1: 1987-10 Schutz von Fernmeldeanlagen gegen
Blitzeinwirkungen, statische Auadungen und berspannungen aus
Starkstromanlagen Massnahmen gegen berspannungen.
The scope of application is quoted as follows:
This standard is valid for measures against dangerous or interfering

surges in telecommunication systems. These surges are caused by elec-
tromagnetic interference or by lightning eects or static charges.
Thereby also the devices and transmission lines belonging to the tele-
communication system are taken into consideration.
For external lightning protection (the interception and down-
conduction of lightning currents) DIN VDE 0185 Part 1 is applicable,
and for aerial systems DIN VDE 0855 Parts 1 and 2.
Sources
(Paum Verlag, Mnchen; VDE Verlag, Berlin/Offenbach; Fourth edn, 1993)
DIN VDE 0800 Teil 1: Fernmeldetechnik. Allgemeine Begriffe, Anforderun-
gen und Prfungen fr die Sicherheit der Anlagen und Gerte (VDE Verlag,
GmbH, Berlin/Offenbach, May 1989)
DIN VDE 0800 Teil 2: Fernmeldetechnik. Erdung und Potentialausgleich
(VDE Verlag, GmbH, Berlin/Offenbach, July 1985)
DIN VDE 0845 Teil 1: Schutz von Fernmeldeanlagen gegen Blitzeinwirkun-
gen, statische Auadungen und berspannungen aus Starkstromanlagen.
Massnahmen gegen berspannungen (VDE Verlag, GmbH, Berlin/
Offenbach, Oct. 1987)
4.4 Electromagnetic compatibility including protection against
electromagnetic impulses and lightning, VG 95 372
The standard VG 95 372: 199603 gives a survey of the VG standards for
electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) including protection against elec-
tromagnetic impulses (EMP) and lightning. A tabulated list for EMC is
given in Figure 4.4 a.
Source
VG 95 372: Elektromagnetische Vertrglichkeit (EMV) einschliesslich Schutz
gegen den Elektromagnetischen Impuls (EMP) und Blitz bersicht. (Beuth
Verlag, GmbH, Berlin, March 1996)
4.5 Standards for components and protective devices
International (IEC) as well as regional (Cenelec) standardizing work
on components for lightning protection systems and surge protective
devices has now progressed. National (DIN VDE) standards and drafts
with testing authorization are also available. These standards shall be
considered in the following only as far as it is necessary for the under-
standing of the mode of function and the possibilities of using these
components and protective gear.
4.5.1 Connection components, E DIN EN 50164-1 (VDE 0185 Part 201)
For lightning protection components (terminals, connectors) the stand-
ard draft E DIN EN 50164-1 (VDE 0185 Part 201) Lightning protection
components. Part 1: Requirements for connection components has been
available since May 1997. This species the requirements and tests for
lightning current conductive connection components. This standard will
eventually replace the national DIN-regulation DIN 48 810/8.86.
The standard draft E DIN EN 50164-1 is currently under revision by
the European Standardizing Committee (Cenelec). In addition to
conditioning/ageing considerations (simulation of corrosion stress aris-
ing in practice) the standard also includes a test by lightning currents
(10/350 s), which is as follows:
Corresponding to their classication indicated by the producer, the
connection components are classied as H and L and tested accordingly:
H (high loading) test current 100kA (10/350s)
L (normal loading) test current 50kA (10/350s)
Criteria for the passing of the lightning current tests are, for example, a
suciently low contact resistance, no perceptible damage, deformation
or loose parts as well as requirements for the release torque of the screwed
connection parts.
4.5.2 Arresters for lightning currents and surges
A dierence is made between lightning current arresters (tested by
surge currents of wave shape 10/350s) and surge arresters (tested by surge
currents of wave shape 8/20s).
4.5.2.1 Arresters for power engineering, IEC 61643-1/E DIN
VDE 0675 Part 6
The German standard draft E DIN VDE 0675 Part 6 Surge arresters for
use in AC supply systems with nominal voltages ranging from 100 V to
1000V has been available since 1989.
In March 1996 E DIN VDE 0675-6 A1 (VDE 0675 Part 6/A1)
Amendment A1 to the draft DIN VDE 0675-6 (VDE 0675 Part 6) with
testing authorization was published and in October 1996 E DIN VDE
0675-6/A2 (VDE 0675 Part 6/A2) Amendment A2 to the draft DIN
VDE 0675-6 (VDE 0675 Part 6). Also in October 1996 DIN IEC 37A/
44/CDV (VDE 0675 Part 601) Surge protective devices for low-voltage
distribution systems. Part 1: Performance requirements and testing
methods (IEC 37A/44/CDV: 1996) was introduced. This later IEC stand-
ard was valid in February 1998 as IEC 61643-1 Surge protective devices
connected to low-voltage distribution systems, Part 1: Performance
requirements and testing methods. The activities of the IEC SC 37A
committee which is competent for the international standardization of
arresters are shown in Figure 4.5.2.1 a.
The yellow printed E DIN VDE 0675 Part 6/A1 is based on the draft
DIN VDE 0675 Part 6/1989-11. The categories and classications of the
arrester types have been mostly retained. These arresters are subdivided
into four requirement classes:
Class A. Arresters which are installed in low voltage overhead lines

and at places where they cannot be touched. Testing is made with
surge currents of wave shape 8/20s (Figure 4.5.2.1 b).
Class B. Arresters installed for the purpose of lightning protection

equipotential bonding and controlling direct lightning strikes. These
arresters are tested by a simulated lightning test current I
imp
of wave
shape 10/350s (Figure 4.5.2.1 b).
Class C. Arresters installed for the purpose of surge protection in the

xed installation, for example, in the distribution area. These arresters
are tested by the nominal discharge surge current i
sn
of wave shape
8/20 s (Figure 4.5.2.1 b).
Class D. Arresters installed for the purpose of surge protection in the

xed or mobile installation, especially in the socket outlet area or
before terminals. For testing this arrester group, a hybrid generator
Figure 4.4 a Survey of the VG-standards for EMC including protection against
EMP and lightning
(with an apparent interior resistance 2 ) generating an open-circuit
surge voltage 1.2/50s and a short-circuit surge current 8/20s is used.
The open-circuit voltage U
oc
of the hybrid generator, used for testing,
is indicated as a parameter for these arresters.
The tests/amendments in Part A1 concern above all the electrical
requirements and test procedures, which will be briey explained in the
following as far as it is relevant for the user:
Figure 4.5.2.1 a Standardization in IEC SC 37A Low-voltage surge protective
devices
Figure 4.5.2.1 b Comparison of test currents for surge protective devices (SPDs)
(a) Lightning test current (I
imp
) for class B arresters
The lightning test current I
imp
(10/350s) replaces the former lightning
test current of wave shape 8/80s (Figure 4.5.2.1 b).
I
imp
is determined by the following parameters: peak value (I
peak
),
charge (Q), specic energy (W/R), and wave shape (10/350s).
For the wave shape the value 10 indicates a front rise time of
10s and 350s the time to the half-value in a wave tail of 350s of
the lightning wave. The lightning test current I
imp
of the wave shape
10/350s conforms most closely with the rst surge current of
natural lightning discharges and is used worldwide for lightning
simulation.
(b) Determination of the measured limiting voltage: Protection level U
p
The testing procedure to determine the measured limiting voltage
is subdivided according to the type and class of the arrester. The
measured limiting voltage is the highest value from dierently
carried out tests. The protection level, which has been determined
with reference to the insulation coordination, must not be exceeded
by the measured limiting voltage.
(c) Conditioning and operating duty test, discharge capacity
Here the performance of the arresters regarding their discharge
and follow-current quenching capacity is tested (see Figure 4.5.2.1
c). Now that the interior structure of the arrester is known, a
source of voltage corresponding to its follow current is chosen
(Table 4.5.2.1 a) and conditioned in accordance with its require-
ment class:
A, B and C 15 surge currents 8/20s with i
sn
D 15 combined surges 1.2/50s /8/20s with U
oc
/2
On testing the operating duty, the arrester will be submitted to ve
surge currents, according to its class, in steps up to the maximum
value, whereby its thermal stability will be controlled:
A, C surge currents up to I
max
(maximum discharge surge cur-
rent 8/20s)
B surge currents up to I
imp
(lightning test current 10/350s)
D combined surge up to U
oc
/2
(d) Disconnecting device for arresters and thermal stability of arresters
On testing the disconnecting device and the thermal stability of
arresters, a dierence is generated, whether a spark gap covered
arrester or an arrester based on a varistor is concerned. The dier-
ence is generated to obtain a practice-like simulation of possible
causes of fault:
Arresters based on varistors. It is assumed that, over the course

of years, the leakage current will increase due to repeated surge
current loadings. This leads to a heating or increased power
loss in the arrester. This thermal drift is simulated in the dis-
connection test. The disconnecting device must separate the
arrester from the system before the enclosure becomes too hot
which might present a re hazard.
Arresters with spark gaps or spark gaps in series. Here the assumed
fault is that there are too frequent and too high discharge currents
or too many follow-current quenching processes.The electrodes
of the integrated spark gaps are welding and a short circuit is
generated. On testing, this fault will be simulated by short-
circuiting spark gaps with a copper conductor. The maximum
Figure 4.5.2.1 c Flow diagram operating duty test
backup fuse certied by the producer must disconnect the arrester
from the system before there is noticeable damage at the arrester
or re hazard due to the arrester.
Sources
IEC 61643-1: Surge protective devices connected to low-voltage power
distribution systems, Part 1: Performance requirements and testing
methods. Bureau Central de la Commission Electrotechnique Internation-
ale, Genve, Feb. 1998
4.5.2.1.1 Important data for arrester selection
Rated voltage U
c
. The value U
c
indicates the maximum operating volt-
age the arrester is rated for and at which the certied performance data
are met.
Protection level U
p
. This parameter characterizes the ability of an
arrester to limit interference to a non-dangerous voltage value U
p
. The
required protection level of the arrester depends on the place of instal-
lation (overvoltage category) and/or on the electric strength of the
device to be protected.
Table 4.5.2.1 a Power frequency source of voltage for arrester conditioning:
u
c
: continuous operating voltage of an arrester/rated voltage;
I
F
: follow-current of the arrester; I
p
uninuenced short-circuit
current
Discharge capability. This parameter is of decisive importance if the

arrester must be selected according to the arising hazards (direct light-
ning strike, remote strike, induced surges).
This value characterizes the real performance of the arrester and indi-
cates the lightning test currents/surge currents/combined surges that can
safely be discharged without disturbing its function considerably. This
indication is also reected in the arrester classication:
Lightning test currents, I
imp
Class B
Surge currents, i
sn
or I
max
Class A, C
Combined surge, U
oc
Class D
Breaking capacity/follow-current quenching capability I

F
. This item is
important for spark-gap based arresters. It indicates the limit at which
the system follow-current will be quenched automatically by the
arrester.
Disconnecting device/back-up fuse. These data are always of import-

ance. This is particularly so if the arrester is overloaded or wrongly
conceived, or aged due to a large number of discharges. Arresters
designed according to E DIN VDE 0675-6/A1 are proving able to turn
into a safe fault state in the case of an overload/defect on testing of the
disconnecting device and thermal stability.
4.5.2.1.2 Coordination of the arresters according to requirements and
locations. Figure 4.5.2.1.2 a and Table 4.5.2.1.2 a show the coordination
of the arresters:
Figure 4.5.2.1.2 a Application possibilities of arresters in the IEC-overvoltage
categories
Class B arresters (lightning current arresters). The location of the

lightning current arresters is the area of the house supply where high
lightning partial currents may arise.
Class C arresters. The typical location of these surge arresters is in the

subdistribution. This is where the residual voltages of the lightning
current arresters and surge currents (8/20s) in the kA range must be
safely controlled.
Class D arresters. These arresters are located either between the dis-
tributor and the terminal or at socket outlets.
With regard to the requirement for class D, rather than proceeding from
an impressed surge current, the concern is for the voltage liable to cause
danger U
oc
; this will be limited to a low value. Typical values of danger-
ous voltages (arising at the terminal inputs, socket outlets) are in the
range 2.54kV.
4.5.2.1.3 NPE arrester E DIN VDE 0675 Part 6/A2. In E DIN VDE
0675-6/A2 (VDE 0675 Part 6/A2): 199610 Surge arresters. Part 6:
Application in AC supply systems with nominal voltages ranging from
100 to 1000V. Amendment A2 for the draft DIN VDE 0675-6 (VDE
0675 Part 6) NPE arresters are standardized. These will be installed
between the neutral conductor (N) and the protective conductor (PE).
What is the task of such NPE arresters? For reasons of personal
protection, class B and C arresters are usually installed (in energy ow
direction) before a fault current circuit-breaker (also see chapter
5.8.6.1.2). To safeguard the disconnection of a faulty arrester by the
back-up fuse in the TT-system, a 3 + 1-circuit is used. The three outer
Table 4.5.2.1.2 a Selection help and assignment of arresters
conductors L
1
, L
2
and L
3
are connected to arresters and then with the
neutral conductor N. Between the neutral conductor N and the pro-
tective conductor PE, the NPE arrester is installed. In the case of a
defective (short-circuited) arrester (at the outer conductor), a short-
circuit current is generated between the concerned outer conductor L
and the neutral conductor N which can be disconnected by the backup
system fuse in the time provided. If the arresters were installed between
L and PE, the current owing in a TT-system over the defective arrester
between L and PE would not be sucient to trip the system fuse (fur-
ther details in chapter 5.8.1.6.2.2). NPE arresters must be able to con-
duct the sum of the interference currents of L
1
, L
2
and L
3
, towards N.
For NPE arresters the requirements listed in Table 4.5.2.1.3 a are
valid.
4.5.2.2 Arresters for information technology, IEC SC 37A / E DIN
VDE 0845 Part 2
Since October 1993, the German standard draft DIN VDE 0845 Part 2
Schutz von Einrichtungen der Informationsverarbeitungs- und Telekom-
munikations-technik gegen Blitzentladung, Entladung statischer Elek-
trizitt und berspannungen aus Starkstromanlagen. (Protection of
Data Processing and Telecommunication Equipment Against Lightning
Discharge, Electrostatic Discharge and Surges from Power Plants) has
been available.
In this standard draft a dierence is made between the following surge
protective devices:
Table 4.5.2.1.3 a NPE arrester. Voltages and currents in accordance with E
DIN VDE 0675 Part 6/A2
gaps, including: (i) surge arresters, gas-lled (or gas discharge tube);
(ii) creeping discharge arresters/air spark gaps; (iii) disconnecting
spark gaps; and (iv) quenching spark gaps
semiconductor protective elements and varistors
surge limiters
protecting and isolating transformers, including reduction trans-

formers.
As this list shows, the standard draft DIN VDE 0845 Part 2 covers
components as well as surge protectors (surge limiters).
In the international standardization (IEC), components and pro-
tectors are treated in separate standard drafts (Figure 4.5.2.1 a):
The specications of the components (Components for low-voltage

surge protection devices) are just being worked out by committee
SC 37 B. At present there are four drafts:
Draft IEC 61647-1: Specications for gas discharge tubes (GDT)
Draft IEC 61647-2: Specications for avalanche breakdown diodes
(ABD)
Draft IEC 61647-3: Specications for metal oxide varistors (MOV)
Draft IEC 61647-4: Specications for thyristor surge suppressors
(TSS).
The specications for surge protection devices are currently being

worked out by the committee SC 37 A / WG4. This is entitled:
IEC 61644-1: Surge protection devices connected to telecommuni-
cation and signalling networks.
There are plans to work out a second part, describing the selection and
the application of surge protectors.
As the standardizing work is developed by committee SC 37 A, the
requirements concerning tests of arresters for information technology
and arresters for power technology will be ensured and coordinated with
regard to their classes of requirement and the conditions of application.
The yellow printed E DIN VDE 0845 Part 2 species requirements
and tests made for surge protection devices to be used in installations of
data processing and telecommunication technology.
The user-relevant electrical requirements and tests for surge limiters
are briey explained later.
For surge limiters, the standard draft identies a dierence between
type 1 and type 2: namely, that type 1 surge limiters are provided for use
against transient overvoltages (for example, caused by lightning), and
that type 2 surge limiters are provided for locations where additional AC
interference lasting up to 0.5s must be taken into account.
Source
Entwurf DIN VDE 0845 Teil 2: Schutz von Einrichtungen der Informations-
verarbeitungs und Telekommunikationstechnik gegen Blitzeinwirkungen,
Entladung statischer Elektrizitt und berspannungen aus Starkstroman-
lagen. Anforderungen und Prfungen von berspannungsschutzeinrich-
tungen. (VDE Verlag, GmbH, Berlin/Offenbach, Oct. 1993)
4.5.2.2.1 Important data for arrester selection
Nominal voltage U
N
. The nominal voltage of an arrester serves for type
characterization and is usually identical to the nominal voltage of the
system where the arrester will be used.
Rated voltage U
c
. The value U
c
indicates the maximum operating volt-
age for which the arrester is rated, and where its specied performance
data are met. This value is a support for the user in selecting an
arrester for the maximum operating data of a system or equipment.
Nominal current I
N
. The nominal current is the maximum admissible
operating current that may be carried over a current path of an arrester.
Operating frequency range. In the operating frequency range the

arrester shows an insertion loss of 3dB or less. As the arresters usually
have a low pass characteristic, the operating frequency range is
described by the cut-o frequency f
G
.
For use in digital transmission systems a special data transmission
speed v
s
is required instead of an operating frequency range. The possible
data transmission speed for an arrester is associated with the trans-
mission procedure used in the system. This procedure determines the
necessary cut-o frequency in a system with a low pass characteristic. In
telecommunication engineering V
s
= 2f
G
, or practically, for example,
v
s
= 1.25 f
G
.
Current carrying capacity/discharge capability. Here the same criteria

are valid as for arresters for power engineering (see section 4.5.2.1a).
The standard draft E DIN VDE 0845 Part 2 does not state any
requirements for lightning current arresters (lightning test currents I
imp
).
In the present state of engineering there are also arresters for informa-
tion technology equipment which are lightning current conductive (see
chapter 5.8.2).
Protection level U
p
. In the standard draft E DIN VDE 0845 Part 2 this
value is also called the maximum residual voltage. This parameter
characterizes the maximum voltage that can arise at the terminals of
the arrester for the specied loadings. When selecting an arrester it
must be borne in mind that this value is below the destruction limit of
the subsequent device.
Further selection criteria are described in chapter 5.8.2.
Source
Entwurf DIN VDE 0845 Teil 2: Schutz von Einrichtungen der Informations-
verarbeitungs und Telekommunikationstechnik gegen Blitzeinwirkungen,
Entladung statischer Elektrizitt und berspannungen aus Starkstroman-
lagen. Anforderungen und Prfungen von berspannungsschutzeinrich-
tungen (VDE Verlag, GmbH, Berlin/Offenbach, Oct. 1993)
4.5.2.2.2 Arrester coordination according to requirements and locations
A detailed coordination of the arresters for information technology
equipment according to the requirements and locations is not given
in the standard draft E DIN VDE 0845 Part 2. Only a subdivision
into loading classes according to their current carrying capacity has
been made. A practicable coordination of the arresters into classes of
requirements and locations is described in chapter 5.8.2.
Source
Entwurf DIN VDE 0845 Teil 2: 1993-10: Schutz von Einrichtungen der Infor-
mationsverarbeitungs und Telekommunikationstechnik gegen Blitzein-
wirkungen, Entladung statischer Elektrizitt und berspannungen aus
Starkstromanlagen. Anforderungen und Prfungen von berspan-
nungsschutzeinrichtungen (VDE Verlag, GmbH, Berlin/Offenbach)
4.5.2.3 Arrester coordination
Now that classes of requirements and locations of the lightning current
and surge arresters are known, the user or the project organizer must
ensure the coordination of the arresters with regard to the devices to be
protected. This is the only way to achieve optimally harmonized protec-
tion for systems and devices. In chapter 5.8.1.6.1, consideration is given
to the graded use of arresters; the principle of energetic coordination will
also be explained.
Sources
HASSE, P., and ZUNER, E.: Ableiter fr Blitzstrme und berspannungen,
Neue VDE-Bestimmung, Auswahlhilfe fr den Praktiker. de, 1996, H. 15 and
16, pp. 13971400
elektronischer Gerte auch bei direkten Blitzeinschlgen (Verlag TV Rhein-
land, Kln, 3. aktualisierte Auage, 1993)
E DIN VDE 0675 Teil 6: berspannungsableiter zur Verwendung in Wech-
selstromnetzen mit Nennspannungen zwischen 100V und 1000V (VDE
Verlag, GmbH, Berlin/Offenbach, Nov. 1993)
E DIN EN 50164-1 (VDE 0185 Teil 201): Blitzschutzbauteile. Teil 1:
Anforderungen fr Verbindungsbauteile. Deutsche Fassung prEN 50164-1
(VDE Verlag, GmbH, Berlin/Offenbach, May 1997)
E DIN VDE 0675-6/A1 (VDE 0675 Teil 6/A1): berspannungsableiter zur
Verwendung in Wechselspannungsnetzen mit Nennspannungen zwischen
100V und 1000V. nderung A1 zum Entwurf DIN VDE 06756 (VDE 0675 Teil
6) (VDE Verlag, GmbH, Berlin/Offenbach, March 1996)
E DIN VDE 0675-6/A2 (VDE 0675 Teil 6/A2): berspannungsableiter. Teil 6:
Verwendung in Wechselspannungsnetzen mit Nennspannungen zwischen
100V und 1000V. nderung A2 zum Entwurf DIN VDE 0675-6 (VDE 0675 Teil
6) (VDE Verlag, GmbH, Berlin/Offenbach, Oct.1996)
E DIN IEC 37A/44/CDV (VDE 0675 Teil 601): berspannungsschutzgerte
fr den Einsatz in Niederspannungs-Verteilungsnetzen. Teil 1: Anforderun-
gen an ihr Betriebsverhalten und Prfmethoden (IEC 37A/44/CDV: 1996)
(VDE Verlag, GmbH, Berlin/Offenbach, Oct. 1996)
E DIN VDE 0845 Teil 2 (VDE 0845 Teil 2) Schutz von Einrichtungen der
Informationsverarbeitungs und Telekommunikationstechnik gegen Blitzein-
wirkungen, Entladung statischer Elektrizitt und berspannungen aus
Starkstromanlagen. Anforderungen und Prfungen von berspannungs-
schutzeinrichtungen (VDE Verlag, GmbH, Berlin/Offenbach, Oct. 1993)
Chapter 5
Components and protective devices: construction,
eect and application
In this chapter components and protective devices used for surge control
and/or the realization of the EMC-oriented lightning protection zone
concept will be introduced with particular regard to construction, mode
of functioning and elds of application. These include:
Air terminations for the erection of air-termination systems; in particu-

lar, the protection of electrical installations on at roofs against direct
lightning strikes and thus assessing the lightning protection zone 0
B
.
Materials and components serving for the erection of building and

room shields for lightning protection zone 1 and higher.
Materials and components by means of which it is possible to realize

the shielding of power and telecommunication lines connecting neigh-
bouring buildings.
Shields for lines within lightning protection zone 1 and higher.
Optoelectronic bondings.
Components for equipotential bonding systems.
Protective devices to discharge lightning currents and to limit over-

voltages. Power and telecommunication lines, for example, are pro-
tected at the interfaces of the lightning protection zones by lightning
current arresters, installed at the interface of lightning protection
zones 0
A
and 1. Protective gear is also to be installed, for example,
directly at the inputs of systems and devices, if they have their own
(local) protection zones.
5.1 Air terminations
Air terminations are xed points for likely lightning strikes used to avoid
uncontrolled strikes and to prevent the volume to be protected from
direct strikes. Air terminations comprise air-termination rods and air-
termination wires. The latter may be laid as a meshed network. The
location of air terminations is usually dened by the rolling sphere
method (Figures 4.1.3.1.2 f a, b and c). This means that a certain radius
of rolling sphere will be assigned to every protection level in accordance
with DIN ENV 61024-1 (Table 4.1.1.b).
Finally, air terminations form a system of protection for structures on
the roof (such as ventilators and air-conditioning systems). On at roofs
partly isolated lightning protection systems are usually installed as
described in chapter 4.1.3. This air-termination system is spatially separ-
ated from lightning protection zone 1, so that there is a lightning protec-
tion zone 0
B
between the air-termination system and lightning protection
zone 1 (Figures 4.1.3.1.2 b and d). For smaller roof structures this pro-
tection can be achieved by individual or a combination of several air
termination rods. For larger roof structures protection by means of air
termination rods is not often possible as the rods would be too high and
thus there is danger of leaning. As an alternative an isolated air termin-
ation is the best solution. The distance between air terminations and struc-
tures on the roof must at least comform to the calculated safety distance.
Air-termination networks must form a protective volume including all
structures on the roof.
Figures 5.1 a and b show examples of roof superstructures in light-
ning protection zone 0
B
.
Figure 5.1 a Roof-ventilation cowl protected by an air-termination rod
Sources
DEHN u. SHNE Druckschrift: DS 626/0598 Isolierte Blitz-Fangeinrichtun-
gen (Dehne + SHNE, Neumarkt), May 1998
5.2 Building and room shields
Extended metal components (e.g., metal roofs and facades, steel
reinforcements in concrete, expanded metals in walls, lattices, metal
supporting constructions, piping) which form an eective electro-
magnetic shield (see chapter 4.1.3, Figure 4.1.3.1.3 a) by their meshed
interconnection (according to DIN VDE 0800 Part 2, DIN VDE 0185
Parts 1 and 103, DIN VDE 0845 Part 1) are especially important for
shielding magnetic elds and for the creation of lightning protection
zones.
Figure 5.2 a shows how, in principle, a steel reinforcement and the
metal window and door frames can form an electromagnetic cage (hole
screen). In practice, however, it is not possible to weld or clamp every
nodal point for large structures. The achievable shield attenuation or
shielding factors of steel reinforcements are shown in Figure 5.2 b for the
especially interesting frequency range of lightning interference from
Figure 5.1 b Structures of air-conditioning systems protected by a mesh network
Components and protective devices: construction, eect and application 129
100Hz to 1MHz. The damping indicated in this Figure is applicable for
the case when a plain magnetic eld inuences the shield out of steel
reinforcement. For estimation of the magnetic eld strength at any point
inside a lightning current-carrying cage structure, an approximation
Figure 5.2 a Room shield by means of steel reinforcement
Figure 5.2 b Shielding eect of the reinforcement steel
formula is indicated in the draft of IEC 61312-2. The magnetic eld
strength depends mainly on the mesh size of the shield and on the dis-
tance from the shield (Figure 5.2 c).
Figure 5.2 d shows how structural steel mats (e.g., concrete steel mats
Q 377) in concrete are interconnected for shielding purposes by means of
suitable clamps (Figures 5.2 e). Often, hot-galvanized steel conductors
(round 10mm dia. or at 30mm 3.5mm) are used for bonding the
reinforcements (Figures 5.2 f and g). Thus, control (shortly before lling
in the concrete) is easier.
For bridging expansion joints or bonding the reinforcement of pre-
fabricated concrete parts, xed earthing terminals, shown in Figures 5.2 h
and i, are provided. To such xed earthing terminals or projecting
bonding conductors (Figure 5.2 j) the earth bus or earth ring bus (ring
equipotential bonding bars) are connected (Figure 5.2 k). Metal facades
(Figures 5.2 l and m) are also used for shielding purposes; the facade steel
sheets, being interconnected, are to be bonded to the metal subconstruc-
tion and to the reinforcement (Figure 5.2 n).
Some of the above-mentioned shielding measures can also be applied
to the establishment of room shields (lightning protection zone 2 and
higher). In particular this concerns the use of steel reinforcements (in
oors, walls and ceilings), expanded metal (in walls and ceilings) and
lattices.
Smaller shields for lightning protection zones 2 and higher, or shields
Figure 5.2 c Magnetic eld strength as function of the wall distance and the mesh
size of a grid structure
Figure 5.2 d (a)
Figure 5.2 d (a, b) Building shield out of interconnected structural steel mats
and reinforcing rods
Figure 5.2 d (b)
Figure 5.2 e (ad) Bonding of (overlapping) structural steel mats and
reinforcing rods
Figure 5.2 e (a) Figure 5.2 e (b)
Figure 5.2 e (c) Figure 5.2 e (d)
Figure 5.2 f Floor reinforcement bonded with support reinforcement by wires
and clamps
Figure 5.2 g (ad) Clamps for the connection of bonding wires with the
reinforcement
Figure 5.2 g (c) Figure 5.2 g (d)
Figure 5.2 g (a) Figure 5.2 g (b)
Figure 5.2 h (a and b) Fixed earthing terminal with connection to the
reinforcement
Figure 5.2 h (b)
Figure 5.2 h (a)
Figure 5.2 i Fixed earthing terminals for bridging the expansion joints
Figure 5.2 j Brought out bonding wire of the reinforcing mats for connection
to a ring equipotential bonding bar
Figure 5.2 k Earth bus (according to DIN VDE 0800 Part 2)
Figure 5.2 l Metal faade of an oce building
Figure 5.2 m Metal subconstruction for metal faade (Source: H. Neuhaus)
Figure 5.2 n Down conductor system with connection to the air-termination
system and to the earthing system with eective electromagnetic
shielding
of local lightning protection zones, are usually formed by the enclosures
(sheet steel cabinets, sheet steel covered racks, sheet steel enclosures) of
telecommunication systems and devices (Figures 5.2 o and p).
Sources
Figure 5.2 o Structure of an electronic cabinet
Figure 5.2 p Connection of the baseframes for the electronic cabinets to the
reinforcement of the building
MLLER, K.P.: Wirksamkeit von Gitterschirmen, z.B. Baustahlgewebemat-
ten, zur Dmpfung des elektromagnetischen Feldes. VDE-Fachbericht 52:
Neue Blitzschutznormen in der Praxis (VDE Verlag Gmbh, Berlin/Offenbach,
1997)
5.3 Shields for lines between screened buildings
In chapter 4.1.3.1.6 (Figure 4.1.3.1.6 a) it was shown how two spatially
separated lightning protection zones can be changed into a single light-
ning protection zone by means of a line shield. The shields used will be
introduced here as follows:
Shielding of cables in metal conduits or closed trays which are con-

nected on both sides at the building input (Figures 5.3 a and b).
Use of buried cables with conductive shield which will be connected at

the building input (Figures 5.3 c and d). For protection against direct
lightning strikes it may be useful to incorporate superimposed earth
ropes.
Figure 5.3 a Shielding of cables in metal conduits or closed trays
Figure 5.3 b Steel conduits and metal pull boxes form a closed line screen
Figure 5.3 c Shielding of underground cable routes by conductive screens and
surface laid copper-ropes
Figure 5.3 d Cable with external lightning protection screen, core pair screen
and pairing
Erection of cage-shaped reinforced cable ducts, if a multitude of con-

ventional cables (e.g., between two buildings) is laid (Figures 5.3 e
and f). This cable duct reinforcement must be bonded to the building
reinforcement.
Expansion joints in continuously reinforced cable ducts must be
bridged analogously to the building expansion joints. Similarly, duct
Figure 5.3 e Screening of underground cable routes by cages
Figure 5.3 f (a, b) Practical execution of a cable duct with continuously
interconnected reinforcement steel
Figure 5.3 f (a)
Figure 5.3 f (b)
connectors underneath or between adjacent buildings must be bridged.
Also, with regard to cable ducts, it must be ensured that the maximum
admissible voltage loadings on the cables laid or on the connected
equipment will not be exceeded. Even so, depending on the assumed
partial lightning current on the cable duct and on the cross section of the
cable duct and, thus, on the number of longitudinal reinforcement rods,
there may still arise voltage gradients from some 10V to over 100V
per metre length of the cable duct.
Sources
KERN, A.: Blitz-Strschutz als Massnahme der EMV am Beispiel einer
ausgedehnten Industrieanlage. 2. Forum fr Sachverstndige (Dehn u.
Shne, Nrnberg, Nov. 1995)
5.4 Shields for cables in buildings
Cables shall be run near the equipotential bonding lines. These are parts
of the steel construction, reinforced walls, cable supporting structures,
cable trays or other electrically conductive parts which are connected to
the equipotential bonding system at least at both ends. In principle,
shielded cables should be used (Figure 5.4 a). This applies for electronic
or data cables as well as for higher voltage levels. Pair-twisted signal
Figure 5.4 a Connection of cable screens to a local equipotential bonding bar
cables are to be preferred. For related lines of one signalling circuit a
twisted pair each is to be used, so that the incoupled transverse voltage
on cable runs must be neglected. The limitation of the incoupled series
voltage determines the protection measures.
To lessen surges by overcoupling, power and signalling cables must be
consequently separated, if possible by using cable supporting structures
which are included in the equipotential bonding (Figures 5.4 b and c).
Dierent separations are needed depending on the cable parallel running
length. Thus:
Figure 5.4 c Line screen out of continuous metal cable racks and metal coverings
with pipe bends removed (Source: H. Neuhaus)
Figure 5.4 b Cable support constructions
for l < 5m distance at random
for 5m < l < 20m distance > 10 cm
for l > 20 m distance > 20 cm.
Also in existing systems it may become necessary to shield the cable
routes (subsequently). For this purpose a retrot set is shown in Figures
5.4 d (a and b), consisting of shielded sleevings (yard goods) provided
with a closing system in the longitudinal direction. Tests for this set have
demonstrated a shield damping of about 50dB.
Sources
KERN, A.: Blitz-Strschutz als Massnahme der EMV am Beispiel einer
ausgedehnten Industrieanlage 2. Forum fr Sachverstndige. (Dehn
u. Shne, Nrnberg, Nov. 1995)
BROCKE, R., FRENTZEL, R., and ZAHLMANN, P.: Schirmung von Kabel-
trassen gegen Blitzeinkopplungen. etz 1996, No. 20
5.5 Optoelectronic connections
In systems of great transmission bandwidth and extra sensitive electronic
components, apart from the specic use of surge protection devices, cir-
cuit parts or component conductor systems will be opened by the inser-
tion of optoelectronic coupling gaps (Figure 5.5 a). Before detailing the
application possibilities and limitations of optoelectronic components
from the viewpoint of surge protection, these components and devices
will be introduced separately as follows.
Figure 5.4 d EMC-retrot assembly for cable screening: (a) Components of
screening tube (yard goods) bonding set and terminal clamps
(b) Two samples bonded
Figure 5.4 d (a) Figure 5.4 d (b)
5.5.1 Optical bre transmission system
An optoelectronic connection consists of a transmitter, optical bre and
receiver. The transmitter converts an electrical signal into an optical sig-
nal which is then transmitted to a receiver by an optical bre. The optical
signal is then converted back to an electrical signal in the receiver. Light-
emitting diodes (LEDs) or laser diodes are used in the transmitters. The
optical bre conductors are usually made of glass bre although plastic
bres are sometimes used. Individual bres have diameters ranging
between 100 and 150m. A single complete conductor can comprise
between 10 and 100 bres. Photodiodes, phototransistors, photothyris-
tors or other photoelectronic devices are used in the receivers. Figure
5.5.1 a shows the principle of an optoelectronic system for data transmis-
sion over long distances.
Optical bre transmission systems have the following advantages over
traditional conductor systems: there is no crosstalk between two lines;
they have high transmission capacities in a system of low mass; and they
are very space-ecient in the installation.
If the optical bre is of pure glass, there are further advantages with
regard to surge protection: namely, optimal electrical insulation between
transmitter and receiver, and insensitivity to incouplings. However, it
must be taken into account that optical bre cables often have a metal
sheath for damage protection which can be heated by lightning to such a
degree that the cable will be damaged.
The components introduced so far are used for the construction of
optical bre systems for data transmission over long distances. If, how-
ever, a potential separation of elements of an electronic system is
required, then optocouplers are used.
Figure 5.5 a Subdivision into component conductor systems
5.5.2 Optocoupler
The optocoupler is a combination of radiation emitting (input) and radi-
ation sensitive (output) components. Light transmission between these
two components takes place across a thin layer of optical medium which
simultaneously isolates the input from the output (Figure 5.5.2 a). Opto-
couplers are available having a voltage withstand of some 100V to 10kV
between input and output. However, this voltage only indicates the insu-
lation strength between input and output. Semiconductor components
with known surge sensitivity are connected between the terminals of the
optocoupler; this means that special attention must be paid to a sucient
limitation of dierential-mode overvoltages when using them in trans-
mission systems. Furthermore, these semiconductor components, namely
the diode and the phototransistor, can be thermally destroyed by low,
long-duration overvoltages and this may reduce the voltage strength of
the insulation gap between input and output.
Optocouplers are used as optoelectronic coupling elements for signal
transmission in cases where galvanic separation is required in sensitive
system elements (Figure 5.5.2 b). Their function is thus comparable with
that of transmitters being primarily used for blocking low common-mode
voltages. They cannot, however, be used for protection against voltages
higher than their transmitter/receiver surge withstand capability.
Most optoelectronic systems are supplied with mains current. There is,
therefore, another galvanic coupling through the mains supply which
also is susceptible to the danger of entering overvoltages. Surge protection
devices should thus be incorporated.
Source
TRAPP, N.: Die Optimierung des Inneren Blitzschutzes durch den Einsatz
optoelektronischer Baugruppen. 16. Internationale Blitschutzkonferenz,
Szeged, 1981, Beitrag R-5.04
5.6 Equipotential bonding
Lightning protection equipotential bonding of a volume to protect
includes all incoming metal installations as explained in Section
Figure 5.5.1 a Fibre-optic transmission system: basic circuit diagram
(Source: Siemens)
4.1.3.1.4. Figure 5.6 a shows an equipotential bonding bar which is used
for the main equipotential bonding according to DIN VDE 0100 Parts
410 and 540, as well as for lightning protection equipotential bonding
according to DIN VDE 0185.
In the case of extended telecommunication systems, a duly shaped
lightning protection equipotential bonding bar (installed at ground level
inside the building) also functions as an earth bus and is usually
installed as an earth ring bus inside the building (DIN VDE 0800 Part
2). The earth ring bus, a ring equipotential bonding bar, is a copper bar
having a minimum cross section of 50mm
2
for surface mounting at a
Figure 5.5.2 a Optocoupler: Function diagram
Figure 5.5.2 b Connection of input and output lines to a data processing system
by optocoupler
distance of some centimetres from the wall. At distances of about 5m it
should be bonded to the foundation earth electrode (DIN VDE 0800
Part 2) (Figures 4.1.3.1.4 a and 5.2 j). This bonding can also be realized
over the reinforcement. An equipotential bonding bar such as that in
Figure 5.6 a can be sucient for small local systems.
If the discharge system consists of plain metal components which
constitute an eective electromagnetic shield (Figure 5.6 b), the equi-
potential bonding bars can be directly bonded with the shield. A low-
impedance coupling of the external conductors and their shields is
required for lightning protection equipotential bonding at the interface
between lightning protection zones 0 and 1. Equipotential bonding
is, therefore, often carried out using a bonding plate with multiple
radial or even coaxial connections of the conduits or line shields (Figure
5.6 c).
Equipotential bonding is not only for the protection of electronic
systems but it must also full special functions. A low-impedance equi-
potential bonding system, that is, an entity formed of interconnected
equipotential bonding lines including the metal parts of the electric sys-
tems (such as enclosures, racks, cable trays etc. Figures 5.6 b, 5.2 o, 5.4 b)
and the building (e.g., reinforcement in oors, walls and ceilings, support-
ing structures between oors) is possible using a meshed, plane or
space-covering formation. Such a meshed overall building equipotential
bonding system is the best way to reduce overvoltages in telecom-
munication systems and is the basis for the coordinated use of arresters
(surge protection devices, lters etc.).
Dierent types of functional equipotential bonding systems as needed
for telecommunication facilities and systems, are described in section
Figure 5.6 a Equipotential bonding bar (acc. to DIN VDE 0618) with snap-on
terminals for conductor cross sections 25 to 95mm
2
4.1.3.1.4. Metal supports, cabinets, enclosures, cable racks etc. in rooms
with telecommunication facilities and systems must be included in the
meshed functional equipotential bonding, as Figures 5.6 b, 5.2 o, 5.4 b
and 5.6 d show.
Another possibility for achieving functional equipotential bonding
is to create an equipotential bonding network by means of the metal
supporting structures between oors. It is useful to install a local ring
equipotential bonding bar, as shown in Figure 5.2. j, which then is
connected to the earth ring bus several times (also over the steel
reinforcement or the protection zone screen) (Figure 5.6 e).
Figure 5.6 b Connection of air terminations, equipotential bonding, earthing and
installation to the reinforcement (Source: Frentzel, R., TV South
Germany)
Figure 5.6 c Connection of piping entries to the reinforcement (Source: Frentzel,
R., TV South Germany)
Above all else, functional equipotential bonding shall include:
metal enclosures and racks of the telecommunication systems
conductors of electrical systems which do not carry operational volt-

ages and/or currents.
In the latter case, these include: (i) the protective conductors (PE) of
the power system, (ii) the earth electrode conductors of the telecommuni-
cation system, (iii) the outer shields of the telecommunication cables, and
if necessary, the chassis terminals of the electronic devices and systems.
Sources
DIN VDE 0800 Teil 2: Fernmeldetechnik. Erdung und Potentialausgleich
(VDE Verlag, GmbH, Berlin/Offenbach, July 1985)
Figure 5.6 d Wall bushing of cable racks in meshed functional equipotential
bonding
Figure 5.6 e Equipotential bonding bar for communication technology room
5.7 Isolating spark gaps
Enclosed spark gaps which can carry test currents of 10/350s (Section
4.5.2 b) without being destroyed are known as isolating spark gaps.
Up to their sparkover voltage, these spark gaps provide the electrical
separation of two metal installations. Once the nominal spark-over
point is reached, they create an electrical bonding path for the light-
ning current. This coupling is reset after the decay of the lightning
current. Isolating spark gaps (Figure 5.7 a) are used at clearances
between the lightning protection system and other earthed system
parts in order to avoid uncontrolled arcing or puncturing at these
points. They are used to incorporate metal installations, for example,
into the lightning protection equipotential bonding system in cases
where these installations cannot be interconnected due to corrosion
eects (Figure 5.7 b).
High specications must be fullled for explosion-protected isolating
spark gaps (Figure 5. 7 c). These are used to avoid open sparking in the
event of a lightning strike in hazardous areas, for example, for bridging
the insulation anges in pipelines. The lightning impulse sparkover
voltage 1.2/50 of such spark gaps should be not higher than 50% of the
50 Hz sparkover AC voltage (eective value) of the insulating ange to
be protected.
The impulse sparkover voltage of a spark gap depends on the rate of
rise of the generated overvoltage wave. The steeper the wave, the shorter
the time during which failure can occur. This voltagetime relationship is
clearly shown by the impulse characteristic.
Figure 5.7 d shows the impulse characteristic of the explosion-
protected spark gap in Figure 5.7 e. It is extremely at: hence, the spark
gap limits rapidly rising overvoltage impulses to almost constant values
of about 2kV.
Sparkover voltage is not the only relevant factor in the design of a
parallel-connected isolating spark gap. After the tripping of the isolating
spark gap, a voltage with peak value = L(di/dt)
max
is generated at the
insulating part. L is the loop inductance and di/dt the rate of rise of
current (Figure 5.7 e).
From an equation supplied in the Handbuch fr Blitzschutz und
Erdung, the maximum value of inductance may be calculated for a
square loop of length 300mm, and a rope cross section of 25mm
2
Cu (r =
2.8mm). This is L = 0.16H.
After a direct strike the lightning current ows to both sides of a
pipeline and a maximum rate-of-rise of current of (di/dt)
max
= 40kA/s
can be assumed. For an impulse wave of 4/10s, this corresponds to a
peak value of 120kA.
From the above data, the peak value of the voltage = 6.4kV for
a loop length of 300mm, and isolating spark gap elements with an
eective sparkover voltage of more than 5kV (i.e., peak value = 5kV 2
7kV) can be connected in parallel without any further testing.
Maximum requirements are for isolating spark gaps. At the instant of
the lightning strike, the gaps should be capable of carrying the lightning
current through a protective insulation and afterwards retain the full
insulating strength (cf. Sections 6.4 and 6.5). High-current spark gaps
of this nature, type HSFS (Figure 5.7 f ), must therefore be capable of
Figure 5.7 c Explosion-protected isolating spark gap
Figure 5.7 a Isolating
spark gap
Figure 5.7 b Isolating spark gap for isolating metal
systems of dierent potentials
conducting especially high lightning currents without being destroyed
and, during normal operation, they must oer the same high reliability
as normal insulation components.
This spark gap type HSFS has been proven in military applications
and is in compliance with the requirements and tests of VDE specica-
tions and DIN VDE 0800 Part 9. Figure 5.7 g shows such a high-
Figure 5.7 d Impulse voltagetime curve of the explosion-protected isolating
spark gap (Figure 5.7 c)
Figure 5.7 e Voltage drop caused by (di/dt)
max
eciency spark gap under test conditions with a laboratory simulated
lightning current. The unit blows the arc through special openings
during discharge of the surge currents. This type of spark gap is housed
in an enclosure which is equipped with bae plates (Sections 6.4
and 6.5).
Sources
elektronischer Gerte auch bei direkten Blitzeinschlgen. (Verlag TV
Rheinland, Kln, 3. aktualisierte Auage, 1993)
DIN VDE 0800 Teil 9: Fernmeldetechnik. KU-Werte sicherheitsbezogener
Bauelemente und Isolierungen (VDE Verlag, GmbH, Berlin/Offenbach, May
1989)
5.8 Arresters
According to their ranges of application, surge protective devices (SPDs)
for power engineering and for information technology can be subdivided
into two kinds: namely, lightning current arresters and surge arresters (cf.
Section 4.5.2.1 and 4.5.2.2).
SPDs are internationally standardized in IEC 61643-1:1998-02 Surge
protective devices connected to low-voltage power distribution systems.
Part 1: Performance requirements and testing methods. In this standard
the SPDs are distinguished according to test classes (I, II, III). It is
Figure 5.7 f High-current spark gap,
type HSFS
Figure 5.7 g High-current spark gap,
type HSFS tested by laboratory
simulated lightning current
somewhat dicult for the user to understand this classication because it
is primarily meant for the producer of the SPDs.
A rather user-convenient SPD standardization is included in the
German DIN VDE 0675 Part 6/6A1 and 6A2 (Table 5.8 a). As
the requirements and tests of the German standard are more severe than
the international standards, the German standard is taken as a basis for
arrester classication.
Lightning current arresters must be able to discharge (high energy)
lightning currents or considerable parts of them non-destructively. They
are dimensioned and tested in accordance with IEC 61643-1/E DIN
VDE 0675 Part 6 and Part 6/A1 (Figure 5.8 a). Surge arresters only serve
limiting overvoltages at relatively low-energy surge currents.
Figure 5.8 a
1 Test current impulse (10/350s) for lightning current

arresters;
2 Test current impulse (8/20 s) for surge

arresters according to E DIN VDE 0675 Part 6/A1
Table 5.8 a
E DIN VDE 0675 Part 6/A1 IEC 37A/447/CDV
Arresters class B, for lightning protection
equipotential bonding purposes according to DIN
VDE 0185 Part 1
Arrester: Class I
Arresters class C, for surge protection purposes in
the permanent installation, especially for use in
surge withstand category (surge category) III
Arrester: Class II
Arresters class D, for surge protection purposes in
the mobile/permanent installation, especially for
use in surge withstand category (surge category) II
Arrester: Class III
5.8.1 Arresters for power engineering
As explained in chapter 4.5.2, arresters for systems and equipment in
power engineering are subdivided into requirement classes A, B, C and
D according to IEC 61643-1/E DIN VDE 0675 Part 6 and Part 6 A1
(Figure 5.8.1 a and Tables 5.8.1 a and b).
Class A arresters are used in low-voltage overhead lines. Class B, C
and D arresters are used in permanent building installations. The highest
requirements for discharge capability are for class B arresters. These
are lightning current arresters used in the scope of lightning- and surge-
protection at the interface of lightning protection zones 0
A
/1. Such
arresters must be able to carry lightning partial currents with wave shape
10/350s non-destructively for several strikes. The task of these lightning
current arresters is to prevent destructive lightning partial currents from
penetrating the electrical system of a building. According to the latest
Technical Supply Conditions of German power supply companies,
lightning current arresters may also be installed before the meter.
Surge arresters are installed (at the boundary of lightning protection
zones 1/2) for protection against surges arising between the active con-
ductors L
1
, L
2
, L
3
and N as against the protective conductor PE. These are
class C surge arresters with a discharge capacity of some 10kA (8/20s).
The nal link in lightning and surge protection for power engineering
systems is the terminal protection (boundary of lightning protection
zones 2/3). The main task of the class D arresters used is to protect
against surges arising between L and N. These are mainly switching
overvoltages.
5.8.1.1 Surge arresters for low-voltage overhead lines, class A
Surge arresters for use in low-voltage overhead lines (Figure 5.8.1.1 a) are
usually constructed as a series connection of spark gap and voltage-
dependent resistor (Figure 5.8.1.1 b) designed for a nominal discharge
surge current of 8/20s with 5 kA peak value (Table 5.8.1.1 a). Such a
loading occurs in cases of remote lightning striking into the power sup-
ply system. In the case of a direct lightning strike the spark gap welds
and the non-linear resistor fuses. A disconnector separates the defective
arrester from the system (e.g., indicated by a detached indicator sleeve).
Figure 5.8.1.1 c indicates the voltage U
M
arising between overhead line
and earth on discharging a 5kA (8/20) surge current. U
M
is composed of:
the protection level U

P
(about 2kV)
the voltage drop at the earth conductor inductance (at a 5kA 8/20
surge current, (di/dt)
max
is about 1 kA/s, therefore the voltage drop
peak value is about 10kV)
the voltage drop at the impulse earth resistance R

E
(peak value about
50kV).
The total of these (time-related) potential gradients results in the
curve U
M
= f (t) in Figure 5.8.1.1 c, b, with a peak value U
M
of
about 55kV. Hence, these arresters, when used in low-voltage over-
head lines, cannot eectively protect the connected consumer installa-
tions (Figure 5.8.1.1 c, a) in discharging the nominal discharge surge
current. Primarily, they protect the low voltage overhead line systems
themselves.
Figure 5.8.1 a Application of arresters in a power technical network
Table 5.8.1 a Requirement classes of arresters for power technical systems in
accordance with E DIN VDE 00675 Part 6 and E DIN VDE 0675
Part 6/A1
5.8.1.2 Lightning current arresters for lightning protection equipotential
bonding, class B
Lightning current arresters have to meet the requirements in Table
5.8.1.2 a. There may be a (computer based) calculation of the required
lightning current-carrying capability according to the respective installa-
tion factors.
According to IEC 61312-1:1995-02: Protection against lightning
electromagnetic impulse. Part 1: General principles the distribution
shown in Figure 5.8.1.2 a may be assumed concerning the distribution of
Table 5.8.1 b Assignment of the arrester gear
Figure 5.8.1.1 a Arrester hooked
into the overhead line (Source:
Siemens)
Figure 5.8.1.1 b Structure of the arrester
in Figure 5.8.1.1 a: (1) fusible point, (2)
fusible strip, (3) indicating sleeve, (4) non-
linear resistor disc (silicon carbide), (5)
spark gap (Source: Siemens)
the lightning and lightning partial currents at a lightning strike into the
air-termination system. The lightning current arrester loading can be
estimated as follows. A lightning current of 200kA (10/350 s) is the
maximum loading for protection level I (according to Table 5.8.1.2 b).
According to Figure 5.8.1.2 a this lightning current is distributed as
follows: (a) 50% (100kA, 10/350 s) is discharged through the earthing
system, and (b) 50% (100kA, 10/350 s) is discharged by the connected
supply systems (power system, information technical system, metal pip-
ing etc.). If, in the worst case, there is only the power system, it will be
loaded by 50% of lightning current. Considering the worst case of only
two conductors (L and PEN), there will be a loading of 50kA (10/350s)
each per conductor. For this worst case scenario the loading of a one-
pole lightning current arrester will have the following parameters: a peak
value 50kA (10/350 s), a charge of 25As and a specic energy of
0.625MJ/.
Lightning current arresters for such high demands are mostly air-
gliding spark gap structures which are able to extinguish the owing
mains follow-current automatically after having been activated (Figure
5.8.1.2 b). Such leakage current-free gliding spark gaps are often a con-
struction of rotationally symmetric electrodes with a spacing insulating
layer which has an arc-exhausting eect. Their breakwater function is a
major advantage of such spark gap arresters. Wave shape 10/350s light-
ning currents are shortened to surge currents of wave shape < 8/20s
which are compatible for downstream installed surge arresters.
Figure 5.8.1.2 c shows four such practice-proven lightning current
arresters. The DEHNport
lightning current arrester (Figure 5.8.1.2 d) is

equipped with a capacitively-controlled tandem gliding spark gap. It
consists of three rotationally symmetric electrodes with spacers made out
of dierent insulating materials. Thus, a high discharge capacity of
75kA (10/350s) at a low protection level of 3.5kV (1.2/50s) is
achieved. This arrester exhausts hot gases when discharging lightning
currents. Therefore other bare, live metal parts must be kept in minimum
distances as shown in Figure 5.8.1.2 e.
Table 5.8.1.1 a Arresters class A
Usual types of lightning current arrester based on spark gaps are able
to extinguish mains follow-currents of up to 4kA
e
(50Hz) automatically.
The spark gap in the lightning current arrester must establish a counter
voltage (arc voltage) in the range of the supplying system voltage in
order to obtain a better follow-current extinguishing capability. There-
fore, a completely new function principle had to be developed for the
required follow-current-limiting spark gap. This is based on optimized
arc cooling by radial and axial blowing. The necessary cooling gas is
Figure 5.8.1.1 c Protective eect of arresters installed at overhead lines
(a) Spatial arrangement (b) Voltages at discharging a5 kA
(8/20s) impulse current
Figure 5.8.1.1 c (a)
Figure 5.8.1.1 c (b)
Table 5.8.1.2 a Arresters class B
Table 5.8.1.2 b Lightning current parameters acc. to IEC 61024-1 resp. IEC
61312-1 (ENV 61024-1)
Figure 5.8.1.2 a Assumed distribution of the lightning current
generated under the inuence of the arc by the surrounding plastic
material. Owing to the forced blowing, the arc voltage will be increased.
Figure 5.8.1.2 f shows the principle of a radially and axially blown arc
(RADAX-ow technology). The cooling gas released under the inuence
of arc streams radially (from all sides) towards the arc and compresses
it. Owing to the reduced cross section of the arc pillar, the arc resistance
will rise and the arc voltage increase. The gas heated by the inuence of
the arc is nally exhausted by an axial gas streaming through an expul-
sion nozzle. For RADAX-ow spark gap technology, the follow-current
(let-through current) actually owing through the arrester will be limited
to a very low value, independent of the possible mains short-circuit
current (section 5.8.1.6.3).
The use of RADAX-ow technology in series bays of usual dimensions
(Figure 5.8.1.2 g) has led to a completely new generation of lightning
current arresters combining a high surge current discharge capability
with the breaking performance of a circuit breaker: The problem of
false tripping of fuses due to mains follow-currents is solved. Because of
these excellent operating characteristics, lightning current arresters in
RADAX-ow technology are especially suitable for installation in the
sealed part of a consumer system (mains distribution system).
DEHNbloc
and DEHNbloc
NH contain a pressure-controlled
encapsulated gliding spark gap (Figure 5.8.1.2 h, a). The encapsulation of
the spark gaps prevents the blowing of these lightning current arresters.
Thus, the spacing problem (safety distances) is solved (Figure 5.8.1.2 h,
d). The discharge capacity of these encapsulated gliding spark gaps is
about 25kA (10/350s) and the protection level is lower than 4kV (1,2/
50s). Owing to the pressure-controlled arc quenching, the mains follow-
current will be safely controlled. The leakage-current-free encapsulated
gliding spark gap is embedded into a special insulating material with arc-
quenching characteristic. The pressure arising at the activation of the
spark gaps enforces the quenching eect of the insulating material.
Figure 5.8.1.2 b Behaviour of a lightning current arrester based on a spark gap
Figure 5.8.1.2 c Lightning current arrester (from left to right):
(a) DEHNport
, (b) DEHNport
Maxi, (c) DEHNbloc
,
(three-pole design), (d) DEHNbloc
NH
Figure 5.8.1.2 c (c) Figure 5.8.1.2 c (d)
Figure 5.8.1.2 c (a) Figure 5.8.1.2 c (b)
Figure 5.8.1.2 d (a)
DEHNport
with tandem
gliding spark gap
Figure 5.8.1.2 d (b)
Sectional model tandem
gliding spark gap
Figure 5.8.1.2 d (c)
Function principle
Figure 5.8.1.2 e Lightning current arrester type DEHNport
, installed at the
input of a power supply line from lightning protection zone 0 into
Figure 5.8.1.2 f Basic circuit diagram for an arc blown out radially and axially in
RADAX-ow technology
Figure 5.8.1.2 g Lightning current arrester DEHNport with RADAX-ow
technology in the mains connection box for application in the
area before the meter
The DEHNbloc
(Figure 5.8.1.2 h, b) is a compact, three-pole arrester

unit (with a space-saving width of only four modules). It is especially
suitable for the common TN-C system. Also the multifunction terminals
for the clamping of both terminal wires and comb-type bars are easy to
use (comparable to the DEHNport
). The DEHNbloc
NH (Figure
5.8.1.2 h, c) is the rst lightning current arrester for mounting on
Figure 5.8.1.2 h (c)
DEHNbloc
NH
Figure 5.8.1.2.h (b) DEHNbloc

Figure 5.8.1.2.h (d) Installation without minimum
distances
Figure 5.8.1.2 h (a)
Encapsulated gliding spark gap
NH-fuse bases size 00 (also in fuse-disconnector blocks). Installation by
a usual fuse handle is possible without operational interruption. This is
especially attractive for application in industrial plants.
Because of the gliding spark gap technology the breakwater function
is guaranteed and thus an energetic coordination (as explained in
chapter 4.5.4) with surge arresters based on varistor technology, like
DEHNguard
, is possible.
DEHNport
, DEHNport
Maxi, DEHNbloc
NH and DEHNbloc
can be installed upstream of the meter because of the leakage current-free

operation and the high insulation resistance.
Another special lightning current arrester (according to E DIN VDE
0675 Part 6/A2) based on air spark gaps is the N-PE lightning current
arrester DEHNgap B (Figure 5.8.1.2 i). What is the task of an N-PE
lightning current arrester?
Lightning current arresters should be installed as close as possible to
the building input. In the TT-system this means an installation upstream
of the residual-current device. In the case of an earth fault in this range,
the upstream fuse must disconnect. But this is not guaranteed under
unfavourable earthing conditions.
On using the NPE lightning current arrester DEHNgap B in a 3 +
1-circuit, where the three phases (L
1
, L
2
, L
3
) are connected to gliding
spark gaps (e.g., the DEHNport) and a spark gap is installed between
neutral conductor N and protective conductor PE (chapter 5.8.1.6), there
is a short-circuit current between the phases and neutral conductor in
the case of an arrester fault which the upstream fuse can now break
in the time provided.
The NPE lightning current arrester type DEHNgap B can safely
conduct the residual current of the incoupled lightning between the
earthing system and the neutral conductor up to 100kA (10/350s) at a
sparkover voltage < 4kV (1.2/50s).
The compact enclosure design with a space of two modules and the
multifunction terminals for clamping both the terminal wires and comb-
type bars makes the NPE lightning current arrester DEHNgap B very
easy to use.
Also a quench gap (Figure 5.8.1.2 j) is suitable for the inclusion of
power lines into the lightning protection equipotential bonding at the
interface of lightning protection zones 0 and 1. It is also able to
extinguish mains follow-currents automatically. This lightning current
arrester has been proven in practice for years and is included in the
standards DIN VDE 0804 Part 2 and DIN VDE 0845 Part 1. Quench
gaps are, for example, used in the lightning current arrester arrange-
ment described in chapter 6.5 (Figures 6.5 b and 6.5 c) to protect
transportable telecommunication facilities and for the connection of
the mains supply of TV transmitters (chapter 6.4, Figures 6.4 e and
6.4 f, b).
5.8.1.3 Surge arresters for protection of permanent installation, class C
According to DIN VDE 0675 Part 6, class C surge arresters are used in
the permanent building installation.
At lightning protection zone interfaces 0
B
/1 and higher, the phases (L
1
,
L
2
, L
3
) of the mains are equipped with surge arresters. In TT and TNS
systems, where the N conductor is run separately from the PE conductor,
the N conductor also has an arrester.
Valve-type arresters are constructed according to DIN VDE 0675
Parts 1 and 6 or IEC 99.1 and consist of a spark gap and voltage-
dependent resistor connected in series; their nominal discharge surge
current is 5kA (8/20s); the voltage arising at the consumer installation
is about 1.5kV.
Figures 5.8.1.3 a and b show valve-type arresters containing one air-
spark-gap and one silicon carbide resistor. Voltage and current charac-
teristics for voltage limitation are shown in Figure 5.8.1.3 c. Valve-type
arresters are characterized by their quenching voltage U
l
(continuous
operating voltage U
c
according to DIN VDE 0675 Part 6), at which an
arrester (in an operating duty test) is still able to extinguish the mains
follow-current automatically. Figure 5.8.1.3 d shows the voltage and
current during such an operating duty test according to DIN VDE 0675
Part 1 at a valve-type arrester for U
l
= 280V, whereas Figure 5.8.1.3 e
shows the protection characteristic of this arrester.
If the valve-type arrester shown in Figure 5.8.1.3 a is overloaded, the
integrated disconnector separates the defective arrester from the mains.
Downstream consumer installations will stay alive. However, such defect-
ive arresters must be replaced as they no longer protect against surges.
Figure 5.8.1.2 i DEHNgap B Figure 5.8.1.2 j Quench gap
Valve-type arresters have indicators to show the defective and discon-
nected state (Figure 5.8.1.3 f).
Figure 5.8.1.3 g shows an arrester for NH fuse bases size 00 (connected
to L and PE). Figure 5.8.1.3 h shows a practical example. Replacement of
an arrester in a live state is easy by means of an NH fuse handle. If
holders with a microswitch (Figure 5.8.1.3 i) are used, the projecting pin of
Figure 5.8.1.3 b Nonlinear resistor type gapped surge arrester (acc. to Figure
5.8.1.3 a), installed in a low-voltage distribution system
Figure 5.8.1.3 a Nonlinear resistor type gapped surge arrester
Figure 5.8.1.3 c Performance of a nonlinear resistor type gapped surge arrester
(series connection of spark gap and silicon carbide varistor)
Figure 5.8.1.3 d Performance of a nonlinear resistor type gapped surge arrester
(acc. to Figure 5.8.1.3 a) during the operating duty test
Figure 5.8.1.3 e Protective characteristic of a nonlinear resistor type gapped
surge arrester (acc. to Figure 8.1.3 a)
the disconnected arrester will press this switch and a remote indication of
the necessary arrester replacement becomes possible.
Recent surge arrester models have zinc oxide varistors (Figure 5.8.1.3 j)
where almost no mains follow-current arises; these can be used without a
series connected spark gap. Figure 5.8.1.3 k shows such a surge arrester in
a modular design with a thermally controlled zinc oxide varistor for
space-saving installation in distribution systems (Figure 5.8.1.3 l).
The basic overvoltage limiting behaviour is shown in Figure 5.8.1.3 m;
Figure 5.8.1.3 h Surge arrester (acc. to Figure 5.8.1.3 g), installed in a
distribution system
Figure 5.8.1.3 f Nonlinear resistor type
gapped surge arrester with disconnector
and indicator (acc. to Figure 8.1.3 a).
Arrester on the right is defective,
disconnector has operated (pushed up
button)
Figure 5.8.1.3 g Surge arrester in
NH type of construction
Figure 5.8.1.3 k Surge arrester in modular design, type DEHNguard
Figure 5.8.1.3 i Remote

indication of the operation of the
arrester disconnector (acc. to
Figure 5.8.1.3 g) by microswitch
Figure 5.8.1.3 j Metal oxide varistor
Figure 5.8.1.3 k Surge arrester in modular design, type DEHNguard

the limiting voltage is exclusively determined by the residual voltage at
the discharge of the impulse current. A live surge arrester on a metal
oxide basis (without spark gaps) carries the current corresponding to
its U/I characteristic (Figure 5.8.1.3 n). Such arresters are always in
operation, whereas an arrester based on a spark gap needs activation
by an overvoltage.
Usual surge arresters based on ZnO have a discharge capability of
Figure 5.8.1.3 l Surge arrester DEHNguard
installed at the input of a power

supply line from lightning protection zone 1 to lightning
protection zone 2
Figure 5.8.1.3 m Performance of a surge arrester based on metal oxide (acc. to
Figure 5.8.1.3 k)
15kA (8/20s). The protection element must be able to conduct this
discharge current safely and without changing the characteristic at
least 20 times. This is sucient to prevent overloading in the case of a
creep under of a backup lightning current arrester and correctly dimen-
sioned decoupling impedance (chapter 5.8.1.5). If for example, owing to
unfavourable conditions, there is a missing backup lightning current
arrester (in spark gap technology), this discharge capacity is exceeded
and thus the varistor overloaded, then it will be automatically discon-
nected from the mains. This prevents a defective arrester from disturbing
the operation. Remote control is possible by a local indicator and a
potential-free changeover contact.
DEHNguard
T (Figure 5.8.1.3 o) consists of two parts: a base and an

attachable varistor module which can be replaced in case of overloading.
For insulation measurements of the system, quick removal is advanta-
geous. To avoid errors, the base and varistor module are provided with
code pins according to their nominal voltage.
Figure 5.8.3.1 p shows a surge arrester with degree of protection IP
4W. This is particularly suitable for industrial applications (to be plugged
into NH fuse holders, size 00) and has (like the arrester shown in Figure
5.8.1.3 g) an integrated backup fuse which does not need any further
backup fuse on the mains (section 5.8.1.5).
The 3 + 1 circuit (chapter 5.8.1.5) allows the application of surge
arresters upstream of the residual current device. The three phase con-
ductors (L
1
, L
2
, L
3
) are connected to varistors towards the neutral con-
ductor N, and the surge arrester DEHNgap C (Figure 5.8.1.3 q), based
on a spark gap having a sparkover voltage of about 1.5kV (1.2/50), is
Figure 5.8.1.3 n U/I characteristic of a varistor
installed between neutral conductor N and protective conductor PE.
Thus, the upstream fuse can meet the disconnection requirements in the
case of a fault.
The space-saving one modular design of the surge arresters DEHN-
guard
and DEHNgap C and the multifunction terminals for wires and

usual comb-type bars make them especially easy to install.
5.8.1.4 Surge arresters for application at socket outlets, class D
Surge arresters for mobile application at socket outlets (overvoltage cat-
egory II) are assigned to requirement class D according to E DIN VDE
0675 Part 6. Such pluggable protectors (Figure 5.8.1.4 a) are often
equipped with additional lters (Figure 5.8.1.4 b). The SF protector has a
visual function indicator (green lamp) and a visual fault indicator (red
lamp). When overloading it is disconnected automatically from the
mains without power interruption. The plug-in surge protection adapter
shown in Figure 5.8.1.4 c is a combination of surge arrester and interfer-
ence suppressor lter.
Further types of surge arresters used in this range are shown in Figures
5.8.1.4 d to f: According to design and testing, these are class D pro-
tectors. The surge protection socket outlet (Figure 5.8.1.4 d) has a super-
visory device and a disconnection device with a green lamp as visual
function indication and a red lamp as fault indication (indication of the
disconnected mains). The surge arrester NM-DK 280 (Figure 5.8.1.4 e) is
suitable for application in cable ducts and ush-mounted boxes. Because
of its feed-through terminals it can be easily inserted into circuits. It is
adaptable to all types of switches as it can be covered by the central disc
according to DIN 43 696.
The protector shown in Figure 5.8.1.4 f is for power supply protection
of industrial electronics equipment (e.g., programmable controllers,
SPC) against surges and high-frequency disturbance voltages.
Figure 5.8.1.3 q Surge
arrester DEHNguard
C
Figure 5.8.1.3 p Surge
arrester VNH 280
Figure 5.8.1.3 o Surge
arrester DEHNguard
T
5.8.1.5 Surge arresters for application at equipment inputs
Equipment with a power technical input (which may form its own light-
ning protection zone) can be directly protected at this input by surge
arresters as mini-modules (Figure 5.8.1.5 a) and (Figure 5.8.1.5 b). They
protect electronic equipment of overvoltage category I. These arresters
are designed and tested according to E DIN VDE 0675 Part 6 as
class D.
5.8.1.6 Application of lightning current arresters and surge arresters
Planning and execution of surge protection measures in the scope
of an EMC-compliant protection strategy must lead to a coordinated
Figure 5.8.1.4 a Pluggable surge arrester
protects mains input of a computer
Figure 5.8.1.4 b SF-protector
(surge arrester with lter) for
protection against transient
surges and frequent interference
voltages
Figure 5.8.1.4 c SFL-protector: Multiple socket outlet with surge arrester and
lter
protection system. A consequence of the often missing system consider-
ation today is the uncoordinated installation of arresters at dierent
points of the system which impair or even neutralize each other or have
an inadmissible retroactive eect on the whole system. One of the rst
Figure 5.8.1.4 d Socket outlet
(with earthing contact) with
overvoltage protection
Figure 5.8.1.4 e Surge protective device
NM-DK 280 for cable ducts
Figure 5.8.1.4 f SPS-protector: Surge protector with interference suppressor
lter
essentials for the planning and execution of surge protection for a com-
plex system is an organizing principle which subdivides the protected
system into areas of graded demands. The EMC-oriented concept of
lightning protection zones is such a principle. The concept of lightning
protection zones allows the determination of the corresponding stress
parameters for the individual arresters. The list of requirements for the
arresters used can be basically subdivided into requirements for the indi-
vidual arresters and requirements which are due to the system character
of the total protection. The most important parameter for an individual
arrester is its surge current-carrying capability.
The demanded parameter value is due to the conditions of application
of the arrester in the concept of lightning protection zones. For a light-
ning current arrester (at the boundary of LPZ 0
A
/1) these values are due
to the primary lightning threat parameters (IEC 61312-1) and the real
conditions of installation. For the design of the individual arresters the
question of how many partial systems and conductors the total lightning
current is distributed over must also be claried (IEC 61312-1).
Within lightning protection zone 1 there still remains the conducted
residual parameters of the lightning current arrester as well as the over-
voltages induced by the electromagnetic eld of lightning and internal
sources of interference (e.g., switching operations) as stress parameters
for downstream protective equipment.
The requirements for surge arresters that are installed at the boundary
of lightning protection zone LPZ 1/2 must include this stressing. There
are additional requirements for the dierent arresters as individual elem-
ents because of the system character of the whole protection system. It
is necessary that the protection levels of the dierent arresters in the
Figure 5.8.1.5 a
Surge protective mains
module VC 280/2
Figure 5.8.1.5 b Surge arrester (acc. to Figure
5.8.1.5 a) connected to power pack
protection system be in accordance with the rules of insulation coordin-
ation of IEC 60664-1 (Figure 5.8.1.6 a). Coordination of the arresters
between each other ensures that the individual protection devices are
loaded as eectively as possible and maximum safety of the system is
achieved.
In addition to these specic requirements of surge protection there are
demands for harmonization of surge protectionsystem protection,
requiring coordination between the arresters parameters and the values
of the conventional system protection devices (fuses, circuit breakers
etc.).
The special regulations which both the planner and installer (electri-
cian) of the protective system must take into account are handled in the
following notes.
5.8.1.6.1 Graded application of arresters, energy coordination between
surge arresters and equipment to protect. The requirements for cascaded
arresters in a protection system depend on the concept of protection
zones. The planner is in charge of selecting the dierent coordinated
arresters which must reduce step-by-step the incoming (lightning partial
currents) or internally generated (switching surges) hazard to the with-
stand capability of the terminal units to be protected.
To adapt a surge protection device (SPD, arrester) to the peripheral
interface of a piece of equipment the interference immunity factor of the
equipment and the maximum let-through parameters (output param-
eters) of the SPD must be known. This must be coordinated with the
energy loadability of the equipment input. In addition to the arrester
Figure 5.8.1.6 a Example for the application of lightning current arresters and
surge arresters
protection level the maximum values of the integral parameters of out-
put voltage and output current are also of importance for energy
coordination.
Coordination, in this case, means to dimension a protective circuit
upstream of an equipment interface in such a way that only at an immi-
nent overloading of the devices internal protective circuit will the
upstream protective grade (SPD) become eective. The operating
behaviour of the upstream protective grade (SPD) and the loadability of
the equipments protective circuit must overlap one another (i.e., form a
common interface). Only thus is it possible to obtain a good balance
between the costs for the protective circuit and the benets which are
achieved.
The conditions of adaptation described, however, are not only valid
for the surge protective device and terminal unit but also for the use of
arresters in a graded concept of protection zones (Figures 5.8.1.6.1 a).
For a lightning current stressing arrangement according to 5.8.1.6 a
and 5.8.1.6.1 a, the class C surge arrester in the subdistribution board
will operate rst due to its low protection level. According to its nominal
discharge data this arrester has a protection level < 1.5kV. This voltage is
insucient to operate the upstream class B lightning current arrester (as
the operating value of this spark gap is between 3 and 3.5kV). In order
not to overload the class C surge arrester in the subdistribution board,
there must be an additional series voltage drop on the line between the
surge arrester and the lightning current arrester which, in sum with the
Figure 5.8.1.6.1 a (a) Protective gear for power technical systems at the
interfaces of lightning protection zones (LPZ)
protection level of the class C surge arrester in the subdistribution,
reaches the operating value of the spark gap in the class B lightning
current arrester. In the 230/400V mains this series voltage drop can be
obtained by using the cable impedance, or by using a concentrated
inductance (decoupling choke).
The cable inductance depends on the routing of the protective con-
ductor PE. If the protective conductor is in one cable with L
1
, L
2
, L
3
and
N (as for cable type NYM-J), a cable length of at least 15m is the neces-
sary decoupling length between the class B lightning current arrester and
the class C surge arrester (Figure 5.8.1.6.1 b). If the protective conductor
is separate from L
1
, L
2
, L
3
and N (as for cable type NYM-O), and the
distance between the protective conductor and cable is 1m (as in Figure
5.8.1.6.1 c) the necessary minimum decoupling length is 5m. If these
cable lengths cannot be realized, the class B and class C arresters can be
coordinated by decoupling chokes (Figure 5.8.1.6.1 d). With such
decoupling chokes there is the possibility of installing the arresters in one
place (Figure 5.8.1.6.1 e), and insecurities due to installation (such as the
actual line length) can be avoided. Responsibility for this arrangement
thus passes over from the installer to the producer of the protective
devices who indicates the necessary induction value for the coordination
of his arresters.
For dimensioning the decoupling choke it is possible to choose the
inductance value as low as possible by using all securities granted by the
protective devices, or to increase the safety of the graded protective cir-
cuit by a higher minimum inductance value. Increasing the inductance
value by several microhenry (H) does not mean any restriction on
normal operation. On the contrary, because of too strictly dimensioned
Figure 5.8.1.6.1 (b) Currents through surge arresters and lightning current
arresters at lightning strikes
Figure 5.8.1.6.1 b Necessary decoupling line length for arresters of requirement
classes B and C when protective conductor PE is in the cable
Figure 5.8.1.6.1 c Necessary decoupling line length for arresters of requirement
classes B and C when laying the protective conductor
separately
Figure 5.8.1.6.1 d Decoupling inductance DEHNbridge (15H) for the energy
coordination of lightning current arresters (DEHNbloc
,
DEHNport
, DEHNport
Maxi, DEHNbloc
NH) and
surge arresters (DEHNguard
) at lightning impulse current

10/350s
decoupling inductances, the surge arresters might be overloaded, espe-
cially at the coordination between lightning current and surge arresters,
and its service life being drastically reduced would mean a failure of
surge protection. For the usual lightning current and surge arresters,
decoupling chokes with an inductance > 10H are suciently dimen-
sioned and a long service life for the protective combination is
guaranteed.
The arrester set shown in Figure 5.8.1.6.1 f, lightning current arrester,
decoupling choke and surge arrester, is oered as a complete lightning
current tested mains connection unit (Figure 5.8.1.6.1 g).
Because of the dierent tasks of class C and D surge arresters,
coordination between both of these arresters is also necessary. Safe
coordination is guaranteed if there is at least 5m of cable type NYM-J
between the class C and D arresters (Figure 5.8.1.6.1 h).
5.8.1.6.2 Application of arresters in dierent system congurations. Pro-
tective measures to avoid dangerous electric shock are necessary in every
electrical system. Normally live parts must be insulated, covered,
sheathed or arranged to exclude contact and electric shock. This measure
is called protection against direct contact. Of course, there may not be
any hazard (by electric shock), but if a fault occurs (e.g., damaged insula-
tion) there is the likelihood of accidental energization of the metallic
enclosure (body of an electrical equipment). Protection against such
dangers is called protection in case of indirect contact.
Figure 5.8.1.6.1 e Decoupling inductance DEHNbridge coordinates lightning
current arresters and surge arresters
Figure 5.8.1.6.1 f Mounting assembly of the protective combination
DEHNport
DEHNbridge DEHNguard
in the TNC
system
Figure 5.8.1.6.1 g Mains connection box, type Netz-AK, tested by lightning
impulse current
Figure 5.8.1.6.1 h Necessary decoupling line length for class C and D arresters
Usually, the maximum permissible permanent contact voltage U
L
is 50V AC and 120V DC. Higher contact voltages must be discon-
nected automatically at least after 5s (in special cases within 0.2 s).
Higher contact voltages which may arise from a fault must be dis-
connected automatically within 0.2s in circuits of 35A nominal current
with socket outlets and in circuits containing class I portable equip-
ment which is normally kept in hand during operation. In all other
circuits higher contact voltages must be disconnected automatically
within 5s.
Protective measures for indirect contact with protective conductors are
described in IEC 60364-4-41. If triggered by fault these measures cause
automatic disconnection or indication. Installing measures for protec-
tion in case of indirect contact will entail a contract dealing with system
type and protective equipment.
According to IEC 60364-4-41 a complete low-voltage distribution
system from the current source to the nal equipment is mainly charac-
terized by:
earthing conditions of the current source (e.g., low-voltage side of the

distribution transformer)
earthing conditions of the exposed conductive parts in electrical

consumer systems.
There are three basic types of distribution: (i) the TN-system, (ii) the
TT-system and (iii) the IT-system. These letters have the following
meanings:
The rst letter describes the earthing conditions of the feeding current
source:
T direct earthing of one point of the current source (usually the
neutral of the transformer winding)
I insulation of all active parts from earth or bonding of one point
of the current source to earth via an impedance.
The second letter describes the earthing conditions of the exposed

conductive parts of the electrical system:
T exposed conductive parts are directly earthed, regardless of a
possible earthing of one point of the current supply
N exposed conductive parts are directly bonded with the operational
earth electrode (earthing of the current source).
Further letters describe the running of the neutral conductor and

protective conductor:
S neutral conductor and protective conductor are separated
C neutral conductor and protective conductor are combined (in one
conductor).
Thus, three variants are possible for the TN-system: (i) TNS, (ii) TNC
and (iii) TNCS.
The following protective equipment can be installed in the dierent
systems:
overcurrent protective device
residual current device
insulation monitoring device
fault voltage-operated protective device.

As already mentioned, coordination between system type and protect-
ive equipment is necessary, as follows:
(a) TN-system with:
residual current device.

(b) TT-system with:

(c) IT-system with:
insulation monitoring device

Protective equipment that can be installed as protection for the case of
indirect contact in the dierent systems is as follows:
insulation minitoring device

Measures of personnel protection are of top priority in the installation
of power systems. All other protective measures, such as lightning and
surge protection (of electrical systems and installations) must be sub-
ordinate to the protective measures taken for the case of indirect contact
with a protective conductor (considering the system type and the pro-
tective equipment) and must not be annulled by the use of protective
gear (for lightning and surge protection). Also arrester faults must be
taken into account (even though they would seem to be unlikely). This is
especially important as lightning current and surge arresters are always
installed towards the protective conductor which, however, in the case of
arresters in connection with residual current circuit breakers, can lead to
conict situations.
Figure 5.8.1.6.2 a shows an arrangement of arresters downstream of
the residual current circuit breaker (seen in direction of power ow)
intended to realize the protection in case of indirect contact. For such
an arrangement it may occur that the surge current, which will be
discharged towards the protective conductor (PE) at overvoltage limita-
tion, is interpreted as a residual current by the upstream residual current
circuit breaker. Thus, the residual current circuit breaker will try to inter-
rupt the circuit concerned. The product standard IEC 61008-1, applic-
able for residual current devices, requires that residual current circuit
breakers must be surge-proof, but only to an impulse amplitude of 250A
(8/20s) or as a selective type of residual current circuit breaker (marked
by | S|) up to an impulse amplitude of 3kA (8/20s). Arresters
of classes B and C, provided for application in the permanent installa-
tion, however, have a much higher nominal impulse current discharge
capacity. Especially in class B arresters (lightning current arresters), the
residual current circuit breaker should be of such a quality (i) that it
could safely carry surge currents conducted by the lightning current
arrester and (ii) that there is no mistripping at such surge current
stressing.
A mistripping of the residual current circuit breaker is undesirable in
view of the supplying safety of the consumer system and shall, therefore,
be avoided. A remedy for this problem is an arrester installation (in
direction of power ow) upstream of the residual current circuit breaker
as shown in Figure 5.8.1.6.2 b. The discharged surge currents now no
longer ow through the residual current circuit breaker and cannot be
interpreted as residual current. Mistripping of the residual current
circuit breaker is thus avoided.
A further argument for the installation of arresters upstream of the
Figure 5.8.1.6.2 a Installation of arresters downstream of the residual-current
device (RCD)
residual current circuit breaker can be obtained from a close considera-
tion of Figure 5.8.1.6.2 c. All parts of the electrical installation, including
the arrester, are subject to overloading. Overloaded arresters will either
be disconnected from the mains by the thermal disconnector according
to E DIN VDE 0675 Part 6 (e.g., due to ageing reasons) or they are
short-circuited by a sudden high energy input. This short-circuited
arrester is a critical detail if installed downstream of the residual current
circuit breaker. Because of its location between N and PE, it provides a
bonding link between neutral (N) and protective conductor (PE) down-
stream of the residual current circuit breaker. Thus, if the equipment is
faulty, as shown in Figure 5.8.1.6.2 c, the current arising over exposed
conductive parts of the equipment will not be clearly identied as
residual current and might, perhaps, not lead to the required disconnec-
tion of the residual current circuit breaker. This double fault which, on
the one hand, provides a short-circuited arrester between N and PE
although, on the other hand, defective equipment is rather rare, should
also be taken into consideration when considering the safety of the
personnel.
If there is such a faulty arrester between N and PE in a constella-
tion according to Figure 5.8.1.6.2 d, the residual current arising can be
clearly identied at a defective piece of equipment downstream of
the residual current circuit breaker, leading to a safe disconnection of the
residual current circuit breaker.
Therefore, arresters of classes B and C must be installed (in the direc-
tion of power ow) upstream of the residual current circuit breaker. To
safeguard the protection at indirect contact in connection with the
use of arresters, especially those of classes B and C, only overcurrent
protective devices are accepted as disconnection elements.
A description now follows of the application of lightning current and
Figure 5.8.1.6.2 b Installation of arresters upstream of RCD
surge arresters in dierent system congurations: (i) TN, (ii) TT and (iii)
IT systems. Such wiring proposals have been introduced in the German
standard draft E DIN VDE 0100534/A1. The reader should note that
the solutions presented show the application of lightning current
arresters in the area of the service entrance box (i.e., in the area in front
of the meter). Therefore, the competent power supplying company
should be approached for permission to install lightning current arresters
before the meter.
5.8.1.6.2.1 TN system. For the TN-system overcurrent and residual
current protective devices are permitted for protection in case of indirect
contact. Lightning current and surge arresters (classes B and C) may
only be installed behind overcurrent protective devices for protection in
Figure 5.8.1.6.2 c Faulty arrester and faulty equipment downstream of RCD
Figure 5.8.1.6.2 d Faulty arrester upstream of RCD and faulty equipment
downstream of RCD
case of indirect contact to safeguard measures of personnel protection
also in case of an arrester fault.
Arresters used in connection with fuses must be considered as over-
current protective equipment. Depending on the strength of the next
backup supply fuse and on the capacity of the arrester backup fuse,
an additional separate backup fuse in the arrester branch must be
provided.
Rated voltages valid for the use of class B, C and D arresters in the TN
system are as follows:
U
c
1.1 U
N
For a 230/400V system, this becomes
UR
c
1.1 230V = 253V
Figure 5.8.1.6.2.1 a shows lightning current and surge arresters in the
TNCS system. This shows that class D surge arresters are installed
downstream of the residual current circuit breaker. These class D surge
arresters for terminal protection usually provide transverse surge protec-
tion (surges between L and N). At a surge limitation between L and N
there is no surge current discharge to PE, thus the residual current circuit
breaker cannot interpret a residual current. Class D surge arresters are
conceived for a nominal discharge capability of 1.5kA (8/20s). On
using a surge current proof residual current circuit breaker, these surge
currents cannot trip or damage the residual current circuit breaker.
Figures 5.8.1.6.2.1 b to e show the arresters introduced in chapters 5.8.2
to 5.8.4 within the concept of lightning protection zones and the
necessary lightning and surge protection measures for a TNCS system.
Lightning current and surge arresters in the TNS system are shown
in Figures 5.8.1.6.2.1 f to j .
Figure 5.8.1.6.2.1 a Application of arresters in the TNCS system
Figure 5.8.1.6.2.1 b Lightning protection equipotential bonding in the TNC
system: Mounting diagram DEHNport
Figure 5.8.1.6.2.1 c Lightning protection equipotential bonding in the TNC

system: Mounting diagram DEHNbloc
(three pole)
Figure 5.8.1.6.2.1 d Overvoltage protection in the TNC system: Mounting
diagram DEHNguard
/ DEHNguard
T
Figure 5.8.1.6.2.1 e Overvoltage protection of the terminal equipment in the TN
CS system: Mounting diagram surge protective device
NMDK 280 (alternative protective gear: NSM, SF or S
protector)
Figure 5.8.1.6.2.1 f Application of arresters in the TNS system
Figure 5.8.1.6.2.1 g Lightning protection equipotential bonding in the TNS

Figure 5.8.1.6.2.1 h Lightning protection equipotential bonding in the TNS
(three pole) /
DEHNbloc
(one pole)
Figure 5.8.1.6.2.1 i Overvoltage protection in the TNS system: Mounting
diagram DEHNguard
/ DEHNguard
T
Figure 5.8.1.6.2.1 j Overvoltage protection of terminal equipment in the TNS
system: Mounting diagram surge protective device NSM-
protector (alternative protective gear: NMDK 280, S or
SF protector)
5.8.1.6.2.2 TT-system. In the TT-system overcurrent protective devices,
residual current devices and in special cases also fault voltage-operated
protective devices are permitted for protection in case of indirect
contact. Also here, the lightning current and surge arresters are installed
downstream of the overcurrent protective devices (Section 5.8.1.6.2).
By installing class B and C arresters in the TT-system the conditions
for the use of overcurrent protective devices in protection in case of
indirect contact must be fullled. Should there be a fault (i.e., in the case
of a defective arrester), currents must ow which would cause an auto-
matic disconnection of the overcurrent protective devices within 5s. In
other words, short-circuit currents must ow. An arrester arrangement in
the TT system, as in Figure 5.8.1.6.2.1 a and 5.8.1.6.2.1 f, show that for
the TN system there would be no short-circuit currents in the case of a
fault, but only earth-fault currents. Earth-fault currents, however, cannot
trip an upstream overcurrent protective device in the required time
period. Class B and C arresters in the TT system are therefore installed
in L towards N. This ensures that in case of a defective arrester a short-
circuit current can be generated in the TT-system which will trip the next
backup overcurrent protective device.
As, however, lightning currents basically arise towards earth (PE), an
NPE arrester must form the bond between N and PE. The NPE light-
ning current arrester must meet especially high demands as it must be
able to carry the lightning partial currents of L
1
, L
2
, L
3
and N non-
destructively.
The following rated voltages, U
c
, are relevant to the application of
arresters in the TT-system:
arresters between L and N
U
c
1.1 U
N
arresters between N and PE
U
c
1.1 U
N
0.5
that is, at least 250V AC. Thus, for a 230/400V TT system:
with arresters between L and N
U
c
1.1 230V = 253V
with arresters between N and PE
U
c
1.1 U
N
0.5 = 126.5V
that is, at least U
C
250V.
The lightning current-carrying capacity of class B arresters is rated in
accordance with lightning protection levels I, II, III/IV of IEC 61024-1.
Concerning the lightning current carrying capacity of the arresters
between N and PE the following data for lightning protection level must
be achieved as a minimum:
I I
imp
100kA (10/350s)
II I
imp
75kA (10/350s)
III/IV I
imp
50kA (10/350s).
Class C arresters are also installed between L and N as well as between N
and PE. A discharge capacity of i
N
> 20kA (8/20s) is required for the
arrester between N and PE in connection with class C arresters.
Figure 5.8.1.6.2.2 a shows lightning current and surge arresters in the
TT system. As in the TN system, class D surge arresters are installed
after the residual current circuit breaker. The surge current discharged by
these surge arresters usually is so low that it will not be interpreted as
residual current by the residual current circuit breaker. Nevertheless, a
surge current proof residual current circuit breaker should be provided.
Figures 5.8.1.6.2.2 b to e show installations of this kind.
Figure 5.8.1.6.2.2 a Application of arresters in the TT system
Figure 5.8.1.6.2.2 b Lightning protection equipotential bonding in the TT
/ DEHNgap B
Figure 5.8.1.6.2.2 c Lightning protection equipotential bonding in the TT
/ DEHNgap B
Figure 5.8.1.6.2.2 d Overvoltage protection in the TT system: Mounting diagram
DEHNguard
/DEHNgap C, DEHNguard
T/DEHNgap C
Figure 5.8.1.6.2.2 e Overvoltage protection of terminal equipment in the TT
system: Mounting diagram surge protective adapter S/SF
protector (alternative protective gear: NSM protector,
NMDK 280)
5.8.1.6.2.3 IT-system. Overcurrent protective devices, residual current
devices, insulation monitoring devices, as well as fault voltage-operated
protective devices in special cases, are permitted for the IT-system as
protection in case of indirect contact. Whereas, in the TN- or TT-system
the protection in case of indirect contact at rst fault is guaranteed by
the corresponding disconnection conditions of the overcurrent protect-
ive devices or residual current devices, there is only an indication of fault
in the IT-system. A contact voltage that is too high cannot occur because
an earth reference is made in the IT-system at rst fault. With regard to
its operating state, the IT-system then changes over into a TN- or TT-
system. An IT-system can, therefore, safely continue after the rst
fault, so that processes or productions (e.g., in the chemical industry)
already begun can still be nished. At the rst fault the protective
conductor PE takes the potential of the defective phase, which is not
dangerous because through the protective conductor all exposed conduct-
ive parts and touchable metal parts have this potential, so there are no
dangerous potential dierences to be bridged.
Nevertheless, it must be considered that in case of the rst fault, the
IT-system potential of the non-faulty conductors to earth corresponds
to the potential between the phases. Thus, in a 230/400V IT-system there
is a potential of 400V at the non-faulty arresters in the case of a defective
arrester. This possible operating state must be taken into account on
selecting the arresters with regard to their rated voltage. For the use
of arresters of class B, C and D in the IT-system the following rated
voltages are applicable:
U
c
1.1 U
N
3
thus, for a 230/440 VIT-system,
U
c
1.1 230V 3
U
c
> 440V
For a second fault in the IT-system a protective device must then be
tripped. With respect to the use of arresters in the IT-system in connec-
tion with a protective device for the protection in case of indirect con-
tact the statements of section 5.8.1.6.2 are applicable. Thus, in the
IT-system too, the installation of class B and class C arresters upstream
of the residual current circuit breaker is advisable. Figure 5.8.6.2.3 a
shows lightning current and surge arresters in the IT-system.
Dierent arresters in the IT-system are shown in Figures 5.8.1.6.2.3 b
and c.
5.8.1.6.3 Selection of arrester backup fuses. Arrester data sheets
usually indicate the maximum permissible backup fuse for the arrester.
This indication is required by the product standards IEC 61343-1/DIN
VDE 0675 part 6.
The primary task of this arrester backup fuse is to safeguard the short-
circuit capability. Standardized testing of the arresters short-circuit
capability will prevent dangerous sparking of the arrester in the case of
an internal short circuit (which may be due to a surge current that
exceeds the nominal discharge capacity of the arrester) and the generated
50Hz short-circuit current. Special types of arrester have integrated this
Figure 5.8.1.6.2.3 a Application of arresters in the IT system
Figure 5.8.1.6.2.3 b Lightning protection equipotential bonding in the IT system:
Mounting diagram DEHNport
Figure 5.8.1.6.2.3 c Surge protection in the distribution cabinet in the IT system:

Mounting diagram DEHNguard
/ DEHNguard
T
backup fuse in their enclosure. Most arresters on the market, however,
are not equipped with such a backup fuse. Therefore, the next upstream
system fuse can be taken as the backup fuse for the arrester if its nominal
value does not exceed that of the maximum permissible fuse (Figure
5.8.1.6.3 a). If, however, the nominal value of the system fuses F1F3
exceeds the nominal value of the maximum backup fuses for the arrest-
ers, separate backup fuses having the nominal value of the maximum
permissible backup fuse must be installed before the arrester (Figure
5.8.1.6.3 b).
In addition to securing short-circuit capability there is still another
function of an arrester backup fuse which is especially important for
class B arresters (lightning current arresters). These are mostly designed
as spark gap arresters in view of the high electrical and mechanical stress
on discharging a lightning current. This guarantees a high nominal dis-
charge capability of the arrester. Spark gap arresters generate a 50Hz
Figure 5.8.1.6.3 a Use of system fuses as arrester backup fuses
Figure 5.8.1.6.3 b Application of separate arrester backup fuses
mains follow-current which must be safely quenched after the decay of
the lightning interference. This mains follow-current can be as high as the
prospective short-circuit current at the place of installation of the light-
ning current arrester. Spark gap arresters are usually able to quench
mains follow-currents having a prospective short-circuit current value of
about 4kA
e
(50Hz). If the prospective short-circuit current exceeds the
arrester mains follow-current quenching capability, the backup fuse must
disconnect the mains follow-current.
Most service entrances have a prospective short-circuit current below
3kA
e
(50Hz) so that there are few practical cases where the backup
fuse must disconnect a mains follow-current higher than 4kA.
In particular, arresters based on spark gaps (i.e. lightning current
arresters), due to the operation of which a mains follow-current can be
generated, load their upstream fuses (arrester backup fuses) with mains
short-circuit currents. To keep this loading of parts of the power system
as low as possible, the spark gaps must be designed in such a way that not
every discharge process generates a mains follow-current. Spark gaps
meeting these requirements are constructed as multiple gliding spark
gaps (as used in the lightning current arresters DEHNport
, DEHN-
bloc
, DEHNbloc
NH). On the operation of this type of spark gap, two

partial arcs will be generated which oppose the emergence of a mains
follow-current already from the beginning of the arc by the total voltage
drop of both arcs.
In Figure 5.8.1.6.3 c a lightning current arrester with tandem gliding
spark gap is compared with a usual simple spark gap with respect to the
frequency of a generated mains follow-current. This diagram reveals that
Figure 5.8.1.6.3 c Comparison of the follow-current frequency (in %) of
lightning current arresters with spark gaps
mains follow-currents are less frequent with a multiple gliding spark
gap and that the stressing of the arrester backup fuse and the upstream
power system by mains short-circuit currents is considerably reduced.
With respect to the use of lightning current arresters in power systems
and fuses it must be taken into account that they are rst loaded by
lightning surge currents followed by the mains short-circuit currents. In
contrast to mains follow-currents, lightning surge currents in the power
system cannot be avoided as these are impressed currents. The perform-
ance of NH fuses at lightning surge current loading has been closely
examined. Figure 5.8.1.6.3 d shows the fuse characteristics. Depending
on the nominal current of the fuse and the surge current in the test, there
are three dierent characteristics of NH fuses: (i) no melting, (ii) melting
and (iii) explosion.
(i) No melting. The energy input by the lightning surge current is too low for
the fuse strip to be melted. An installation of the arresters (according to
Figure 5.8.1.6.3 a) guarantees the continued supply to the downstream
consumer as is the case at a conguration according to Figure 5.8.1.6.3 b.
(ii) Melting. The energy of the lightning surge current is high enough to melt
the fuse strip of the NH fuse and thus to interrupt the current path
through the fuse. Figure 5.8.1.6.3 e shows the oscillogram of a fuse melting
by lightning surge currents. Typical for the fuse performance is that the
impressed lightning surge current keeps on owing without being inu-
enced by the behaviour of the fuse. After the melting integral of the fuse
has been exceeded by the lightning surge current, an arc will be generated
in the fuse which will be realized by the potential over the fuse.
For the arrester conguration according to Figure 5.8.1.6.3 a, the
Figure 5.8.1.6.3 d Performance of NH fuses during the impulse current loading
10/350s
downstream consumer system then will be disconnected. Thus, the solu-
tion variant according to Figure 5.8.1.6.3 b comes to the fore. Sometimes it
is suggested to choose fuses of size F4F6 selectively to the fuses F1F3.
Practically this means that the relation of the nominal currents of the fuses
F1F3 to F4F6 is 1.6: 1. This selective characteristic of fuses is only
relevant with regard to the mains follow-currents (50Hz) but not with
regard to lightning surge currents.
To emphasize this statement consider the following example. Under the
aspect of selectivity let the nominal current of the fuses F1F3 be 160A
and the nominal current of the fuses F4F6 be 100A. This conguration
is loaded by a lightning surge current of 25kA (10/350s) for each path.
At such a loading F1F3 as well as F4F6 will be tripped according to
Figure 5.8.1.6.3 d. Such a conguration is not selective under lightning
surge current loading! Thus, the downstream consumer system would be
disconnected.
More severely still, the voltage drop of the melting fuses F4F6 2kV
(according to 5.8.1.6.3 e) occurs in the arrester branch, that is to say in
parallel with the protected consumer-system. This voltage drop is a driving
voltage for downstream arresters and might cause their overloading. To
avoid this eect, arrester fuses F4F6 must be as strong as possible which,
in practice, means that F4F6 only must be used, if F1F3 are stronger
than the indicated maximum permissible arrester backup fuse. The nom-
inal current of F4F6 then shall be as high as the maximum permissible
arrester backup fuse.
(iii) Explosion. The energy of the lightning surge current is so high that the fuse
strip of the NH fuse evaporates in an explosion. As a result, the enclosure
of the NH fuse may split (Figure 5.8.1.6.3 f). Beside these mechanical
Figure 5.8.1.6.3 e Current and voltage at a melting 25A NH fuse during a
lightning impulse current loading (10/350s)
eects there are also the electrical aspects described under melting (note
(ii) above).
Dierent problems require solutions for the arrester backup fuses in
their elds of application. Consider the following:
(i) Protection against indirect contact in case of defective arresters. This is the
task of the backup fuses of all arresters of classes B, C and D (for arresters
in class D, additional residual current circuit breakers can be used). For
this purpose the fuses must be designed in such a way that the defective
arresters will be safely disconnected from the low-voltage system in the
required time.
(ii) Securing short-circuit withstand capability of the arresters. To guarantee the
short-circuit withstand capability indicated by the producer the permitted
maximum backup fuse must, under no circumstances, be exceeded.
(iii) Disconnection of too high mains follow-currents. Particularly in the case of
lightning current arresters based on spark gaps, mains follow-currents
may arise. On application of the permitted maximum backup fuse, the
maximum follow-current quenching capacity of the arrester is also
Figure 5.8.1.6.3 f NH fuse burst due to lightning impulse current loading
reached. If there is a weaker backup fuse, mains follow-currents will be
disconnected which might be safely quenched by the arrester itself. There-
fore, the backup fuse of a lightning current arrester must be as strong as
possible and separate backup fuses in the arrester branch should be
avoided if the system conditions allow it.
If the system fuses F1F3 (Figure 5.8.1.6.3 b) are weaker than the
maximum permitted arrester backup fuse and additionally F1F6 are
required (allowing the disconnection of the arrester branch for mainten-
ance) then for F4F6 NH-disconnecting blades should be used.
To conclude the subject of arrester backup fuses consider yet again
the follow-current extinguishing capability of the lightning current
arrester DEHNport
Maxi introduced in section 5.8.1.2.

Figure 5.8.1.6.3 g shows the typical breaking oscillogram (uninuenced
short-circuit surge current 37kA
e
, cos = 0.23) of the arrester DEHN
Maxi in RADAX-ow technology. The spark gap arc voltage shown in

the left part of the Figure is in its amplitude almost equal to the system
voltage. The typical dipping of the system voltage of conventional spark
gaps will not occur. This excludes interference in electronic devices which
are sensitive to voltage dips or voltage supply deviations. In the right part
of the oscillogram the eective limitation of the mains follow-current is
readable. It represents the uninuenced (i.e., the theoretically possible) as
well as the following short-circuit current through the arrester. Obviously
it is only a very low share of the theoretically possible current that loads
the arrester and thus the whole low voltage system. A further eect of
the high arc resistance is the reduction of the duration of current ow.
The oscillogram shows that, even in case of an impulse short-circuit
current of 37kA
e
, the pre-arcing current through the examined arrester
in RADAX-ow technology is only about 1.7kA. If this value is trans-
ferred to a diagram, as is usual for the selectivity considerations of over-
current protective devices (fuses, circuit breakers), one obtains Figure
5.8.1.6.3 h. This shows the let-through current integral ( I
2
t) of a
RADAX-ow arrester at dierent short-circuit currents. For better clas-
sication the melting integrals of NH fuses of dierent nominal currents
Figure 5.8.1.6.3 g Interruption of a short-circuit current by RADAX-ow
technology (DEHNport
Maxi)
are indicated. Arresters in RADAX-ow technology can, as Figure
5.8.1.6.3 h shows, eectively limit short-circuit currents of 50kA
e
.
The integral of the let-through current remains lower than the melting
integral of a 40A NH fuse, meaning that this fuse will not trip. The let-
through current limitation secures the selectivity between the overcurrent
protective devices in the low-voltage consumer system and the lightning
current arresters.
On using an arrester of class B (lightning current arrester) in
RADAX-ow technology in the main current supply system the tripping
of the backup fuse at the service entrance or meter board by mains
follow currents is avoided. Operation of the lightning current arrester
remains practically unnoticed by the user.
Sources
IEC 616431: Surge protective devices connected to low-voltage power
distribution systems Part 1: Performance requirements and testing
methods. International Electrotechnical Commission, 3 rue de Varembe,
Geneva, Feb. 1998
selstromnetzen mit Nennspannungen zwischen 100V und 1000V. (VDE
Verlag, GmbH, Berlin/Offenbach) Nov.1989
E DIN VDE 0675-6/A1 (VDE 0675 Teil 6/A1): berspannungsableiter zur
Verwendung in Wechselstromnetzen mit Nennspannungen zwischen 100V
und1000 V. nderung A1 zum Entwurf
Figure 5.8.1.6.3 h Selectivity limit current DEHNport
Maxi at dierent
backup fuses
DIN VDE 0675-6 (VDE 0675 Teil 6) (VDE Verlag, GmbH, Berlin/Offenbach)
March 1996
E DIN VDE 0675-6/A2 (VDE 0675 Teil 6/A2): berspannungsableiter. Teil 6:
Verwendung in Wechselstromnetzen mit Nennspannungen zwischen 100V
und 1000V. nderung A2 zum Entwurf
DIN VDE 0675-6 (VDE 0675 Teil 6) (VDE Verlag, GmbH, Berlin/Offenbach)
Oct. 1996
IEC 61312-1: Protection against lightning electromagnetic impulse Part 1:
General principles. International Electrotechnical Commission, Geneva,
Feb. 1995
IEC 60664-1: Insulation coordination for equipment within low-voltage sys-
tems Part 1: Principles, requirements and tests. International Electro-
technical Commission, Geneva, Oct. 1992
IEC 60364-4-41: Electrical installations of buildings Part 4: Protection for
safety. Chapter 41: Protection against electric shock. International Electro-
technical Commission, Geneva, Oct. 1992
IEC 61008-1: Residual current operated circuit-breakers without integral
overcurrent protection for household and similar uses (RCCBs). Part 1:
General principles. International Electrotechnical Commission, Geneva,
Dec. 1996
IEC 61024-1: Protection of structures against lightning Part 1: General
principles. International Electrotechnical Commission, Geneva, March 1990
E DIN VDE 0100-534/A1 (VDE 0100 Teil 534/A1): Elektrische Anlagen von
Gebuden. Auswahl und Errichtung von Betriebsmitteln. Schaltgerte und
Steuergerte, berspannungs-Schutzeinrichtungen nderung A1 (Vor-
schlag fr eine Europische Norm). (VDE Verlag, GmbH, Berlin/Offenbach)
Oct. 1996
DEHN u. SHNE: Installation of SPD for power supply systems and equip-
ment. DS 655/E/397. (Dehn + Shne, Neumaret) March 1997
DEHN u. SHNE: Energy coordination The selective surge protection. DS
641/E/597. (Dehn + Shne, Neumaret) May 1997
HASSE, P., and WIESINGER, J.: Handbuch fr Blitzschutz und Erdung (VDE
Verlag, Berlin; Paum Verlag, Mnchen, Fourth edn, 1993)
HASSE, P., and WIESINGER, J.: EMV Blitz-Schutzzonen-Konzept (VDE
Verlag, Berlin; Paum Verlag, Mnchen, 1993)
RAAB, V.: Blitz und berspannungsschutz-Massnahmen in NS-Anlagen,
Elektropraktiker, Berlin, Teil 1, 1996, 50, (11), pp. 944951; Teil 2, 1996, 50,
(12), pp. 10431046.
HASSE, P., and EHRLER, J.: Konzeptionelles Vorgehen beim Blitz und ber-
spannungsschutz komplexer Anlagen, Elektrotechnik, 1996, (2), pp. 5358;
1996, (3), pp. 6973; 1996, (6), pp. 4954.
POSPIECH, J., NOACK, F., BROCKE, R., HASSE, P., and ZAHLMANN, P.:
BlitzstromAbleiter mit Selbstblas-Funkenstrecken Ein neues Wirkprinzip
fr den Blitzschutz in Niederspannungsnetzen, Elektrie, Berlin, 1997, 51,
pp. 910.
RAAB, V., and ZAHLMANN, P.: Folgestrombegrenzender Blitzstrom-Ableiter
fr Hauptstromversorgungssysteme, Elektropraktiker, Berlin, 1997, 51, p. 12.
HASSE, P., ZAHLMANN, P., POSPIECH, J., and NOACK, F.: Generationswech-
sel bei BlitzstromAbleiter fr Niederspannungsanlagen, etz, 1998, No. 78
5.8.2 Arresters for information technology
According to IEC 61644-1/DIN VDE 0845 the generic term surge pro-
tective devices (SPDs) in the eld of information technology does not
only mean modules but also includes protective circuits which limit the
overvoltages in systems and equipment to permissible values.
Protective circuits gradually reduce surges by the series connection of
overvoltage limiting modules and decoupling elements (Figure 5.8.2 a).
Overvoltage limiting elements with decreasing limiting voltage and
decreasing energy loadability are connected in series. Decoupling elem-
ents can be resistors, inductors, capacitors or lters. There are two types
of arrester depending on the requirements and loading at their place of
installation in accordance with the concept of lightning protection zones.
These are, namely, (i) lightning current arresters (which are tested by an
impulse current wave 10/350s) and (ii) surge arresters (which are tested
by an impulse current wave 8/20s).
Highest demands, with regard to their discharge capability, are made
on lightning current arresters. Within the scope of the lightning and
surge protection system they are installed at the interface of the lightning
protection zone 0
A
/1. They prevent disturbing lightning partial currents
from penetrating into the information technology network.
To guarantee interference-free and surge-proof operation of informa-
tion technology equipment a disturbance arising in the information
system must be limited to a level which is below the interference or
destruction limit of the equipment. The interference and destruction
Figure 5.8.2 a Graded protection (stepped protection in accordance with DIN
VDE 0845)
limits of the equipment, however, are largely unknown and not indicated.
A starting point is oered by the indicated surge immunity against
impulse shaped surges which has been tested in EMC surge immunity
tests according to IEC 61000-4-5/EN 61000-4-5.
To avoid disturbances or even the destruction of information tech-
nology equipment, surge arresters must limit the disturbing inuences to
values below the surge immunity of the equipment to protect. In contrast
to the selection of protective devices in power systems which have
uniform conditions in the 230/400V system regarding voltage and
frequency, there are dierent kinds of signals to be transmitted in
information technology systems in terms of the following:
voltage (e.g., 010V)
current (e.g., 020mA, 420mA)
signal supply (symmetrical, unsymmetrical)
frequency (DC, LF, HF)
type of signal (analogue, digital).

Each of these electrical parameters of the signal to be transmitted can
contain the information which shall be actually transmitted. Signals
must therefore not be inuenced by the installation of lightning current
and surge arresters in information technology systems.
As for power engineering, there are dierent types of arresters for the
individual places of application in the information technology, such as (i)
in a permanent installation (Figure 5.8.2 b), (ii) at socket outlets (Figure
5.8.2 c) and (iii) at equipment inputs (Figure 5.8.2 d).
Figure 5.8.2 e shows the installation of lightning current and surge
arresters at computing centre interfaces in accordance with the concept
of lightning protection zones. To reduce the inuence of the electro-
magnetic eld, building or room shielding measures have been realized at
the interfaces of lightning protection zones 0 and 1 as well as at lightning
protection zones 1 and 2, as has already been detailed in Section 5.2. The
power system is included into the lightning protection equipotential
bonding by lightning current arresters at the interface of lightning pro-
tection zones 0 and 1. The local equipotential bonding at the transition
of the lines from lightning protection zones 1 to 2 is achieved by surge
arresters. The surge protection of the information technology system is
structured analogously.
Arresters used in the information technology side of a system pro-
tected as described will be introduced by way of examples in the following
Sections. To facilitate understanding the protective devices are classied
according to whether they are mainly used in measuring and control
systems (chapter 5.8.2.1) or mainly in data networks/systems (chapter
5.8.2.3). Combined protective devices for power and information tech-
nology equipment inputs (chapter 5.8.2.2) are also introduced.
Figure 5.8.2 b Blitzductor
s CT for protecting the measuring and control

technology of a petrochemical system (installed in a protective
cabinet)
Figure 5.8.2 c Data socket outlets with surge arresters
Figure 5.8.2 d Pluggable surge arresters for use at terminal equipment
Sources
IEC 61644-1 Ed.1: Surge protective devices connected to telecommunica-
tions and signalling networks Part 1: Performance requirements and test-
ing methods. International Electrotechnical Commission, Geneva, Oct. 1998
DIN VDE 0845 Teil 1: Schutz von Fernmeldeanlagen gegen Blitzeinwirkun-
gen, statische Auadungen und berspannungen aus Starkstromanlagen.
Massnahmen gegen berspannungen (VDE Verlag, GmbH, Berlin/
Offenbach) Oct. 1987
E DIN VDE 0845 Teil 2: Schutz von Einrichtungen der Informationsverarbei-
tungs und Telekommunikationstechnik gegen Blitzeinwirkungen, Entladung
statischer Elektrizitt und berspannungen aus Starkstromanlagen.
Anforderungen und Prfungen von berspannungs-schutzeinrichtungen
(VDE Verlag, GmbH, Berlin/Offenbach) Oct. 1993
IEC 61000-4-5: Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) Part 4: Testing and
measurement techniques (Section 5): Surge immunity test. International
Electrotechnical Commission, Geneva 1995
HASSE, P., and WIESINGER, J.: EMV-Blitz-Schutzzonen-Konzept Mnchen
(Paum Verlag, Berlin/Offenbach: VDE Verlag, Berlin/Offenbach)
DEHN u. SHNE: Selection and installation of surge protective devices.
Type Blitzductor
CT for protection of control and instrumentation systems

acc. to IEC 61312-1. DS 656/E/897, Aug. 1997
5.8.2.1 Arresters for measuring and control systems
Blitzductor
s as protective devices for measuring and control systems

have had a proven record for decades. The energy coordinated arrester
family Blitzductor
CT will serve as an example to describe the construc-

tion, eects and application of this type of arrester.
Figure 5.8.2 e Lightning partial current proof interface connection for a
computer centre with asymmetrical interface (V24/RS 232 C)
CT: Construction and mode of functioning. The

Blitzductor
CT is designed in two parts (Figure 5.8.2.1.1 a): Protection

modules are tted on a universal base (which can be used almost
independently from the operating parameters of the circuit to be
protected like a modular terminal block). The Blitzductor
CT, as a four-
pole structure (Figure 5.8.2.1.1 b), has two input and two output
terminals to connect one double wire (type D) or two single wires (type
E). Since it has a width of only 12mm (2/3 module) and a height of
58mm a space-saving installation is possible.
A choice of more than 40 protective modules is available to provide for
optimal discharge capability, protection and performance of the surge
protective device for the interface to be protected. These can be plugged
into the universal base (Figure 5.8.2.1.1.c, a). By means of a contact
Figure 5.8.2.1.1 a Blitzductor
CT with dierent protective modules

Figure 5.8.2.1.1 b Blitzductor
CT, type MD, for application in earth-free signal

lines (e.g., telephone lines)
mechanism in the base, the protective module can be exchanged during
its live state without interruption of the signal transmission. With these
base elements a universal pre-wiring of the system becomes possible
without even knowing the later operating parameters.
If, later, the operating parameters are known then adequate protective
modules are employed. This changes the modular terminal blocks into
an adjusted protective device. This is particularly advantageous when
planning in accordance with the concept of lightning protection zones.
Use of the Blitzductor
CT bases, which will be already inserted at the

pre-installation stage, means that space can be reserved for complete
surge protection. The protective devices are safely earthed via the DIN
rail (according to EN 50 0229) and the snap-on base support.
To realize the complex protection philosophy there are also screen
terminals at the base (for contacting the screens of cables). Direct or
indirect earthing of the cable screen is possible by the insertion of a gas
discharge arrester into the base bay (Figure 5.8.2.1.1 c, b). Thus earthing
and equipotential bonding systems can be realized which are adjusted
according to the system to protect.
There are three performance categories of the Blitzductor
CT. These
protective types of module include: (i) the lightning current arrester, (ii)
the surge arrester and (iii) the combined arrester. Thus
(i) Protective module type B (Figure 5.8.2.1.1 d) is designed as a lightning
current arrester for impulse currents I
imp
: 2.5kA (per wire) wave shape
10/350s.
(ii) Protective module type M is dimensioned as a surge arrester for nominal
discharge currents i
sn
: 10kA (per wire) wave shape 8/20s (Figure 5.8.2.1.1 e).
Figure 5.8.2.1.1 c (a) Blitzductor
CT: left: plug-in protective module; right:

base
Figure 5.8.2.1.1 c (b) Blitzductor
CT: left: contacts: base/protective module;

right: circuit
Figure 5.8.2.1.1 d Blitzductor
CT, protective module type B: top: basic circuit

diagram; bottom: rated discharge current I
IMP
= 2.5kA
(10/350s) per wire
Figure 5.8.2.1.1 e Rated discharge current i
sn
= 10kA (8/20s) for protective
modules, type M
Protective module ME (Figure 5.8.2.1.1 f) protects earthed signal

wires (a typical application is for example the Pt 100 four-phase
measurement).
Protective module MD (Figure 5.8.2.1.1 g) is provided for non-earthed

wire pairs (as for symmetric signal wires which are connected via isolat-
ing transformers).
Protective module ME/C (Figure 5.8.2.1.1 h) protects optocoupler inputs

or inputs with intrinsic protective circuit (clamping diodes) and therefore
has decoupling resistors at the output.
Protective module MD/HF is designed for the protection of HF-

transmission links and is equipped with a diode-matrix (Figure
5.8.2.1.1 i).
Figure 5.8.2.1.1 j Basic circuit diagram, module MD/Ex
Figure 5.8.2.1.1 h Basic circuit
diagram, module ME/C
Figure 5.8.2.1.1 f Basic circuit
diagram, module ME
Figure 5.8.2.1.1 i Basic circuit
diagram, module MD/HF
Figure 5.8.2.1.1 g Basic circuit
diagram, module MD
Protective module MD/Ex (Figure 5.8.2.1.1 j) (having a 500V AC

withstand capability to earth) is provided for instrinsically safe meas-
uring circuits.
(iii) Protective module B is designed as a combined arrester for impulse cur-
rents I
imp
: 2.5kA (10/350s) per wire, however, with a protection level like a
surge arrester protective module M (Figure 5.8.2.1.1 k).
Basically, there are two types of Blitzductor
CT: E types (for con-

necting two single wires and for limiting surges between every wire and
earth) and D types (for connecting a double wire and for limiting
surges between the two wires). The voltage limiting characteristic of
both types is shown in Figure 5.8.2.1.1 l. Other characteristics to
consider include:
(i) Nominal voltage. The nominal voltage indication on the Blitzductor
s CT
is the upper value of the signal voltage range which can be transmitted
over the protective device under nominal conditions without any limiting
eects of the protective device. The nominal voltage is indicated as a DC
Figure 5.8.2.1.1 k Blitzductor
CT, protective module type B . . . . Top: basic

circuit diagram; bottom: rated discharge current I
IMP
= 2.5kA
(10/350s) per wire, however, protective level like surge
arrester (M)
value. On AC voltage transmission the AC peak value must not exceed the
specied nominal voltage. Figure 5.8.2.1.1 m shows nominal voltages for
dierent types of Blitzductor
CT.
(ii) Protection level. The protection level of the Blitzductor
CT characterizes
its performance in limiting the output voltage. The specied protection
level value is higher than the maximum value of the limiting voltages in the
tests, the measured limiting voltage being the maximum voltage measured
at the terminals of the surge protective device during the loading with
surge currents and/or surge voltages (with specied impulse waveshape and
amplitude). The standardized procedure is as follows.
Limiting voltage at a 1 kV/s steepness of the applied test impulse

This test (Figure 5.8.2.1.1 n) determines the operating characteristic of
gas discharge arresters. These protective elements have a switch charac-
teristic: The mode of function of a gas discharge arrester can be
described as a switch, the resistance of which can jump automatically
from > 10G (in the inactive state) to values < 0.1 (active state) if a
certain voltage is exceeded, so that the overvoltage is almost short-
circuited (Figure 5.8.2.1.1 o). The activating voltage of the gas discharge
arrester depends on the rate of rise (du/dt) of the incoming impulse.
Hence, the higher the rate of time the higher the activating voltage of
the gas discharger arrester. To compare the operating values of dierent
gas discharge arresters a rate of rise of 1kV/s will be applied at the
electrodes of the gas discharge arrester and the activating value will be
determined.
Limiting voltage at nominal discharge current

This test (Figure 5.8.2.1.1 p) is for determining the limiting characteristic
(Figure 5.8.2.1.1 q) of protective elements with constant limiting
characteristic.
Figure 5.8.2.1.1 l Surge limitation of the Blitzductor
CT types . . . E and . . . D
Figure 5.8.2.1.1 m Nominal voltage data for dierent Blitzductor
CT types
Figure 5.8.2.1.1 n Test assembly for the determination of the limiting voltage at
a voltage rate of rise du/dt = 1 kv/s
Figure 5.8.2.1.1 o Sparkover characteristic of a gas-lled surge arrester, at
du/dt = 1 kv/s
(iii) Nominal current
The nominal current I
N
of the Blitzductor
CT characterizes the maximum

permissible operating current of the measuring and control circuit to pro-
tect (Figure 5.8.2.1.1 r ). I
N
is determined by the current carrying capacity
and the power loss of the impedances used for the decoupling between gas
discharge arresters and ne protective elements and by the follow-current
extinguishing capability of the gas discharge arresters. It is indicated as a
DC value. Table 5.8.2.1.1 a indicates the nominal currents of dierent
types of Blitzductor
CT.
(iv) Cut-o frequency
The cut-o frequency describes the behaviour of the Blitzductor
CT in
relation to frequency (Figure 5.8.2.1.1 s). The cut-o frequency is the fre-
quency which causes (under dened test conditions) an attenuation loss a
E
of 3dB (compare E DIN VDE 0845 Part 2: 1993-10). This frequency
usually refers to a 50 system.
Figure 5.8.2.1.1 p Test assembly for the determination of the limiting voltage at
nominal discharge current i
sn
Figure 5.8.2.1.1 q Limiting voltage at nominal discharge current
(v) Energy coordination, coordination characteristics
The regulations for energy coordination specied in section 5.8.1.6.1 are
also valid for information technology systems. Owing to the low operating
currents of these systems, however, a coordination of arresters by ohmic
resistor elements is also possible here. The Blitzductor
CT has integrated
decoupling elements so that external decoupling measures can be avoided:
These protective devices can be directly installed side by side.
Whereas, in the case of a low-voltage consumer system, one can gener-
ally proceed from a surge immunity of the system which has been speci-
ed in the scope of the insulation coordination, proceeding along similar
lines would be a failure for information technology interfaces. Only by
legal demands for an adequate immunity of the interfaces of information
technology equipment due to the EC-general regulations for EMC and
the standardization of reproducible testing methods is it possible to
describe the important parameters needed for the surge protection of
Figure 5.8.2.1.1 r Nominal current of Blitzductor
CT
Table 5.8.2.1.1 a Nominal currents of the Blitzductor
CT-types
Figure 5.8.2.1.1 s Typical frequency response of a Blitzductor
CT
input circuits. To decide whether the equipment to protect can withstand
the residual let-through impulse of an upstream arrester, a comparison
of the arrester let-through parameters and the impulse parameters of the
specied equipment interface immunity is necessary. This point is shown
in Figure 5.8.2.1.1 t.
The standard series IEC 61000-4 . . . /EN 61000-4 . . . has been stated
for testing a piece of equipment with regard to its immunity against
various electrical transients. Testing with high-energy transient surges as
they arise for the case of switching overvoltages or induced lightning
overvoltages is described in IEC 61000-4-5/EN 61000-4-5.
As the description of the interference immunity test reveals, there are
parallels to the voltage proof test of insulations. However, on analysing
both testing procedures as well as their nal background and the test
techniques used it is observed that the only common parameter of the
tests is the voltage impulse wave of 1.2/50s of the unloaded generator.
Although the voltage proof test examines the insulation of the test
object, thus interpreting by this means sparkover or puncturing of
the insulation as a failure, the specimen might otherwise react in the
interference immunity test. Such a reaction, for example, can be the
limitation of the test impulse by means of protective elements (diodes,
varistors, gas discharge arresters). In contrast to the voltage proof test,
this reaction or response of the protective elements is not considered as a
failure. Functional endurance, during the test, is the most important, so
that depending on the test specimen, a temporary degradation of the
performance is permissible. In addition to the dierences in testing
approach and evaluation of both tests there is another considerable
dierence in the currenttime loadings at the response of the test
specimen. Whereas the current ow, in the case of insulation sparkover
or puncture in the test circuit, is usually almost negligible at voltage
proof tests, there will be an energetic loading caused by the impulse
current at the response of the device protection during the interference
immunity test.
The kind of testing used for the equipment to protect is important for
the dimensioning of surge protective devices for information technology:
Figure 5.8.2.1.1 t Basic mode of functioning of the Blitzductor
CT
At a given voltage surge withstand capability the output level of the

arrester only must be below the voltage surge withstand capability of
the terminal equipment in order to guarantee a sucient protection.
If, however, the dimensioning of the arrester depends on the given

interference immunity of the terminal equipment, both of the follow-
ing conditions must be met: (i) the protection level of the arrester must
be lower than the voltage surge withstand capability of the terminal
equipment; and (ii) the maximum output energy of the arrester must
be lower than the maximum permissible input energy of the terminal
equipment (Figure 5.8.2.1.1 u).
To decide whether the equipment to protect withstands the residual
let-through impulse of a Blitzductor
CT, a comparison of the

Blitzductor
-let-through values with the impulse parameters of the inter-

ference immunity test specied for the equipment interface (acc. to IEC
61000-4-5/EN 61000-4-5) (Figure 5.8.2.1.1 n) must be carried out.
By introducing coordination characteristics (KK) (Figure 5.8.2.1.1 v)
a Blitzductor
CT can easily be coordinated with the equipment to be

protected:
Coordination characteristics provide information about the discharge

capability of the Blitzductor
CT (input characteristic) and about its

protective eect related to a 2 hybrid impulse (output characteristic).
By determining the permissible input loading of the equipment inter-

face, based on its basic interference immunity conforming to stand-
ards, the coordination characteristic (input characteristic) of each
interface can be ascertained and is comparable to the output charac-
teristic of the coordination characteristic of the Blitzductor
CT.
Figure 5.8.2.1.1 u Verication of safe coordination by comparison of the
admissible energy loading of a device interface tested in
accordance with standard IEC 61000-4-5 with the cut-o
energy of the protector Blitzductor
CT
Analogously to such an adjustment of the Blitzductor
CT to the
equipment interface the coordination of cascaded Blitzductor
s CT can
be achieved. In addition to the operating parameters (such as operating
voltage, nominal current, transmission frequency etc.) it only need be
considered that the input of a Blitzductor
CT or terminal equipment
must t with the output of an upstream Blitzductor
CT.
The necessary input of the rst Blitzductor
CT (of this mutually and

equipment coordinated protective chain) is determined by the threat-
parameters of the whole system. Figure 5.8.2.1.1 w shows such a co-
ordination with the protector family Blitzductor
CT under application
of the coordination characteristics (KK). Blitzductor
CT types, with
their coordination characteristics (KK), are listed in Table 5.8.2.1.1 b.
A protective cascade, as designed by the producer under the aspects of
sucient safety such as the protector Blitzductor
CT family, is able to
guarantee in a modern concept of lightning protection the trouble-free
running of the system over a long period of time. Thus, the integral
responsibility of the arrester producer is becoming a new factor in the
cooperation of protector producer and protector applier at a time when
the producer liability is of special importance.
Sources
EHRLER, J., and HASSE, P.: Energetisch koordinierte berspan-
nungsschutzgerte erfllen die Anforderungen moderner Informationstech-
nik, Elektrotechnik, 1996, (12), pp. 7376
DEHN + SHNE: Blitzductor
CT. Energy coordination in communication/

signalling systems. DS 643/E/197
DEHN + SHNE: Selection and Installation of surge protective devices.
Type Blitzductor

acc. to IEC 61312-1. DS 656/E/Aug. 1997
Figure 5.8.2.1.1 v Coordination characteristics (KK) of the Blitzductor
CT
family
HASSE, P., and ZAHLMANN, P.: Koordinierter Einsatz von Blitzstrom und
berspannungs-Ableitern im Blitzschutz Umsetzung von DIN VDE 0185
Teil 103, E DIN VDE 0675 Teil 6, Teil 6/A1, Teil 6/A2 und E DIN VDE 0100 Teil
534 A1 in die Praxis. 2 (VDE/ABB Fachtagung, Neu Ulm, Nov. 1997)
IEC 61000-4-5: Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) Part 4: Testing and
measurement techniques (Section 5): Surge immunity test. International
Figure 5.8.2.1.1 w Example for the energy coodinated application of the
Blitzductor
CT by means of their coordination

characteristics (KK)
Table 5.8.2.1.1 b Blitzductor
CT types and their coordination characteristics

CT: Selection criteria. Ten of the most important

selection criteria (SC) for arresters in measurement and control systems
are presented here through the example of the Blitzductor
CT protector
family. Their application will be described.
SC A: What discharge capability is necessary? Types B . . . or M . . . ?
The selection of the discharge capability of the Blitzductor
CT depends
upon which protection requirements shall be fullled by this arrester. A
distinction has to be made as to whether the measurement and control
system (or the telecommunication system) is only endangered by surges
(which are eective as impulse currents being simulated by a 8/20s
wave) or whether by partial lightning currents (simulated by 10/350s
impulse currents):
Lightning protection, MCR-cable leading beyond the building. In this

case (Figure 5.8.2.1.2 a) the terminal equipment to be protected is in a
building with lightning protection. The measuring, controlling and
regulating (MCR) or telecommunication cable (which connects the
terminal equipment with a sensor) is a line leading beyond the building
to a sensor in the eld. As the building has lightning protection, the
application of a lightning current arrester is necessary. Here the Blitz-
ductor
CT types B or B . . . are suitable.
No lightning protection, but MCR-cable leading beyond the building.

Here the building with the terminal equipment to be protected has no
lightning protection (Figure 5.8.2.1.2 b). Direct lightning strikes are
not expected. Lightning current proof arresters type B or type B . . .
are only necessary if the MCR-cable can be charged by lightning
Figure 5.8.2.1.2 a Lightning protection, measuring and control cable crossing
buildings
strikes into neighbouring buildings (close-up strikes). If not, only
Blitzductor
CT types M . . . are used.
Lightning protection but no MCR-cable leading beyond the building. In

this case (Figure 5.8.2.1.2 c) the MCR/telecommunication cabling does
not have any lines leading beyond the building. Although the building
has lightning protection no lightning partial current can be coupled
into the considered part of the telecommunication system (the MCR-
system is in lightning protection zone 1). So, in this case surge arresters
which are characterized as type M . . . in the Blitzductor
CT family are
used.
No lightning protection, no MCR-cable leading beyond the building. The

building has no lightning protection and there is no MCR/
telecommunication cable leading beyond the building (Figure 5.8.2.1.2
d). To protect the MCR devices only surge arresters are necessary.
Protective modules type M . . . are used.
SC B: Longitudinal or transverse surge protection. Types . . . E or . . . D?
Longitudinal surges always arise between signal wires and earth, whereas
transverse surges are generated between two signal wires. The interfer-
ences in the signal circuits are mostly longitudinal surges. This means,
for the selection of protective devices, that usually ne protective devices
are used between signal wires and earth, that is, the Blitzductor
CT,
type . . . E.
For certain inputs to equipment, such as isolating transformers, a ne
protection between wire and earth is not necessary. Gas discharge
arresters can protect against longitudinal surges. However, having a dif-
ferent impulse sparkover characteristic, gas discharge arresters can also
Figure 5.8.2.1.2 b No lightning protection, but measuring and control cable
crossing buildings
cause transverse surges. That is why, in such a case, ne protection as
oered by the Blitzductor
type . . . D is necessary between the signal

wires.
SC C: Which cases require Blitzductor
CT with output decoupling

Types . . . E/C?
Sometimes it is necessary to protect equipment inputs against longi-
tudinal and transverse surges. The inputs of such electronic MCR
equipment are usually already provided with protective circuits or have
optocoupler inputs to separate the potential of the signal circuit from the
Figure 5.8.2.1.2 c Lightning protection, but no measuring and control cable
crossing buildings
Figure 5.8.2.1.2 d No lightning protection, no measuring and control cable
crossing buildings
internal circuit of the MCR equipment. This requires additional meas-
ures for decoupling the Blitzductor
CT from the input circuit of the

equipment to be protected. Decoupling is guaranteed by additional
decoupling elements between ne protective elements and output ter-
minals of the Blitzductor
CT, type . . . E/C.

SC D: Which cases require Blitzductor
s CT with higher cut-o

frequencies? Types . . . D/HF?
Like every transmission system the protective circuit of the Blitzductor
CT also has a sort of low-pass characteristic. An indication of the cut-

o frequency (Section 5.8.2.1.1) shows from what frequency the ampli-
tude of the signal to be transmitted will be attenuated by more than 3dB.
To keep the reaction of the Blitzductor
CT on the transmission system

within the permissible limits, the cut-o frequency must be higher than
the signal frequency of the signal circuit. The indication of the cut-o
frequency is applicable for sinusoidal parameters. In the eld of data
transmission, however, there are mostly no sinusoidal signal forms.
Therefore, it must be taken into account that the maximum data rate of
the Blitzductor
CT is higher than the transmission rate of the signal

circuit. On transmitting pulse shaped signals where the rising and the
falling pulse edge is evaluated it must be considered that this edge
changes within a certain period from low (L) to high (H) or from H to
L. This time interval is important for the recognition of an edge and for
the passing of a prohibited area. Thus, this signal needs a frequency
bandwidth which is considerably wider than that necessary for the
fundamental wave of this oscillation. The cut-o frequency of the pro-
tective device must therefore be levelled correspondingly high. A rule of
thumb is that the cut-o frequency must not be lower than the vefold
fundamental wave frequency. Here the types BD/HF or MD/HF are
necessary.
SC E: What about the nominal current I
N
of the Blitzductor
CT?
Owing to the electrical characteristics of the components used in the pro-
tective circuit of the Blitzductor
CT the signal current which can be

transmitted over this protective device is limited. This means for the
application that the nominal current I
N
of the Blitzductor
CT must be
higher than (or equal to) the operating current of the MCR system.
SC F: What about the nominal voltage U
N
of the Blitzductor
CT?
The nominal voltage U
N
of the Blitzductor
CT must be higher than the

maximum arising operating voltage of the MCR circuit so that the pro-
tective device will not show any limiting eect under normal conditions.
The maximum operating voltage to be expected in a signal circuit usually
can be compared with the nominal voltage of the transmission system
(under consideration of tolerances). In the case of signal circuit current
loops (e.g., 020mA) the open circuit voltage of the system can be rated
as the maximum possible operating voltage.
SC G: To what do the voltage indications refer: wire/wire or wire/earth?
Signal supply in MCR circuits can be symmetrical or asymmetrical. On
the one hand, the operating voltage of the system can be indicated as
wire/wire voltage and, on the other hand, as wire/earth voltage. This
must be considered on selecting the protective device Blitzductor
CT.
For dierent circuits of the Blitzductor
CT ne protective elements
dierent nominal voltages are indicated. The dierent relativities of the
nominal voltages of the Blitzductor
CT modules have been explained in

Section 5.8.2.1.1.
SC H: For what are the series impedance data of the Blitzductor
CT?
For the coordination of the protective elements decoupling impedances
are installed into the Blitzductor
CT. Being directly in the signal circuit

they can inuence it. Especially in current loops (0 . . . 20mA, 4 . . .
20mA) the installation of Blitzductor
CT can cause the maximum

permissible ohmic resistance of the signal circuit to be exceeded, a fact
that must be claried before installation.
SC I: What about the application of the Blitzductor
CT-coordination
characteristics (KK)?
For equipment used in dierent electromagnetic environmental condi-
tions, IEC 61000-4-5/EN 61000-4-5 species dierent test severity levels
regarding the immunity against impulse shaped interferences. The test
severity runs from level 1 to 4, severity level 1 claiming the lowest immun-
ity (to the equipment to be protected) and level 4 the highest. As
described in section 5.8.2.1.1 this means that the let-through energy
related to the Blitzductor
CT protection level must be lower than the

immunity level of the equipment to be protected. By means of the Blitz-
ductor
CT coordination characteristics (KK) a coordinated application

of the Blitzductor
CT for the protection of programmable controllers

is possible. If, for example, a programmable controller has been tested
according to test severity level 1, the coordinated Blitzductor
CT only
must have a maximum let-through energy which corresponds to this
interference level, thus it must have output characteristic 1.
In practice, this means that severity level 4 tested programmable con-
trollers can work interference-free if the Blitzductor
CT output has a
protection level corresponding to test severity degree 1, 2, 3 or 4. Thus, it
is very easy for the user to select suitable protective devices.
SC J: Single or multistage protection. Types B and M . . . or only type B . . . ?
Depending on the infrastructure of the building and the protection
requirements of the concept of lightning protection zones it may be
necessary that lightning and surge arresters are either installed spatially
separated or in one position in the system (Figure 5.8.2.1.2 e).
In the rst case, the application of the Blitzductor
CT with protective
module type B as a lightning current arrester as well as Blitzductor
CT
protective module type M . . . as a surge arrester is necessary. In the
second case lightning and surge protective measures shall be carried out
in one position in the system; here the combined arrester Blitzductor
CT, type B . . . is applied.

Sources
DEHN + SHNE: Selection and installation of surge protective devices.
Type Blitzductor

acc. to IEC 61312-1. DS 656/E August 1997
IEC 61000-4-5:1995: Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) Part 4: Testing
and measurement techniques (Section 5): Surge immunity test. International
CT: Examples of application. The following three

examples of application show the selection of protective devices of the
Blitzductor
CT family by means of the above described selection cri-

teria (SC) A to J. The result of every single step of the selection is entered
into a selection table under the column single result. The column con-
Figure 5.8.2.1.2 e Single and multistep protection
secutive result then shows the inuence of the particular single result on
the consecutive selection result. At the end of every selection table the
nal result The applicable Blitzductor
CT can be read.
Source
DEHN + SHNE: Selection and installation of surge protective devices.
Type Blitzductor

acc. to IEC 61312-1. DS 656/E/897
5.8.2.1.3.1 Lightning/surge protection for electronic vehicle weighbridges.
Electronic vehicle weighbridges (for road and railway vehicles) are sus-
ceptible to incoupled surges due to the large distance between measuring
sensor and the evaluation unit (especially at outdoor weighing machines).
The damaging of components and the failure of the whole weighing
system is a considerable impairment to a commercial enterprise. Some
examples concerning how to select lightning surge protective devices for
a weighing machine are now described.
The electrical measurement of the non-electric parameters of force or
mass is made indirectly by measuring electrical resistance. Strain gauges
are used as ohmic transducer elements. These consist of resistance foils
which are coated on the carrier mostly in meanders. The extension or
compression of a strain gauge along the printed conductor causes a
change in length and cross section of the printed conductors and thus a
change in their ohmic resistance. Strain gauges are coated onto a deform-
ing carrier in such a way that two strain gauges are in extension and two
strain gauges are in compression. These gauges are coupled in a bridge so
that strain gauges stressed in equal directions are located in diametrically
opposing branches (Figure 5.8.2.1.3.1 a). This bridge will be supplied
with a DC voltage.
Figure 5.8.2.1.3.1 a Basic diagram: Electronic weighbridge system
The resistance changes due to the extension are very small and
regarding the limits concerning the thermal stressing of the strain
gauges, the bridge diagonal voltage is only some millivolts within the
nominal range of the bridge supply voltage of up to 12V. To compen-
sate for the inuence of temperature and voltage drop on long connect-
ing cables two compensating leads are run from the measuring sensor to
the evaluation unit. This procedure is called the six-conductor
technique.
Table 5.8.2.1.3.1 a indicates the single results which are due to the
Table 5.8.2.1.3.1 a Lighting/surge protection for electronic vehicle weighbridges:
Selection procedure (SC: selection criterion)
individual selection criteria SC (A to J) and the consecutive selection
results as well as the nal result: Blitzductor
CT, type BE 12 (for circuit,

see Figure 5.8.2.1.3.1 b; for technical data, see Table 5.8.2.1.3.1 b). Figure
5.8.2.1.3.1 c shows the protection of an electronic weighing machine
(with four measuring sensors) using Blitzductor
CT type BE 12.
To standardize the equipment of the weighing system with protective
devices, all measuring leads have been equipped with the same Blitzduc-
tor
CT types. It is proven practice to assign one protector each to the

wire pairs for supply, compensation and measuring. On subsequent
installation of protective devices into the measuring circuits, the weigh-
ing system must be re-calibrated.
The Blitzductor
CT may only be installed into the measuring circuits

of weighing systems to be calibrated if the protective devices have been
conrmed by an authorized testing institute of the EC (e.g., the Federal
Institute of Technical Engineering) together with the weighing machine.
Lightning and surge protection of the 230V supply of the weighing
system is also necessary (for reasons of clarity this is not shown in the
Figure 5.8.2.1.3.1 c).
Source
DEHN + SHNE: Selection and installation of surge protective devices. Type
Blitzductor
CT for protection of control and instrumentation systems acc. to

IEC 613121. DS 656/E Aug. 1997
5.8.2.1.3.2 Lightning/surge protection for eld-bus systems. Because of
the automation process individual sections of production are inter-
connected by eld-bus systems. Automation systems can be established
with eld-buses where decentral control systems are also included
(Figure 5.8.2.1.3.2 a). Such systems are especially endangered by in-
coupled surges due to their spatial extension. If such eld-bus system
Figure 5.8.2.1.3.1 b Blitzductor
CT, type BE 12: Basic circuit diagram

components are damaged there is relatively little hardware loss but a
great deal of production loss due to the subsequent production stand-
still. The eld-bus is a serial bus system having technical and functional
characteristics for the networking of automation units at the lower and
medium performance level. Well-known bus systems for automation
technology include: Probus
, Interbus-S, DIN Messbus, D-Net,

Suconet, Bit-Bus, SINEC L1, PLS-Net, SINEC L2 DP and CANbus.
Table 5.8.2.1.3.1 b Blitzductor
CT-type BE 12: Technical data

In most cases it is a serial interface (type RS 485) which is connected
to a combined transmitting and receiving line (party-line). The transmis-
sion process of the RS 485 interface makes a dierence evaluation of
the wire signal voltages. Owing to the twisting of the wires the bus line
is insensitive to inductive incouplings between its wires (transverse
surges). Thus, the surge threat for the RS 485 interface is in the transient
potential increase of the signal wires to earth (longitudinal surges).
Table 5.8.2.1.3.2 a again shows the step-by-step procedure to deter-
mine the suitable protective devices. This is a two-stage protective system
Figure 5.8.2.1.3.1 c Suppressor circuit for electronic weighbridge system with
four measuring sensors
Figure 5.8.2.1.3.2 a Basic diagram: Field-bus system
out of the lightning current arrester Blitzductor
CT, type B 110 and

surge arrester Blitzductor
CT, type MD/HF 5 (for circuits, see Figure

5.8.2.1.3.2 b; for technical data, see Table 5.8.2.1.3.2 b).
Figure 5.8.2.1.3.2 c shows the protection of an actuator, distributed
inputs and outputs, sensors and programmable controllers connecting
eld-bus systems with the selected Blitzductors.
Lightning and surge protection of the 230V supply is also necessary
(but not shown in Figure 5.8.2.1.3.2 c for reasons of clarity).
Table 5.8.2.1.3.2 a Lightning/surge protection for eld-bus system: Selection
procedure (SC: selection criterion)
Figure 5.8.2.1.3.2 b (a) Figure 5.8.2.1.3.2 b (b) Blitzductor
CT, type MD/HF 5

CT-types B 110 and MD/HF 5: Technical data

Source
DEHN u. SHNE: Selection and installation of surge protective devices.
Type Blitzductor

acc. to IEC 61312-1. DS 656/E Aug. 1997
5.8.2.1.3.3 Surge protection for electrical temperature measuring
equipment. Electrical temperature measuring of media in technological
processes is performed in all industrial elds. The areas of application
can be very dierent: from food processing to chemical processes to the
air-conditioning of buildings. Generally, there is a large distance between
the location of the measuring sensor and the measured-data indicator
or processing equipment. Into these long bonding lines surges can be
incoupled which are not necessarily caused by atmospheric discharges.
The following description contains a suggestion of how to protect a
PT 100 standard resistance thermometer against surges. The building
where the measuring equipment is installed has no lightning protection.
The temperature is determined by measuring the electrical resistance.
The resistance thermometer (PT 100) has a resistance value of 100 at
0C. Depending on the temperature, this value changes by 0.4/K. To
determine the temperature, a constant measuring current is impressed
causing a voltage drop at the resistance thermometer which is pro-
portional to the temperature. This measuring current is limited to 1mA
in order to avoid self-heating of the resistance thermometer. Thus, at the
PT 100 there will be a voltage drop of 100mV at 0C, which will be
transmitted to the place of indication or evaluation (Figure 5.8.2.1.3.3 a).
Figure 5.8.2.1.3.2 c Suppressor circuit for eld-bus system
An example of the dierent possible connection systems for a PT 100
measuring sensor is shown by the four-conductor connection in Figure
5.8.2.1.3.3 a. So, the inuence of the conductor resistance and its
temperature-sensitive uctuations on the measuring result are excluded.
The PT 100 sensor is supplied by an impressed current. Changes in the
conductor resistance will be automatically compensated for by the
adjustment of the supply voltage. There is a high-resistance pick-up
at the sensor by the measuring transducer of the changing measuring
voltage U
m
depending on the temperature of the measuring resistance.
Table 5.8.2.1.3.3 a shows how to proceed step-by-step with the selec-
tion of suitable protective devices. For the Blitzductor
CT, type ME
5, surge arresters are necessary (for circuit, see Figure 5.8.2.1.3.3 b; for
technical data, see Table 5.8.2.1.3.3 b).
Figure 5.8.2.1.3.3 c shows the protection of electrical temperature
measuring equipment. To standardize the equipment of the temperature
measuring system with surge protective devices, supply and measuring
lines are protected by the same Blitzductor
CT-types. It is proven prac-

tice to assign one protector each to the wire pairs for supply and for
measurement.
Surge protection of the 230V supply for the PT 100 measuring trans-
ducer, as well as of the 420mA current loop (beginning there), is also
necessary but not shown in Figure 5.8.2.1.3.3 c for reasons of clarity.
Source
DEHN + SHNE: Selection and installation of surge protective devices. Type
Blitzductor
CT for protection of control and instrumentation systems acc. to

IEC 61312-1. DS 656/E Aug. 1997
Figure 5.8.2.1.3.3 a Basic diagram: electrical temperature measuring
equipment
5.8.2.1.3.4 Blitzductor
CT applications: Further cases. Table 5.8.2.1.3.4 a

lists further cases of application for dierent Blitzductor
CT-types.
5.8.2.1.4 Arresters for intrinsically safe measuring and control circuits and
their application. In areas where gases, vapours, fogs or dusts are caused
by treating or transporting inammable material, which together with
the air can form a dangerous explosive atmosphere, special explosion
protection measures must be taken. To avoid the situation where the
Table 5.8.2.1.3.3 a Surge protection for electrical temperature measuring
equipment: Selection procedure (SC: selection
criterion)
Figure 5.8.2.1.3.3 b Basic circuit diagram: Blitzductor
CT, type ME 5
CT, type ME 5: Technical data

Figure 5.8.2.1.3.3 c Suppressor circuit for electrical temperature measuring
equipment
Table 5.8.2.1.3.4 a Examples for the use of Blitzductor
CT
electrical operating facilities become the sources of ignition in explosive
atmospheres these are designed to have dierent types of protection. One
type of protection which is used worldwide in the measuring and control
technique is Intrinsic Safety Ex(i).
Intrinsic safety protection is based on the principle of current and
voltage limitation in a circuit. Power is kept at such a low level that
neither by sparks nor by unpermissible surface heating of the electric
components can the surrounding explosive atmosphere be ignited. Not
only the voltage and current of the electric equipment but also the energy
storing inductors and capacitors in the whole circuit must be limited to
safe maximum values. Thus, for safe operation (e.g., a measuring and
control circuit) neither a spark due to the opening and closing of the
circuit (e.g., at switch contacts) nor a fault (e.g., a short circuit or an earth
fault) will cause ignition. Furthermore, heat ignition by the equipment
and lines in the intrinsically safe circuit must be eliminated both for the
normal state as well for the possibility of a fault.
Application of the intrinsic safety type of protection, thus, is limited
to relatively low-performance circuits. It is achieved by limiting the
available energy in the circuit. In contrast to other types of protection,
this limitation is not only to individual devices but to the whole circuit.
This system is divided into Ex-zones and, in general, this division
depends on the probability and the permanence of an explosive atmos-
phere. Zones with dangerous explosive atmosphere due to gases, vapours
and fog are ranked as Ex-zones 0 to 2 and those with dangerous explosive
atmosphere due to dusts as Ex-zones 20, 21 and 22. Depending on how
explosive the dierent materials are, there are explosions groups I, IIA,
IIB and IIC for which the corresponding minimum ignition curves are
specied. The ignition characteristics of the explosive material include
a minimum ignition curve that indicates the maximum values for the
operating voltage and operating current. Explosion group IIC contains
the most explosive materials, such as hydrogen and acetylene. When
heated, these gases have dierent ignition temperatures which are
specied by classifying them according to temperatures (T1T6).
At the interface between Ex-area and non-Ex-area (safe area), safety
barriers or measuring transformers with an Ex(i)-output circuit will be
inserted for separation. The safety-technical maximum values of a safety
barrier or a measuring transformer with Ex(i)-output circuit are specied
by the test certicate of an authorized testing agency. These are, namely,
(i) the maximum output voltage (U
0
), (ii) the maximum output current
(I
0
), (iii) the maximum external inductance (L
0
) and (iv) the maximum
external capacitance (C
0
). The planner/installer must examine in every
single case whether these maximum values are met by the connected
equipment in the intrinsically safe circuit (such as eld equipment, cables
and surge protective devices). Corresponding values are indicated on the
type label of the approved equipment or in the prototype test certicate.
Intrinsic safety protection entails all currents, potentials and electric
energy storage mechanisms, but not externally incoupled overvoltages
due to atmospheric discharges, which may arise in large industrial plants
after direct, close-up and remote lightning strikes.
In the case of direct or close-up lightning strikes the voltage drop
causes a potential increase of some 10 to 100kV at the earthing system.
As a potential dierence this aects all equipment connected at distant
locations. Such potential dierences will exceed the insulation resist-
ance of the equipment. In the case of remote lightning strikes, over-
voltages are generated in lines which will damage the inputs of elec-
tronic equipment as transverse voltage (voltage dierence between the
wires).
Thus, as protection against lightning or surge hazards the relevant
arresters must be installed. Figure 5.8.2.1.4 a shows the consideration of
surge arresters in intrinsically safe measuring and control circuits.
As an example of the Blitzductor
CT MD/Ex 24 (Figure 5.8.2.1.4 b)

with a certicate from the Federal Institute for Physical Engineering
(Physikalisch Technische Bundesanstalt PTB, Braunschweig), the spe-
cic selection criteria for this protective device will now be explained.
This surge protective device has the equipment mark Eex ia IIC T6
which has the following meaning:
(i) Eex: The testing agency certies the accordance of this electrical equip-
ment with the harmonized European Standards EN 50 014 Electrical
Apparatus for Potentially Explosive Atmospheres. General Requirements
and EN 50 020 Intrinsic Safety i.
Figure 5.8.2.1.4 a Application of surge arresters in the intrinsically safe
measuring and control circuit, calculation of L
0
and C
0
(ii) Regarding the safe current and voltage limitation there are two categories
to be considered:
Category ib species that in case of a fault in the intrinsically safe circuit

the intrinsic safety must be preserved.
Category ia requires that on the occurrence of two independent faults

the intrinsic safety must still be preserved.
The Blitzductor
CT MD/Ex 24 is assigned to category ia with its highest

demands and so it may be installed also with other equipment which is in Ex-
protection zone 0 and 20.
(iii) II C: Classication into explosion groups. Explosive gases, vapours and fogs
are classied according to the spark energy necessary to ignite the most
explosive mixture with air. Equipment is classied according to the gases
with which it can be used.
Group II applies for all elds of use, such as the chemical industry, coal
and cereal processing, however not in underground mining.
Danger of explosion is highest in group II C because it considers mix-

tures of lowest ignition energy.
The certicate of the Blitzductor for explosion group II C therefore meets the
highest demands for a hydrogen in air mixture.
(iv) T6: Classication according to temperatures. In the case of a hot-surface
ignition of an explosive atmosphere a material-typical minimum tempera-
ture is necessary. The ignition temperature is a material classication gure
which characterizes the ignition reaction of the gases, vapours, or dusts at
a hot surface. For economical reasons gases and vapours are classied
according to temperatures. Temperature class T6 means that the maximum
surface temperature of the component must not exceed 85C in operation
as well as in the case of a fault and the ignition temperature of the gases
CT, type MD/Ex24 (colour blue)

and vapours must be higher than 85C. Thus, the T6 classication is the
highest demand for the Blitzductor
CT.
In accordance with the PTB-certicate of conformity the following
electrical parameters must be considered:
Maximum external inductance (L

0
) and maximum external capacitance
(C
0
). Owing to the special component selection in the Blitzductor
CT
the internal inductance and capacitance values of the dierent indi-
vidual components are negligible.
Maximum input current (I

i
). The highest permissible current which
may be supplied through the terminal parts is 500mA without cancel-
ling the intrinsic safety.
Maximum input voltage (U

i
). The highest voltage with which the surge
protective device Blitzductor
CT may be loaded is 26.8V without

cancelling the intrinsic safety.
Concerning the practical application of arresters in intrinsically safe
circuits (Figure 5.8.2.1.4 e) the requirements for the insulation resistance
need special care. The insulation between an intrinsically safe circuit
and the equipment chassis or other parts which can be earthed should
withstand the eective value of an AC test voltage being twice as high as
that of the intrinsically safe circuit or 500V (depending on which value is
higher). Equipment having an insulation resistance 500V AC is con-
sidered as earthed.
Intrinsically safe equipment (e.g., underground lines, measuring trans-
ducers, formers, sensors etc.) usually has an insulation resistance of
> 500V AC. Intrinsically safe circuits must be earthed for safety reasons.
They may also be earthed, if necessary, for reasons of function. This
earthing may be realized only at one point by connection with the equi-
potential bonding. Surge protective devices having a DC operating volt-
age to earth < 500V DC, provide an earth of the intrinsically safe circuit.
An intrinsically safe circuit is considered as not earthed if the DC operat-
ing voltage of the protective device is > 500V DC. The Blitzductor
CT,
Type MD/Ex 24 meets this requirement.
Figure 5.8.2.1.4 c shows how to use the Blitzductor
CT MD/Ex surge
protective devices to protect a transducer and a sensor. In order not to
worsen the arrester protective level due to voltage drop (of the interfer-
ence current to be discharged), care must be taken of the consequent
equipotential bonding between the equipment to be protected and the
surge protective device. In Figure 5.8.2.1.4 c this is achieved by an add-
itional equipotential line between the equipment and the Blitzductor
CT.
Figure 5.8.2.1.4 d shows a special case of application. As a surge pro-
tective device in the Ex-area, the (ex-certied) Blitzductor
CT MD/Ex is
used. As a surge protective device in the non-Ex-area, however, a (not Ex-
certied) Blitzductor
CT, ME is used having a protection level between

cores to earth/equipotential bonding of much less than 500V. In the
latter case this is necessary because the insulation resistance of the trans-
ducer is < 500V AC.
Sources
MLLER, K. P.: berspannungsschutz in eigensicheren MSR-Kreisen. de
(der elektromeister + deutsches elektrohandwerk), 1997, H. 20, pp.
19131916
Figure 5.8.2.1.4 c Application of Blitzductor
CT, type MD/Ex in the

intrinsically safe measuring and control circuit of an Ex-
system
Figure 5.8.2.1.4 d Application of dierent Blitzductor
s in an intrinsically safe
circuit, which is partly in the Ex-area
EN 50 014: Electrical apparatus for potentially explosive atmospheres.
General requirements (VDE Verlag, GmbH, Berlin) March 1994
EN 50 020: Electrical apparatus for potentially explosive atmospheres.
Intrinsic safety i (VDE Verlag, GmbH, Berlin) April 1996
5.8.2.1.5 Arresters for cathodic protection systems. Underground metal
facilities (e.g., containers and piping) are subject to electrochemical
corrosion, with the metals being the electrodes and the surrounding
soil the electrolyte. A characteristic of the electrochemical corrosion is
the dependence of the corrosion process on the electrodes potential
(potential of metal in soil). If there is metal in the soil, positively charged
ions enter into the soil and vice versa; also positive ions from the electro-
lyte (soil) are taken up by the electrode (metal). In this context we speak
of the dissolution pressure of the metal and the osmotic pressure of
the electrolyte. Depending on both pressures, either the positive ions of
the buried metal facility are increasingly dissolved (thus it becomes nega-
tive with regard to the soil) or positive ions from the soil increasingly
deposit at the metal (then the metal facility becomes positive with regard
to the soil). If buried facilities out of dierent metals are connected
outside the soil (e.g., within the scope of equipotential bonding) then
current ows in the external circuit from the positive to the negative
electrode; in the soil, however, from the negative to the positive electrode.
So, the more negative metal facility delivers positive ions to the soil, thus
becoming the anode of the created galvanic element with the con-
sequence of being dissolved (corroded) as time passes. Such corrosion
Figure 5.8.2.1.4 e Blitzductor
CT, type MD/Ex for the protection of a pipeline

valve station
can be avoided by current supply where a mains-operated rectier sup-
plies a current over an anode through the soil into the endangered metal
facility, thus becoming a corrosion protected cathode.
Figure 5.8.2.1.5 a shows the basic diagram of such a cathodically pro-
tected system for a pipeline. The measuring sensor picks up the potential
of the pipeline to the surrounding soil, initiating the optimal value of
protective current at the adjustable rectier.
Cathodically protected systems can be endangered by surges due to
lightning discharges and faults in high-voltage overhead lines or traction
power supply (running in parallel to the pipeline). Protection is oered
by (Figure 5.8.2.1.5 b) Blitzductor
KKS, type AD I for the impressed-

current anode circuit, and Blitzductor
KKS, type APD for the measuring

Figure 5.8.2.1.5 a Cathodic protection system: Basic design
KKS, type APD

sensor circuit. Technical data are provided in Table 5.8.2.1.5 a. Figure
5.8.2.1.5 c shows how these surge arresters are used.
5.8.2.1.6 Arresters in Euro-card format. Arresters in Euro-card format
have an especially space-saving design (Figure 5.8.2.1.6 a). They contain
a graded protective circuit as shown in Figure 5.8.2.1.6 b. Such protective
cards can be inserted into individual enclosures (Figure 5.8.2.1.6 c), into
19-racks (Figure 5.8.2.1.6 d) or into complete protective cabinets
(Figures 5.8.2.1.6 e).
5.8.2.1.7 Arresters in LSA-Plus-technology. Information technology
distribution boxes are often realized using LSA technology, a quick-
connection system without stripping, soldering or screwing: By means of
a special tool the wires are simply pressed into the contact slots of the
LSA rails. The wire insulation will be cut automatically and the copper
core will be pushed between two spring-loaded contact tags. At the same
time the tool also cuts o unnecessary wire ends.
Figure 5.8.2.1.7 a shows components of an LSA-Plus system by means
of which it is possible to construct, for example, small terminal junction
Table 5.8.2.1.5 a Blitzductor
KKS, types AD I and APD: Technical data

Figure 5.8.2.1.5 c (a) Basic diagram
Figure 5.8.2.1.5 c (b) Application of the Blitzductor
KKS in a corrosion
protection cabinet
Figure 5.8.2.1.5 c Protection of a cathodic protection system with Blitzductor
KKS types APD and ADI

Figure 5.8.2.1.6 d 19-drawout-unit housing for protective cards
Figure 5.8.2.1.6 a 16 pole arrester in drawout-
unit design
Figure 5.8.2.1.6 b Circuit of
the arrester shown in Figure
5.8.2.6 a (shown for two single
wires)
Figure 5.8.2.1.6 c Protective cards in aluminium housing for wall mounting
boxes with the same economy as large distribution boxes or mains distri-
bution frames with more than 10000 connections. Terminal blocks and
disconnection blocks are to be placed on terminal strips:
At the terminal blocks the cable wires and the jumping wires are con-
nected at opposite contacts. Between these terminal contacts there are
pick-o contacts where, for example, surge protective modules can be
plugged in.
In contrast to the terminal block, the disconnection block is con-

structed so that a disconnection plug can interrupt the contacts
between the cable wire and the jumper wire side which is necessary to
include in a protective decoupling link.
Figure 5.8.2.1.7 b shows protective devices designed especially for
the LSA-Plus system. The protection plugs for one balanced line
(Figure 5.8.2.1.7 b, lower left), consisting of coarse protection, de-
coupling unit and ne protection, contain series links and must there-
fore be plugged into the LSA disconnection block (Figure 5.8.2.1.7 c).
There is one protection block each for 10 balanced lines (Figure 5.8.2.1.7
b top right) which will also be plugged into the disconnection block.
Source
Verlag; Mnchen: VDE Verlag, GmbH, Berlin/Offenbach) 1994
Figure 5.8.2.1.6 e Arresters in Eurocard design, mounted in a protective cabinet
Figure 5.8.2.1.7 a LSA-Plus
system
Figure 5.8.2.1.7 b Arresters for LSA-Plus
system
Figure 5.8.2.1.7 c Connection of communication technology lines at the entry to
lightning protection zone 1 of the water purication unit
Frauenau/Lower Bavaria
5.8.2.2 Combined protective devices for power supply inputs and
information technology inputs
Equipment and systems connected to power technical and information
technology networks, forming their own lightning protection zone and
where the line routing leads to wide induction loops (Figure 5.8.2.2 a),
will be input-protected by surge arresters which are designed for the
connection of power lines as well as for information technology lines.
The principle of protection is to realize the equipotential bonding
between the systems in the case of overvoltage directly at the inputs of
the device or of the system (Figure 5.8.2.2 b). It is the task of the pro-
tective elements S
1
and S
2
to limit the transverse voltages between the
Figure 5.8.2.2 a Danger to information technology equipment connected to two
systems due to induced lightning overvoltages
Figure 5.8.2.2 b Topology of a protector for equipment or systems at two
networks
conductors (dierential mode protection) and to lead the longitudinal
currents from the conductors (common mode protection) to the com-
mon equipotential bonding bar.
Figure 5.8.2.2 b shows the equipment to be protected in shunt to the
protective device. This guarantees that overvoltages between the power
mains and the information technology mains are limited in such a way
that the puncture voltage of the equipment between the inputs E
1
and E
2
will not be exceeded. Furthermore, it guarantees that the common-mode
currents can be conducted from the power mains into the information
technology mains and vice versa. Moreover, dangerous surges between
the conductors of one system cannot arise.
Figures 5.8.2.2 c and d show surge arresters for realizing such protect-
ive bypasses.
Source
HASSE, P., and WIESINGER, J.: EMV Blitz-Schutzzonen Konzept (Paum
Figure 5.8.2.2 c Surge
arrester for the power input
and the aerial input of a TV
set/radio receiver
Figure 5.8.2.2 d Surge arrester for the power
input and the data input of a computer terminal
5.8.2.3 Protective devices for data networks/systems
In the following Sections protective devices for dierent data networks
will be introduced which can be used as part of the concept of
lightning protection zones at the building input (e.g., LPZ-interface
0
A
(0
B
)/1), in the active distributor (HUB), in the terminal block (e.g.,
LPZ-interface 1/2), or at the terminal equipment (e.g., LPZ-interface
2/3).
5.8.2.3.1 Protective devices for application-neutral cabling. The European
Standard EN 50173 Information technology Generic cabling systems
oers:
a generic universally applicable cabling system and an open market for

cabling components
a exible cabling scheme where modications can be realized easily

and economically
instructions to building professionals for cabling installation before

specic requirements are known (that means early in the initial plan-
ning stage of construction or renovation)
a cabling system for industry and the standardization committees for

network use supporting actual products and acting as a basis for
future product development.
This European Standard denes a universal cabling system which can be
used in places with one or several buildings. It treats cablings with sym-
metric copper cables and optical bre cables. The universal cabling covers
a wide range of services including speech, data, text, still and moving
pictures.
Generic cabling consists of the following functional elements:
campus distributor (CD)
primary cable
building distributor (BD)
secondary cable
oor distributor (FD)
tertiary cable
cable distribution cabinet (alternatively)
information technology terminal.

Groups of these functional elements are connected to partial systems of
the cabling.
A universal cabling system consists of three partial systems: (i) pri-
mary, (ii) secondary and (iii) tertiary cabling. Together these partial
systems form a universal cabling structure as shown in Figure 5.8.2.3.1 a.
By means of distribution boards any mains topologies such as bus, radial
and annular topologies can be achieved.
(i) The primary cabling partial system goes from the campus distributor
to the building distributor(s) which are usually in dierent buildings. It
contains any primary cables, their rst points of contact (at the campus
and the building distributors) and the distribution facilities in the campus
distributor.
(ii) One partial system of the secondary cabling goes from the building dis-
tributor(s) to the oor distributor(s). That partial system contains the sec-
ondary cables, their mechanical points of connection (at the building and
oor distributors) and the distribution facilities in the building distributor.
(iii) The tertiary cabling partial system goes from the oor distributor to the
connected information technology terminal(s). That partial system con-
tains the tertiary cables, their (mechanical) points of connection at the
oor distributor, the distribution facility in the oor distributor and the
information technology terminals.
The equipment terminal cabling connects the information technology
terminal with the terminal equipment. It is carried out according to local
requirements and is therefore not covered by the range of application of
this European Standard. Between the campus and building distributor
optical bre cables are usually used as data lines. So, no arrester from the
eld side is needed. The star couplers for distributing the optical bre
cables, however, are powered by 230V and so arresters for the power
engineering system (chapter 5.8.1) may be necessary.
The secondary (building distributor to oor distributor) and tertiary
connections (between oor distributor and terminal equipment) are
often symmetric cables (e.g., twisted pair-cables). Cable lengths (max.
500 or 90m) (Figure 5.8.2.3.1 b), where high longitudinal voltages can be
induced when lightning strikes the building, would overload a HUB insu-
lation strength or that of a network card in the terminal equipment.
Therefore, surge protection measures must be carried out to protect both
Figure 5.8.2.3.1 a Structure of generic cabling
building/oor distributors (HUB) as well as telecommunication outlets
(terminal equipment).
Protective devices used for the above purpose are specied according
to the type of network. Usually, the following types of networks apply:
Token Ring
Ethernet 10 Base T
Fast Ethernet 100 Base TX.

Figure 5.8.2.3.1 c shows where the protective devices can be used:
Between HUB and patchpanel a NET-Protector with surge protective

modules 4 TP (Figure 5.8.2.3.1 d, Table 5.8.2.3.1 a) is installed (Figure
5.8.2.3.1 e).
At the terminal equipment a surge arrester, type GKF/RJ45 4TP

(Figure 5.8.2.3.1 f, Table 5.8.2.3.1 b) can be used, where all four core
pairs are protected which provides a completely neutral application.
However, it must be taken into account that the power input of the
terminal equipment is also protected. The combined surge protective
device DATA-Protector (Figure 5.8.2.3.1 g, Table 5.8.2.3.1 c), for
example, can be used, or (as shown in Figure 5.8.2.3.1 h) surge arrest-
ers type GKF/RJ45 for the data input and type SF-Protector (cf.
Section 5.8.1.4 b, Figure 5.8.1.4 b) for the power input.
Sources
EN 50173: Information technology. Generic cabling systems (Beuth Verlag,
GmbH, Berlin) Nov. 1995
DEHN + SHNE: Surge protection: Safety for your data networks. Advice
and equipment for optimized system solutions. DS647 Oct.1996
DEHN + SHNE: Surge protection. Main catalogue UE98 E. DS570/E 1998
Figure 5.8.2.3.1 b Application-neutral cabling systems
Figure 5.8.2.3.1 e NET-protector between HUB and Patchpanel
Figure 5.8.2.3.1 d NET-protector
Figure 5.8.2.3.1 c Protectors in an application-neutral cabling system
Figure 5.8.2.3.1 f
(a) Surge arrester,
type GKF/RJ45
4TP
Figure 5.8.2.3.1 f
(b) Basic circuit
diagram: GKF/
RJ45 4TP
Table 5.8.2.3.1 a NET-Protector for oor distribution boards (HUB) and other
network components in 19 modular packaging system
Table 5.8.2.3.1 b Surge arrester, type GKF/RJ45 4TP: Technical data
Figure 5.8.2.3.1 g
(a) Combined surge
protector DATA-
Protector RJ45 4TP
Figure 5.8.2.3.1 g
(b) Basic circuit
diagram
Table 5.8.2.3.1 c Combined surge protective device DATA-protector RJ 45 4TP:
Technical data
Figure 5.8.2.3.1 h Surge
arresters, type KF/RJ45 and SF
protector protect terminal
5.8.2.3.2 Protective devices for token ring cabling. For token ring
cabling the systems are connected in the ring topology and communicate
according to the methods specied in IEEE 802.5. As oor distributors,
mostly controllable ring distributors are used to perform the network
control of the dierent terminal equipment and the signal amplication.
Long cables present no problems. The maximum data transmission rate
is 16Mbps. (A HermAphrodite plug, also known as an IVS connector,
serves as the connector; it serves as both a plug and socket.) Figure
5.8.2.3.2 a shows the principle of token ring cabling and where the neces-
sary protective devices should be installed.
At the interface of lightning protection zones 0
A
/1 (cable input at
the building) lightning current arrester type TR8 (Figure 5.8.2.3.2 b,
Figure 5.8.2.3.2 a Protectors in token ring cabling
Figure 5.8.2.3.2 b (a) Lightning current arrester, type TR8 (surface housing) for
two token ring lines
Figure 5.8.2.3.2 b (b)
Basic circuit diagram
Table 5.8.2.3.2 a) is used. A type FS HA surge arrester (Figure
5.8.2.3.2 c, Table 5.8.2.3 a), which should be mounted at the rearside of
the oor distributor between data line and front plate as shown in Figure
5.8.2.3.2 d, protects the oor distributor (interface lightning protection
zones 1 and 2). The surge arrester FS HA is a pluggable HermAphrodite
connector (IVS plug) also usable to protect the terminal equipment
(interface lightning protection zones 2/3) (Figure 5.8.2.3.2 e).
Table 5.8.2.3.2 a Lightning current arrester TR8 and surge arrester FS HA:
Technical data
Figure 5.8.2.3.2 c
(a) Surge arrester, type
FS HA (b) Basic
circuit diagram
Figure 5.8.2.3.2 d (a) Ring line distributor of a
token ring network
Figure 5.8.2.3.2 d (b) Basic diagram
Sources
IEEE Std 802 (Revision of ANSI/IEEE Std 802.51985): Local area networks:
Token ring access method and physical layer specications (IEEE, New
York, May 1989)
DEHN u. SHNE: Surge protection: Safety for your data networks. Advice
and equipment for optimized system solutions DS647 Oct. 1996
DEHN u. SHNE: Surge protection. Main catalogue UE98 E. DS570/E
1998
5.8.2.3.3 Protective devices for Ethernet twisted pair cabling. For high-
performance PC networks the twisted pair cabling system is used. Two
types of cabling are specied: Ethernet 10 Base T and Fast Ethernet 100
Base TX.
The structure of Ethernet 10 Base T is a twisted pair cabling having
Figure 5.8.2.3.2 d Application of the FS HA surge arrester
Figure 5.8.2.3.2 d (c) Detail
Figure 5.8.2.3.2 e Terminal with surge protectors: (energy side) type SF-
Protector; (data side) type FS HA
a tree topology with cable lengths up to 100m. The terminal equipment
communicating by the transmission method is specied in IEEE 802.3.
Bonding elements are RJ45 connectors. HUBs located in oor distribu-
tors are designed to support network management and the repeater
function. The data transmission rate of the system is 10Mbps. Fast
Ethernet 100 Base TX was developed from Ethernet 10 Base T. With a
higher data transmission rate of 100Mbps this system continuously
meets the growing requirements of data technology. The topology con-
nectors and pin assignments are the same as those of the Ethernet 10
Base T.
Owing to the active components in the oor distributor, large networks
with widespread cabling systems can be realized. Figure 5.8.2.3.3 a is a
proposal for how to protect an Ethernet twisted pair cabling. The oor
distributor (HUB) is protected by the NET-Protector 4 TP introduced
in section 5.8.2.3.1 (Figure 5.8.2.3.1 d). This surge protective device
is suitable for both Ethernet 10 Base T and Fast Ethernet 100 Base
TX and ts the universal cabling as specied in EN 50173, class D
(cat. 5).
To protect the data input of the terminal equipment, surge protected
data socket outlets DSM-RJ4510 Base T with shielded RJ45-sockets
(Figure 5.8.2.3.3 b, Table 5.8.2.3.3 a) can be used. HUB and terminal
equipment can also be protected by the pluggable surge arrester GKF/
RJ45 4TP (Figure 5.8.2.3.1 f, Table 5.8.2.3.1 b), as shown in Figure
5.8.2.3.3 c. Data and power input of the terminal equipment can be
commonly provided with the combined surge protective device DATA-
Protector RJ45 4TP (Figure 5.8.2.3.1 g, Table 5.8.2.3.1 c).
Figure 5.8.2.3.3 a Protectors in Ethernet twisted-pair cabling
Sources
ANSI/IEEE 802 Edition: Information technology Telecommunications and
information exchange between systems Local and metropolitan area net-
works Specic requirements. Part 3: Carrier sense multiple access with
collision detection (CSMA/CD) access method and physical layer specica-
tions (IEEE, New York, March 1996)
EN 50173:1995-11: Informationstechnik. Anwendungsneutrale Verkabe-
lungssysteme. Deutsche Fassung EN 50173 (Beuth Verlag GmbH, Berlin,
1995)
and equipment for optimized system solutions. DS647 Oct. 1996
DEHN u. SHNE: Surge protection. Main catalogue UE98 E. DS570/E 1998
5.8.2.3.4 Protective devices for Ethernet coax-cabling. Coaxial cabling
systems do not require oor distributors and additional ampliers. Two
dierent types of coaxial Ethernet networks are distinguished:
Ethernet Thickwire according to IEEE 802.3, 10 Base 5, also called

Yellow Cable.
Ethernet Thinwire according to IEEE 802.3, 10 Base 2, also called

Cheaper Net.
Their data transmission rate is 10Mbps.
The yellow coated Ethernet Thickwire cable (rigid inner conductor,
four shielding layers) has excellent electrical characteristics and can have
a segment length up to 500m. Connections to the cable segment are
possible by means of a transmission/receiver unit (transceiver). Trans-
ceivers are connected by N-connectors or crimp snap-in connectors to
the coaxial bus cable. It is possible to connect up to 100 transceiver
stations in a 500m segment. Up to 50m long cable sets connect trans-
ceivers and stations. These sets are also called drop-cables.
Figure 5.8.2.3.3 b
(a) Data socket outlet
(with surge arrester) DSM-
RJ45-10 Base T protects
data input of the terminal
Figure 5.8.2.3.3 b
(c) Basic circuit
diagram
Figure 5.8.2.3.3 b
(b) DSM-RJ45-
10 Base T

By contrast Ethernet Thinwire cable only has a shield and single-
stranded conductor which is shielded by an outer wire fabric and so it is
much more exible than the Ethernet Thickwire cable. The segment
length of the thin Ethernet cable, however, is limited to 185m with
only 30 connections to be made at one cable segment. External trans-
ceivers are not necessary for these connections, but BNC-T connectors or
Table 5.8.2.3.3 a Surge arrester DSM-RJ4510 Base T: Technical data
EAD outlets can be used as the Ethernet-connection cards in the stations
already have integrated transceivers.
The coaxial cables of both systems consist of wire and shield, the
shield being earthed at one point (mostly at the server of the system).
The shield is also a common return for the data transmission. Figure
5.8.2.3.4 a shows a proposal of how to protect a system.
Ethernet Thickwire only allows two protectors per segment. These
should be installed at the building entrance or at the oor entrance. Any
number of protectors can be used with Ethernet Thinwire and it is
recommended to protect every network card.
The Ethernet Thickwire cable 10 base 5 in Figure 5.8.2.3.4 b (Table
5.8.2.3.4 a) is protected by a GKF/N-L protector, whereas the
GKF/B-L surge arresters are used in the Ethernet Thinwire system
10 Base 2 in the Figure 5.8.2.3.4 c (Table 5.8.2.3.4 a).
Sources
ANSI/IEEE 802 Edition: Information technology Telecommunications and
information exchange between systems Local and metropolitan area net-
works Specic requirements. Part 3: Carrier sense multiple access with
collision detection (CSMA/CD) access method and physical layer specica-
tions (IEEE, New York, March 1996)
Figure 5.8.2.3.3 c Compact-HUB and terminal are protected by type
GKF/RJ45 surge arresters. There is an SF-Protector
to protect the power input of the terminal.
Figure 5.8.2.3.4 a Protectors in Ethernet coax-cabling
Table 5.8.2.3.4 a Surge arresters, types GKF/N-L and GKF/B-L: Technical
data
and equipment for optimized system solutions. DS64 Oct.1996
DEHN u. SHNE: Surge protection. Main catalogue UE98 E. DS570/E
1998
5.8.2.3.5 Protective devices for standard cabling. Interfaces V.24 (RS 232
C), V.11 (RS 422) and Twinax for IBM hardware are often used to
connect EDP systems such as terminals and printers. Interfaces RS 232 C
(V.24) and RS 422 (V.11) are used with usual telephone cables in the star-
topology. Consider the following notes:
(i) V.24 (RS 232 C). This is a serial interface with a data transmission rate of
up to 19.2kbps. Standard bus drivers are able to support data transmission
Figure 5.8.2.3.4 b (a) Ethernet thickwire segment connected to the star coupler
by an GKF/N-L protector
Figure 5.8.2.3.4 b (b) Surge arrester,
type GKF/N-L with N-plug/socket
Figure 5.8.2.3.4 b (c) Basic
circuit diagrams of the surge
arresters GKF/N-L and GKF/
B-L (indirect shield-earthing
possible by gas-lled surge
arresters)
lines of up to 15m length, while special bus drivers are able to cover a
distance of up to 300m line length. By the use of an interface converter
for RS 232 to TTY transmission, distances of more than 300m can be
reached. Usually 25-pole D-subminiature sockets and 9-pole connectors
are used as connectors.
(ii) V.11 (RS 422) This is a serial interface using two balanced lines for data
transmission rates of up to 2Mbps. Line lengths up to 1000m are possible.
The 15-pole D-subminiature socket is often used for mechanical
connection.
Figure 5.8.2.3.4 c (a) Application of surge arresters in the T-branch of an
Ethernet-thinwire segment
Figure 5.8.2.3.4 c (b) Surge arrester
GKF/B-L to protect the network card
in a workstation
Figure 5.8.2.3.4 c (c) Surge
arrester GKF/B-L with
BNC-plug/socket
(iii) Twinax cabling. The IBM standard is carried out with a shielded Twinax
cable comprising a wire pair. In one Twinax line up to eight terminals can
be connected in the bus topology. A data transmission rate of up to 1Mbps
is possible. The Twinax connector is used at the host computer (e.g., AS
400) as well as at the terminal.
Figure 5.8.2.3.5 a shows cabling protection with V.24(RS 232 C) and
V.11(RS 422) interfaces. Figure 5.8.2.3.5 b shows the basic circuit dia-
gram for data transmission in an IBM Twinax system. Figure 5.8.2.3.5 c
shows the corresponding protection arrangement.
Figure 5.8.2.3.5 a Protectors in a cabling system with V.24 (RS 232 C) and
V.11 (RS 422) interfaces
Figure 5.8.2.3.5 b Data transmission in the IBM Twinax system
Figure 5.8.2.3.5 c Protectors in an IBM Twinax system
Figure 5.8.2.3.5 d (a) Surge arresters, type FS 25 E protect control unit (every
terminal cable is protected)
Figure 5.8.2.3.5 d (b) Surge arrester, type
FS 25 E protects terminal input
Figure 5.8.2.3.5 d (c) Surge arrester, type FS 25 E
The lightning current arrester Blitzductor
CT, type BE, 5 V, is

installed to protect the V.24 (RS 232 C) / V.11 (RS 422) cabling at the
building input. Surge arresters type FS 15 E (15-pole) or type FS 25 E
(25-pole) protect the sockets (Figure 5.8.2.3.5 d, Table 5.8.2.3.5 a). If
Table 5.8.2.3.5 a Surge arresters, types FS 25 E and FS 15 E: Technical data
there are TTY interface converters in such a system, then a type SD-25-
TTY/B-KS surge arrester (Figure 5.8.2.3.5 e, Table 5.8.2.3.5 b) can be
applied.
The IBM Twinax system can be protected by type GKF/Twinax
surge arresters (Figure 5.8.2.3.5 f, Table 5.8.2.3.5 c).
Table 5.8.2.3.5 b Surge arrester, type SD-25-TTY/BKS: Technical data
Sources
DEHN + SHNE: Surge protection. Main catalogue UE98 Ed. DS570/E
1998
5.8.2.3.6 Protective devices for data telecontrol transmission by an ISDN
base terminal. Dierent services are oered across common public
networks using ISDN (integrated services digital network). Voice
Table 5.8.2.3.5 c Surge arrester, type GKF/Twinax: Technical data
Figure 5.8.2.3.5 e (a) Surge arrester, type SD-25-
TTY/B-KS for TTY-interface
Figure 5.8.2.3.5 f (b)
Figure 5.8.2.3.5 f (b) GKF/Twinax
Figure 5.8.2.3.5 f (a) Surge arrester, type GKF/Twinax protects IBM-terminal
Figure 5.8.2.3.5 f
(c) Basic circuit diagram
frequencies as well as data can be transmitted digitally using ISDN. The
supply line of the digital local exchange is a balanced line. A network
terminal (NT) is the transfer interface for the user. The terminal base has
2 B-channels with 64kbps each and a D-channel with 16kbps. The NT is
supplied with interface U
k0
, the users interface is S
0
. A four-line bus
topology can be up to 150m long, a direct connection from point to
point can be up to 1000m long. Digital terminal equipment such as
telephones, faxes or extensions may be connected to this interface.
Figure 5.8.2.3.6 a shows where to use what type of protector.
When protective devices are installed before the NT (U
k0
interface),
the requirements of the telecommunication companies are to be
observed.
The Blitzductor
CT, type B arrester described in section 5.8.2.1.1 is

installed at the lightning protection zone interface 0
A
/1 (Figure 5.8.2.3.6 b,
Table 5.8.2.1.3.2 b).
At the users interface (S
o
interface) of the NT the pluggable surge
arrester GKF/RJ45 ISDN S
0
(Figures 5.8.2.3.6 c, Table 5.8.2.3.6 a) is
installed.
There are one or two-pole data sockets (with surge protection) DSM-
1 RJ45 ISDN S
o
or DSM-2 RJ45 ISDN S
o
for ISDN terminals
(Figures 5.8.2.3.6 d, Table 5.8.2.3.6 b).
Systems with LSA-PLUS-terminals are protected by surge arresters
such as type DPL 10 F/ISDN S
o
(Figure 5.8.2.3.6 e, Table 5.8.2.3.6 c).
Figure 5.8.2.3.6 a Protectors for long-distance data transmission with an ISDN-
base terminal
Figure 5.8.2.3.6 c (b) Surge arrester GKF/
RJ45 ISDN S
o
Figure 5.8.2.3.6 b Lightning
current arrester Blitzductor
CT,
type B
Figure 5.8.2.3.6 c (a) Surge arrester
GKF/RJ45 ISDN S
o
on the user side of
the NTBA
Figure 5.8.2.3.6 c (c)
Table 5.8.2.3.6 a Surge arrester, type GKF/RJ45 ISDN S
o
: Technical data
Figure 5.8.2.3.6 d (a) Data socket outlet (with surge arrester) DSM2 RJ45
ISDN S
o
protects ISDN terminals (Fax and telephone)
Figure 5.8.2.3.6 d (b) Data socket outlets (with surge arresters) types DSM
1 RJ45 ISDN S
o
and DSM-2 RJ45 ISDN S
o
Figure 5.8.2.3.6 d (c) Basic circuit diagrams
Figure 5.8.2.3.6 e (a) Surge protective block,
type DPL 10F/ISDN S
o
for 10 double wires to
plug into LSA-PLUS disconnection block
Figure 5.8.2.3.6 e
(b) Basic circuit diagram
Table 5.8.2.3.6 b Data socket outlets (with surge arresters), types DSM-
1 RJ45 ISDN S
O
and DSM-2 RJ45 ISDN S
o
: Technical
data
Sources
DEHN + SHNE: Surge protection. Main catalogue UE98 E. DS570/E 1998.
5.8.2.3.7 Protective devices for data telecontrol transmission by ISDN pri-
mary multiplex terminal. The primary multiplex terminal has 30 B chan-
nels with 64kbps each and a D channel with 64kbps. Data transmissions
up to 2.048Mbps can be carried out via a primary multiplex terminal.
The NT is supplied with interface U
2m
; the users interface is S
2m
. Large
Table 5.8.2.3.6 c Surge protective block, type DPL 10 F/ISDN S
o
: Technical
data
extension units or data lines with high data volumes are connected to this
interface. The S
2m
interface is operated using normal telephone lines.
Figure 5.8.2.3.7 a shows the basic arrangement of the protective
devices. At the interface of lightning protection zone 0
A
/1 again a light-
ning current arrester Blitzductor
CT, type B (introduced in Section

5.8.2.1) (Figure 5.8.2.3.7 b) is used.
In the users system surge arresters Blitzductor
CT, type MD/HF

(also described in Section 5.8.2.1.1) (Figure 5.8.2.3.7 c, Table 5.8.2.3.7 a)
are applied.
Figure 5.8.2.3.7 a Protectors for long-distance data transmission with ISDN-
primarymultiplex terminal equipment
Figure 5.8.2.3.7 b Lightning
current arrester Blitzductor
CT, type B to protect the U

2m
interface
Figure 5.8.2.3.7 c Surge arrester
Blitzductor
CT, type MD/HF (for

high-frequency applications)
Sources
DEHN + SHNE: Surge protection. Main catalogue UE98 E. DS570/E
1998
5.8.2.3.8 Protective devices for data telecontrol transmission by analogue
a/b-wire terminal. In industrial as well as in private sectors, analogue
long-distance data transmission via modem is commonly used. The data
transmission rate is determined by hardware components of the modem.
The TAE system with N coding is specied by the German Telecom
as a plug-in connector. The exchange lines as well as branch exchange
lines are mostly carried via terminals blocks. The LSA-PLUS terminals
Table 5.8.2.3.7 a Surge arrester Blitzductor
CT-type MD/HF: Technical data

Figure 5.8.2.3.8 c (a) Surge arresters,
type DPL 1F/ALD, 110V, protect the
rank distributor
Figure 5.8.2.3.8 c
(c) Basic
circuit
diagram
Figure 5.8.2.3.8 a Protectors for long-distance data transmisssion with analogue
a/b-wire connection
Figure 5.8.2.3.8 b (a) Lightning
current arrester, type DPL 10G in LSA-
PLUS technique for protection of
10 double wires
Figure 5.8.2.3.8 c
(b) Surge arrester,
type DPL 1F/ALD,
110V
Figure 5.8.2.3.8.b (b) Basic
circuit diagram
described in Section 5.8.2.1.7 are widely used for this purpose. Terminal
equipment is often connected via TAE sockets with F coding.
Figure 5.8.2.3.8 a shows the arrangement of protective devices in such
a system. Lightning current arresters (e.g. Blitzductor
CT, type B)
(Figure 5.8.2.3.7 b) or DPL 10 G (at LSA-PLUS terminals) (Figure
5.8.2.3.8 b, Table 5.8.2.3.8 a) are installed at the interface of the light-
ning protection zones 0
A
/1 (line input of the lightning protected
building).
The lines at the disconnection block are protected by surge arresters
DPL 1F/ALD, 110V (Figure 5.8.2.3.8 c, Table 5.8.2.3.8 b).
The telephones are connected to TEA sockets (with surge protection)
DSM-TAE-3x6 NFN-PWM (Figure 5.8.2.3.8 d , Table 5.8.2.3.8 c).
The modem is protected by a combined surge protective device, type
FAX-Protector TAE/N (Figure 5.8.2.3.8 e, Table 5.8.2.3.8 d).
Table 5.8.2.3.8 a Lightning current arrester, type DPL 10 G: Technical data
Table 5.8.2.3.8 b Surge arrester, type DPL 1 F/ALD, 110V: Technical data
Figure 5.8.2.3.8 d (a) TAE-socket outlet
(with integrated surge arrester for a/b wires)
type DSM-TAE-3 6 NFNPWM with
three TAE-sockets with N/F/N coding
Figure 5.8.2.3.8 d
(b) Basic circuit
diagram
Table 5.8.2.3.8 c TAE socket outlet (with surge arrester), type DSMTAE-3 6
NFN-PWM
Figure 5.8.2.3.8 e (a) Combined surge
protector, type FAX-protector TAE/N protects
a/b-wire-input and 230V-energy supply of the
modem
Figure 5.8.2.3.8 e
(b) Combined surge protector,
type FAX-protector TAE/N
Figure 5.8.2.3.8 e (c) Basic circuit
diagram
Table 5.8.2.3.8 d FAX-Protector TAE/N: Technical data
Sources
DEHN + SHNE: Surge protection. Main catalogue UE98 E. DS570/E 1998
Chapter 6
Application in practice:
Some examples
Here are some practical examples of how the protective measures
described are carried out and how the protective devices introduced are
used in electrical systems with sensitive electronic equipment. These are
also systems which were seriously interfered with or even damaged
by lightning previously. Since protective measures were completed the
well-targeted application of protective devices has been working trouble-
free for years, even during violent thunderstorms and direct lightning
strikes.
It is now over 20 years since the development of surge limiters for
highly sensitive electronic systems was initiated. At that time structures
were equipped with the new protective devices and with lightning cur-
rent counters. Today, there is more than a decade of reliable information
on the eciency of these surge protective devices, including those sys-
tems that failed ve times and more per year in the previously
unprotected stage.
A lightning/surge current counter which can also register the response
of surge protective devices is shown in Figure 6 a. This is designed
according to the current transformer principle (Figure 6 b) and registers
surge currents with peak values exceeding 200A. Such a counter can be
installed directly into the down conductor of a lightning protection sys-
tem (Figure 6 c) or the earth bonding line of a protective device without
reducing the cross section. Often it is necessary to carry out surge
voltage/surge current tests not only in the laboratory or during the pro-
duction of protective devices but also in the eld. Here the portable
hybrid generator shown in Figure 6 d has been proven. In the case of a
short circuit it emits a standardized 8/20s surge current with a max-
imum peak value of 10kA, whereas in open circuit it generates the
standardized surge voltage wave 1.2/50s with a peak value up to
10kV.
Figure 6 a Lightning/surge current counter
Figure 6 b Lightning/surge current counter: Layout and interior circuit
Figure 6 c Lightning/surge current counter installed at a down conductor
Figure 6 d Portable hybrid generator
6.1 Industrial plants
As explained in Section 4.1.1, the necessary protective measures and the
required lightning protection levels for a particular industrial plant are
determined by means of risk analysis as a rst step. In a second step the
lightning protection zones will be determined according to the manage-
ment plan introduced in Section 4.1.3 (in accordance with IEC 613121)
(Figure 6.1 a).
Modern construction techniques using steel skeletons, reinforced con-
crete and often metal facings allow integration of these metal parts
into the lightning protection system. If lightning protection matters have
been considered during the construction planning stage, advantageous
architectural solutions can often be found.
6.1.1 Fabrication hall
A step-by-step procedure for a factory hall built of prefabricated con-
crete elements (Figure 6.1.1 a) follows:
Connection lines bonding the reinforcement of the foundation socket

(for the hall pillars) with the reinforcement of the pillars and with a
ring type earth electrode are laid around the hall (Figure 6.1.1 b).
Reinforcement of the pillars is interconnected and the connection lines

are brought out at the bottom and top (Figures 6.1.1 c and d).
Figure 6.1.1 e shows a nished pillar with the brought out reinforce-
ment basket connection, ready to be placed into the foundation
socket.
Figure 6.1 a Industrial plant: lightning protection levels = PL (acc. to a risk
analysis) and lightning protection zones = LPZ (in accordance with
the LEMP-management plant)
Application in practice: Some examples 295
Floor reinforcement mats are interconnected by continuous steel wires

(Figure 6.1.1 f ), brought out near the pillars for nal connection with
the ring equipotential bonding bar (Figure 6.1.1 g).
Reinforcement connection wires brought out on top of the pillars

(Figure 6.1.1 h) are to be connected with the steel construction of the
attic (Figures 6.1.1 i and j).
All piping or lines entering the factory building (such as water, heating,
oil, compressed air pipes or power, telephone, data and signal lines)
enter through a reinforced cable duct (the reinforcement of which will
be connected with the hall reinforcement) at a point where the light-
ning protection equipotential bonding will also be carried out.
All foundation reinforcements will be included into the earthing sys-

tem (Figure 6.1.1 k), the individual reinforcement mats being intercon-
nected by a continuous wire and corresponding clamps (Figure 6.1.1 l).
Earthing systems of individual buildings of the whole structure to be
protected shall be interconnected to a meshed surface earthing (Figure
6.1.1 m).
6.1.2 Store and dispatch building
In this example the building is a computer-controlled high-bay ware-
house (Figure 6.1.2 a) with dispatch area (Figure 6.1.2 b), made out of
reinforced concrete supports, reinforced prefabricated concrete wall
elements and a metal roof (Figure 6.1.2 c). The following Figures show
how lightning protection measures are realized during the progress of
construction:
Figure 6.1.1 a Factory hall made out of prefabricated concrete parts, where the
metal reinforcements are integrated into the lightning protection
system (total view)
Figure 6.1.1 f Continuously
interconnected reinforcement mats of
the oor
Figure 6.1.1 c Reinforcement basket
of a hall pillar (lying down, during
fabrication) with connection line
Figure 6.1.1 d Detail of Figure 6.1.1 c
Figure 6.1.1 e Finished hall pillar
(lying) with brought out reinforcement
connection line
Figure 6.1.1 g Brought out
connection wire of the reinforcement
mats provided for later connection to
the ring equipotential bonding bar
Figure 6.1.1 b Foundation socket with
brought out reinforcement connection
wire
Reinforcements of the foundations for the building supports are to be

interconnected and provided with connection wires to the outside
(Figure 6.1.2 d); the reinforcement baskets will then be interconnected.
Steel reinforcements of the supports are to be continuously connected

(Figure 6.1.2 e).
Figure 6.1.1 j Connection of the attic
support construction
Figure 6.1.1 l Terminal to connect
reinforcement mats with steel strip
Figure 6.1.1 k Foundation
reinforcement is included in the
earthing system
Figure 6.1.1 h Reinforcement
connection wire brought out at the
pillar head
Figure 6.1.1 i Connection of the
reinforcement with the attic support
construction
Reinforcements of foundation and support are to be connected (Figure

6.1.2 f ).
Support reinforcements are to be connected with the metal roof con-

struction by clamps made to carry lightning currents (Figures 6.1.2 g).
Steel reinforcements of the prefabricated wall elements for the

Figure 6.1.1 m Building earthings interconnected to a meshed surface
earthing
Figure 6.1.2 a High-bay
warehouse
Figure 6.1.2 b Dispatch area
high-bay warehouse (lightning protection zone 2) are already continu-
ously connected by the producer (for later shielding purposes) and are
provided with xed earthing terminals (at which the wall elements then
will be interconnected) (Figures 6.1.2 h).
Figure 6.1.2 i shows such interconnected wall elements.
Reinforcement steel mats in the store oor are to be interconnected;

connection wires (for the ring equipotential bonding bar) are brought
out at the walls (Figure 6.1.2 j).
Figure 6.1.2 c Dispatch building
Figure 6.1.2 d Reinforcement baskets with brought out connection wires
This is the way to create in the building (lightning protection zone 1) a

completely shielded room (lightning protection zone 2) for the com-
puter controlled high-bay warehouse.
Metal piping for water, heating, and compressed air entering the build-
ing through a supply duct are to be included into the lightning protec-
tion equipotential bonding by pipe clamps (made to carry lightning
currents) on entering lightning protection zone 1 (Figure 6.1.2 k).
Figure 6.1.2 e Continuously
interconnected support reinforcement
Figure 6.1.2 f Reinforcement steels
of foundation and support are
connected
Figure 6.1.2 g Connection of the support reinforcement with the metal roof
construction
Power lines are to be provided with lightning current arresters on

entering lightning protection zone 1 of the building (Figure 6.1.2 l).
Information technology lines will be connected across the protective

cabinet shown in Figure 6.1.2 m on entering the building (lightning
protection zone 1).
On entering the high-bay warehouse (lightning protection zone 2) all

electric lines are to be provided with surge arresters in the distribution
(outside at the store wall) (Figure 6.1.2 n).
6.1.3 Factory central heating
The central heating system of a factory, shown in Figures 6.1.3 a, has
two 20m high metal chimneys the protected area of which (lightning
Figure 6.1.2 i Reinforcements
of two wall elements
interconnected at brought out
xed earthing terminals
Figure 6.1.2 j Interconnection of the steel
mats in the oor with brought out connecting
lugs for ring equipotential bonding bar
Figure 6.1.2 h Continuous reinforcement
steels of the wall elements are prepared for
shielding purposes
Figure 6.1.2 m Information
technology lines (e.g. telephone
lines, re-alarm lines, control lines)
are taken over a protective cabinet
at the building input
Figure 6.1.2 k Inclusion of metal
pipings into the lightning protection
equipotential bonding at the entry into
Figure 6.1.2 l Lightning current
arrester at the input of power lines into
protection level III, = 45) is not sucient (as shown in the side view of
Figure 6.1.3 a, C) to avoid direct lightning strikes into the central
heating.
Also in this example it will be demonstrated step-by-step how
lightning/surge protection is going to be carried out for a central heating
system with steel pillars, sheet steel walls and a metal roof construction.
Consider the following:
Figure 6.1.3 b shows the reinforcement of the ground plate (all struc-
tural steel mats being interconnected) and the metal plate foundations
for the tubular steel pillars which are to be interconnected for reasons
of earthing and shielding.
The tubular steel pillars serve as down conductors (Figure 6.1.3 c).
Figure 6.1.3 d shows how the reinforcement baskets of the metal chim-
neys foundations are interconnected.
The tubular steel of the chimneys is to be bonded with the foundation

reinforcement (Figure 6.1.3 e) to serve as air terminations/down
conductor/earthing.
Metal roof and sheet steel wall elements are to be bonded with the
tubular steel pillars and the metal roof-supporting construction, thus
Figure 6.1.2 n Electrical lines entering lightning protection zone 2 of the high-
bay warehouse are connected with surge arresters
serving as air terminations, down conductors and shield (Figure 6.1.3 f)
and forming an inside lightning protection zone 1.
All metal aggregates are to be connected with the base reinforcement

(as directly as possible) via preinstalled xed earthing terminals
(chapter 5.2, Figure 5.2 g) (Figure 6.1.3 g).
Electrical lines, on entering lightning protection zone 1, are to be pro-

vided with lightning current arresters in the switchgear cabinet (Figure
6.1.3 h).
Figure 6.1.3 i shows the electrical line protected by surge arresters on

Figure 6.1.3 a Central heating
(d) Internal view
(b) Front view (a) External view
(c) Side view
Figure 6.1.3 f Metal roof and wall elements are interconnected
Figure 6.1.3 d Reinforcement
baskets of the chimney foundations
Figure 6.1.3 e Metal chimneys
connected with the foundation
reinforcement
Figure 6.1.3 b Continuous
ground plate reinforcement
and metal plate foundations
Figure 6.1.3 c Steel tube supports
connected with the ground plate
reinforcement as down conductors
entering the control cabinet of the central heating unit which is light-
ning protection zone 2.
6.1.4 Central computer
The central computer (Figure 6.1.4 a) of the factory is in the oce build-
ing and is used for accounting, book-keeping, operations scheduling,
Figure 6.1.3 h Lightning current
arresters at the entry of electrical lines
into lightning protection zone 1
Figure 6.1.3 i Surge arresters at the
crossing of electrical lines from lightning
protection zone 1 into lightning
protection zone 2 (control cabinet)
Figure 6.1.3 g Metal aggregates sets are connected as closely as possible with the
ground reinforcement by xed earthing terminals
material tracking, production control and stock control. A long fail-
ure of this computing centre (e.g., due to surges) would not only paralyse
the automatic operating process but also would mean an immeasurable
nancial loss for the company.
Data transfer occurs over a four-wire current loop 20mA current
interface. 25-pole D-subminiature plugs are used as terminal facilities.
The oce building has been structured according to the concept of
lightning protection zones where the interfaces of incoming lines are
treated accordingly at the lightning protection zone boundary 0/1. The
computer room in the oce building is designated as lightning protection
zone 2, as described below.
The power cable is connected to surge arresters at the boundary of
lightning protection zone 1/2 (Figure 6.1.4 b). For the datalines, surge
protected data socket-outlets are installed at this zone crossing. They are
mechanically and electrically compatible with the computer interfaces.
These socket-outlet type surge arresters have a front-side protected out-
put. They are installed into a 19 inch protective cabinet where they oer
the possibility to jump, thus this cabinet can also serve as a terminal block
(Figures 6.1.4 c and 6.1.4 d).
Sources
Verlag, Mnchen, VDE Verlag, Berlin/Offenbach, 1994)
Figure 6.1.4 a Computer centre of a factory
HASSE, P.: EMV- orientiertes Blitz-Schutzzonen-Konzept mit Beispielen aus
der Praxis. Aus: Elektromagnetische Vertrglichkeit (VDE Verlag, Berlin/
Offenbach, 1991), pp. 59150
6.1.5 European installation bus (EIB)
Just as with any other electrical lines the bus network will also be included
in the lightning/surge protection measures, that is lightning current
arresters will be installed at the boundary of lightning protection zone
Figure 6.1.4 c Front view of
the 19-protective cabinet for
data lines
Figure 6.1.4 b Connection of mains and data lines of a computer centre at the
interfaces of lightning protection zones 1/ 2 with surge arresters
Figure 6.1.4 d Detail of Figure 6.1.4 c
0
A
/1 (Figure 6.1.5 a). For surge protection of the bus line (Figure 6.1.5 b)
there is an EIB surge-arrester terminal (Figures 6.1.5 c, Table 6.1.5 a)
which, for example, can be mounted in a switch box (as Figures 6.1.5 d
show).
Figures 6.1.5 e show further application of this bus surge arrester for
protection of bus devices in a factory. Figure 6.1.5 f shows the com-
prehensive protection of EIB lines crossing several buildings.
Figure 6.1.5 a Inclusion of the bus network into the lightning protection
equipotential bonding (Source: ZVEI/ZVEH)
Figure 6.1.5 b Application of surge arresters at bus devices
Figure 6.1.5 c (a) EIB-surge arrester
BUStector
Figure 6.1.5 c (b) Basic
circuit diagram
Table 6.1.5 a EIB-surge arrester BUStector: Technical data
Figure 6.1.5 d (a) Basic diagram
Figure 6.1.5 d (a, b and c) Mounting of the EIB-surge arrester in a switch box
(Source: ZVEI/ZVEH)
Figure 6.1.5 d (c) Practical execution Figure 6.1.5 d (b) Practical execution
Figure 6.1.5 e (a) at the connector
Figure 6.1.5 e (b) at the line coupler
Figure 6.1.5 e (a and b) Mounting examples for EIB-surge arresters
(Source: ZVEI/ZVEH)
Figure 6.1.5 f Lightning/surge protection of factory buildings with EIB-systems
6.1.6 Other bus systems
Other bus systems are equally integrated in the lightning protection con-
cept by lightning current and surge arresters. It must always be con-
sidered that the local surge protection of the bus components (e.g., in a
local lightning protection zone) includes both the power lines and the bus
lines (Figure 6.1.6 a). This is shown, for example, by the SIMATIC ET
100 bus system (interface RS 485) in Figure 6.1.6 b.
6.1.7 Fire and burglar alarm system
Fire and burglar alarm systems need long conductor loops through
buildings and structures, encountering a considerable danger (especially
Figure 6.1.6 a Surge protection for mains supply and bus lines: (left) SPS-
protector; (right) Blitzductor
Figure 6.1.6 b Surge protection for SIMATIC ET 100

to the central alarm) due to surges. The minimum interference immunity
of such systems is standardized in EN 50 130, prescribing the selection
of the arresters to be used.
There are two kinds of examining principles for re and burglar alarm
systems:
DC line technique. According to the closed-circuit principle every

signal line (which has several detectors) is continuously controlled.
If a detector gives an alarm, the corresponding signal line will be
interrupted and thus the alarm is given in the central alarm. Here
only the signal line can be identied: not, however, the signalling
detector.
Impulse line technique. Here the information of a signalling detector

will be transmitted in digital signals. By means of the transmission
protocol the signalling detector can be identied.
The lines, just as those for any other network in buildings and systems,
must be included in the lightning/surge protection:
At the boundary of lightning protection zone 0

A
/1 the Blitzductor
CT, type BE, for example, is used for lines which cross several
buildings (selected according to the operating voltage of the signal
line).
At the central alarm (which is mostly designed as the local zone of

protection) all inputs and outputs (signal line inputs, optical/
acoustical signal line outputs) will be equipped, for example, with a
suitable Blitzductor
CT, where it should be taken into account that

the nominal current of these arresters (at system operation) is not
exceeded. In case of nominal currents > 1A, for example, the surge
protection device DEHNrail with adequate nominal voltage should be
used.
The Blitzductor
CT, type BD, 110V, for example, is recommended to

protect telecoms lines (for the self-dial device). The power supply line
of the central alarm will be protected as usual by the lightning current
arrester (e.g., DEHNport
, 250V), decoupling element (e.g., in the case

of insucient line length, DEHNbridge) and surge arrester (e.g.,
DEHNguard
).
Figure 6.1.7 a shows a typical re alarm system in the DC line tech-
nique; here, also, are the necessary protective devices. Figure 6.1.7 b
shows the protection of a burglar alarm system using the DC line
technique.
The surge protection for the lightning protection zone crossing 1/2 for
the Siemens re central alarm, type BMS, is shown in Figure 6.1.7 c and
in Figure 6.1.7 d for the Siemens burglar central alarm, type IT. For
both of these protection proposals it is pointed out that the Blitzductor
s
CT, type ME/C, are energy coordinated with the protective device type,
8 P/G, recommended by Siemens for such systems (Figure 6.1.7 e).
Source
EN 501304: Alarm systems. Part 4: Electromagnetic compatibility
Product family standard: Immunity requirements for components of re,
intruder and social alarm systems (International Electrotechnical Commis-
sion, Geneva, 1995)
Figure 6.1.7 a Protection of a re-alarm system using DC line-technique
Figure 6.1.7 b Protection of a burglar alarm system using DC line-technique
6.1.8 Video control system
Video systems are used in industrial plants for object monitoring and
access control. Figure 6.1.8 a shows the basic structure of such systems.
They are included in lightning/surge protection systems as described
below:
Location of the video camera must not be subject to direct lightning

(lightning protection zone 0
B
): for example, at the outer faade of
Figure 6.1.7 c (a) Surge protection of the SIEMENS re-alarm system,
type BMS
Figure 6.1.7 c (b) Example for the surge protection of a re-alarm system
the building in the protection zone of the air terminations of the
buildings lightning protection system, or the camera mast will be pro-
vided with an air termination rod. The system cable between camera
and terminal box will be run in the shaft of the metal mast.
Connection between terminal box (or transmitter) and monitor (or

receiver) can, for example, be realized by the existing telephone net-
work (symmetric two-wire line) of the industrial plant, or there is a
separate coaxial line network. As shown in Figure 6.1.8 b the choice of
lightning and surge arresters will depend on the requirements (at the
lightning protection zone interfaces).
Figure 6.1.7 d Surge protection of the SIEMENS burglar alarmsystem, type IT
Figure 6.1.7 e Energy coordinated application of Blitzductor
CT, type ME/C

and SIEMENS SS, type 8 P/G
The protective devices GK/B and GKF/BNC, mentioned in Figure
6.1.8 b, are shown in Figures 6.1.8 c with their technical data being
summarized in Tables 6.1.8 a and b.
For surge protection of a video control centre where several monitor-
ing lines arrive, the protective devices for the 19 inch case mounting,
shown in Figure 6.1.8 c (c), can be used (technical data equal to GKF/
BNC).
6.1.9 Radio paging system
A radio paging system, as used in an industrial area, is shown in Figure
6.1.9 a. Note that: (i) the actuator, with microphone and selective call
Figure 6.1.8 a Video-monitoring system: Basic construction
Figure 6.1.8 b Protection for video-monitoring system
generator, is in the control room or in the keepers lodge; (ii) one or two
double wires transmit the signal to the amplier which is installed
together with the omni-directional antenna in the roof area of an
exposed building; and (iii) the amplied signal will be led to the antenna
by a coaxial cable.
Figure 6.1.8 c (a) Lightning current arrester GK/B (b) Surge arrester GKF/
BNC (c) Surge arrester GKF/BNC III
Figure 6.1.8 c (a)
Figure 6.1.8 c (b)
Figure 6.1.8 c (c)
Figure 6.1.9 a also shows what protective measures shall be taken:
Lightning current arresters are to be used at the lines which are cross-
ing several buildings. For example:
Blitzductor
s CT, type BE (according to the signal voltage) for the

signal line double wires; coaxial arresters, type GK (according to the
type BNC, N, or UHF attachment) for the aerial coaxial line; DEHN-
port
for the 230V supply (such lightning current arresters certainly

are installed anyhow, if there is a lightning protection system).
Actuator and amplier will be protected at the 230 V input by surge

arresters, for example, DEHNguard
, type 275 (which must be suf-

ciently decoupled from the lightning current arresters).
6.1.10 Electronic vehicle weighbridge
As explained in the example in Section 5.8.2.1.3.1, electronic vehicle
weighbridges are powered using the four or six-wire technique: that is,
two wires each for the supply voltage, for measuring and for compensa-
tion purposes.
Table 6.1.8 a Arresters for video systems: Technical data
(a) Lightning current arrester, type GK/B
(b) Surge arrester GKF/BNC
Figure 6.1.9 a Protection of a radio/paging system
Earthing and equipotential bonding measures for the weighbridge
(with the pressure gauges) are shown in Figure 6.1.10 a.
Figure 6.1.10 b shows how the protective devices are to be used:
Figure 6.1.10 a Earthing and equipotential bonding measures for a vehicle
weighbridge
Figure 6.1.10 b Protection of an electronic vehicle weighbridge
There are lightning current arresters Blitzductor
CT, type BE, 12V, at

the voltage supply, the measuring and compensation lines as well as at
the weighbridges and also at the evaluating electronics.
Data transfer between evaluating electronics and large-digital display

usually travels by symmetric interfaces. For example, V.11 (RS 422),
thus Blitzductor
CT, type BE/C, 12V, is used here.
Control and monitoring of the weighing system in this example is

realized by a personal computer (PC) having the asymmetric interface
V.24 (RS 232). A type FS 25 E surge arrester protects this input to the
evaluating electronics (since the PC is in the same building).
The 230V input of the evaluating electronics will be protected by surge

arresters DEHNguard
, type 275 (since this line is already provided

with a lightning current arrester, for example, DEHNport
at the
building input).
6.2 Peak-load power station
Using the example of the peak-load power station St. Veit of the
Allguer berlandwerk (AW) in Kempten it can be demonstrated how
new buildings with electronic equipment already in the existing struc-
tures can obtain the best protection according to the lightning protection
zone concept, and how these measures are made compatible with those
already existing.
A new engine hall with gas turbines has been joined to the engine hall
with diesel generators and the lightning protection system has been
integrated into the comprehensive lightning protection concept (Figure
6.2 a). The volume to be protected is dened as lightning protection
zone 1 and comprises:
the engine hall of the gas turbines
the four underground gas tanks with the tank domes and the gas
pipelines
the external gas distribution station
the corresponding connection routes with power cables and telecom-

munication cables.
The transition from lightning protection zone 0 to lightning protection
zone 1 shall be explained in detail by considering the construction of the
engine hall. The at roof and the faades consist of usual reinforced
concrete elements with welded reinforcement (Figure 6.2 b). At the four
corners of the prefabricated concrete elements there are threaded bush-
ings which are welded to the reinforcement. At these bushings the indi-
vidual concrete elements can be bonded (Figure 6.2 d). The dened down
conduction of the lightning protection system from the roof to the
foundations has been realized here by additional round steel in the con-
crete pillars. Additional bonding points are provided to connect the
Figure 6.2 a General plan of the peak-load power station
Figure 6.2 b Steel reinforcement
of the prefabricated concrete parts
Figure 6.2 c Threaded bushing welded to
the reinforcement
reinforcement of the faade elements to down conductors. The wall side
adjoining the already existing engine hall with the diesel generators has
been covered by continuous wire netting to guarantee a closed, electro-
magnetic shield.
In the oor of the engine hall a net of strip iron is welded to the
reinforcement and bonded with the reinforcement of the cartridge-type
foundations (Figure 6.2 e). By these simple and rather favourable measures
it was possible to obtain an appreciable basic shielding of the engine hall
interior against the electromagnetic eld from a lightning discharge.
Only shielded cables have been used inside the volume to protect in
lightning protection zone 1, thus leading to a further reduction in
existing residual elds of interference for the electrical lines. All
shielded cables from the engine hall area are run to the information
technology cabinets, realized using closed sheet metal boxes, of the
directly neighbouring control room. Inside the information technology
cabinets and the connected cables a lightning protection zone 2 has
thus been created. There is further cable routing to two protective cabi-
nets where cable shields are connected and the active cores are protected
by Blitzductor
KT (predecessor of Blitzductor
CT) surge arresters.

These protective cabinets (Figures 6.2 f) are the central interface
between the protected volume of the engine hall and the outer area.
There turned out to be a special problem in that the underground gas
tanks and gas pipelines had to be cathodically protected. Here two
dierent levels of equipotential bonding had to be created:
the equipotential bonding on the level of the mentioned direct earthing

by the foundation earth electrodes
the equipotential bonding on the level of the cathodical protection

potential.
Figure 6.2 d Electrical bonding
of the reinforcement of the
prefabricated concrete parts
Figure 6.2 e Bonding of the reinforcement
steel by means of steel strips
Figure 6.2 g shows the line treatment inside and around the gas distrib-
ution station. Those cable shields leading to equipment on the cathodic
protection potential are connected to a cathodic corrosion protection
equipotential bus bar (CCPEBB). The gas tank bodies and the pipes
coming from the tanks are directly connected to this equipotential bond-
ing bar. The bushing of the cable shields and the gas pipes must be insu-
lated from the earthed reinforcement of the gas distribution station. As
the gas pipe in the distribution station is at earth potential, an insulating
ange had to be inserted at the entrance and the output of the station.
Equipment at earth potential and the corresponding cable shields have
been bonded with the equipotential bonding bar (EBB) which is directly
earthed. For the purpose of lightning protection equipotential bonding
the equipotential bus bar lying at cathodic protection potential (CCP-
EBB) and the equipotential bus bar lying at earth potential (EBB) are
interconnected by suitable explosion-protected disconnection spark gaps
(Figure 6.2 h).
A corresponding solution has been implemented at the entrance of the
cables and gas pipes into the engine hall area.
Sources
Verlag, Mnchen VDE Verlag, Berlin/Offenbach, 1994
LANG, U., and WIESINGER, J.: Eine Methode des Blitzschutzes fr nach-
richtentechnische Anlagen Das Denken in Blitz-Schutzzonen, de der
elektromeister + deutsches elektrohandwerk, 1990, (11), pp. 3945
Figure 6.2 f Protective cabinets: control room (Source: P. Biebl); total view of
the protective cabinets; cable input into the protective cabinet with
arresters (Source: P. Biebl)
Figure 6.2 g Equipotential bonding in the gas distribution station
Figure 6.2 h An explosion protected disconnection spark gap connects the
equipotential bonding bar at cathodic protection potential with
the equipotential bonding bar at earth potential
6.3 Mobile radio systems
Mobile radio systems are often installed on existing buildings (in a radio
technically favourable site). For these systems class III (according to
DIN V ENV 610241) lightning protection is mostly provided. This must
be independent of the host buildings systems so that they will not be
additionally endangered.
Determination of class III protection means a radius R = 45m (of the
rolling sphere) for the rolling sphere method to specify the position and
height of the air terminations. A sphere with radius R = 45m will
be rolled over that part of the building where the components of the
mobile radio system are located (Figure 6.3 a). Thus, there are lightning
protection zones with dierent levels of potential lightning danger:
LPZ 0
A
. Direct strike is possible, undamped electromagnetic lightning
elds (e.g., antenna masts).
LPZ 0
B
. Direct strike impossible, undamped electromagnetic lightning
elds (e.g., parts of the roof surface).
LPZ 1: Direct strike impossible, damped electromagnetic lightning

elds (e.g., interior of the base station).
If an electrical line crosses a zone interface, it must be protected at the
crossing point. For coaxial cables this is realized by connecting the
shields to earthing couplings and by their equipotential bonding.
Active power and telecommunication wires will be protected by light-
ning current arresters at the lightning protection zone boundary 0
A
/1 and
by surge arresters at the zone boundaries 0
B
/1 and higher. According to
class III lightning protection there is a total lightning current loading of
50kA (10/350s) for the power and telecommunication cables.
To avoid uncontrolled arcing due to a lightning strike, all mobile
Figure 6.3 a Determination of the protected zone by means of the rolling sphere
method (LPZ: lightning protection zone)
radio systems on the roof such as metal installations of electrical sys-
tems and the lightning protection and earthing system (if there is any),
must be interconnected by a meshed functional equipotential bonding
(MFEB).
This MFEB shall include the metal components of the base station,
the antenna masts, cable racks and the lightning protection system of the
host building (which might already exist). For the MFEB in the area of
the components of a mobile radio system, a mesh width of about 5 5 m
shall be kept, thus obtaining a network of low impedance. The line cross
sections of the MFEB can be taken from Table 6.3 a. An example of real-
izing the meshed functional equipotential bonding for a host building
without a lightning protection system is shown in Figure 6.3 b (a).
Figure 6.3 b (b), for example, shows the integration of the meshed
equipotential bonding for host buildings with an existing lightning
protection system. The antenna mast must be connected as directly as
possible with the MFEB.
When using sector or radio relay antennas they must be placed in the
protective area of the mast (Figures 6.3 c). At the mast foot the incoming
coaxial cables must be screwed to a ground coupling, thus obtaining an
electrically conductive connection (lightning current proof) between the
phase of the coaxial cable and the antenna mast.
The antenna cables are to be run in steel cable conduits (cable racks,
cable gutters). This prevents the cables from direct lightning strikes and
the lightning eld inuence on the aerial cable will be damped in the case
of close-up strikes. It is necessary to ensure that there is a continuous
bonding of the cable gutters. This is realized by screwing the cable racks
or by bonding them by lightning current proof bridging ropes (Figures
6.3 d (b) ). In addition, ground couplings are used to integrate the aerial
cable at the base station into the MFEB.
The meshed functional equipotential bonding of buildings with exist-
ing lightning protection system will be earthed by connection to the air
terminations (Figure 6.3 b (b) ). The meshed functional equipotential
bonding of buildings without lightning protection will be earthed by an
antenna earthing according to EN 50 0831:199309. As the bonding
conductor (earth conductor) between the MFEB on the roof and the
antenna earthing, the following can be used:
Table 6.3 a Minimum cross section of MFEB line
single solid wire, 16mm

2
copper
single solid wire, 25mm

2
insulated aluminium
50mm
2
steel.
As the earth conductor, the following can be also used:
metal installations such as continuous metal water pipes, continuous

metal heating pipes on condition that: (i) there is permission in
accordance with the local regulations, (ii) there is permanent continuity
of the dierent parts, and (iii) the cross sections are at least equal to
those of the above mentioned materials.
Figure 6.3 b Meshed functional equipotential bonding for a mobile radio system
on the roof of the host building: (a) without lightning protection
system; (b) with lightning protection system
Figure 6.3 b (a)
Figure 6.3 b (b)
metal frame of the building
continuous reinforcement steel of the concrete building
faades, railings, and subconstructions of metal faades on condition

that: (i) their cross sections are at least equal to those of the above
mentioned materials and their thickness is at least 0.5mm and (ii) there
is safe vertical continuity.
Figure 6.3 c Sector antenna in the protected zone of the antenna mast
Figure 6.3 c (a) Principle: protected zone
Figure 6.3 c (b) Arrangement in practice
Antenna earthing is to be carried out using one of the following
means: (i) foundation earth electrode, (ii) earth electrode rod 2.5m long,
or (iii) two horizontal earth electrodes at least 5m long, laid at least
0.5m deep and a distance of 1m from the foundations. The minimum
cross section of every earth electrode is 50mm
2
Cu or 80mm
2
steel.
Usually the base station, subdistribution and cable junction form
lightning protection zone 1 (Figure 6.3 d (a) ).
The electrical supplying conductors (power line, telecommunication
Figure 6.3 d Protection of base station, subdistribution (SD) and cable
junction (CJ)
Figure 6.3 d (a) Basic circuit diagram
Figure 6.3 d (b) Practical arrangement
line) entering this lightning protection zone 1 must be included in the
meshed functional equipotential bonding by lightning current arresters
at the zone crossing (Figure 6.3 d (a) ). Application of lightning current
and surge arresters is adjusted to the low-voltage system (TT, TNC or
TNS system) taking into account the sucient energy coordination of
both arrester types. Practical examples of the arresters and decoupling
inductances introduced in Section 5.8.1 are shown in Figures 6.3 e.
Owing to narrow spaces the complete protective circuit for the 230V
supply is often gathered in a service entrance box (Figure 6.3 f ).
All telecommunication lines entering lightning protection zone 1 at the
cable junction must also be included in the meshed lightning protection
equipotential bonding by lightning current arresters (Figure 6.3 d (a) ).
Often, a combination of a lightning current and surge arrester (e.g.,
Combi-Arrester Blitzductor
CT, Type BD), depending on the telecom

interface is applied:
Analogue connection (a/b-wire): Blitzductor
CT BD, 110V
ISDN U
ko
- interface: Blitzductor
CT BD, 110V
ISDN U
2m
-interface: Blitzductor
CT BD / HF, 5V
ISDN S
2m
-interface: Blitzductor
CT BD / HF, 5V
Conductors between base station, subdistribution and cable junction are
usually run in metal conduits on the roof (on both sides connected with
the MFEB) so that they remain in lightning protection zone 1, not
needing special protective devices.
Sources
ENV 610241 (VDE V 0185 Teil 100): Protection of structures against
lightning. Part 1: General principles. Central Secretariat: rue de Stassart 35,
B-1050 Brussels Aug.1996
EN 50 083 Teil 1: Cabled distribution systems for television and sound
signals. Part 1: Safety requirements (International Electrotechnical Commis-
sion, Geneva, 1993)
Figure 6.3 d (b) Practical arrangement
6.4 Television transmitter
TV transmitters (Figure 6.4 a) are usually located at high altitude or on
mountain tops (Figure 6.4 b), so they are particularly endangered by
lightning. Power for the transmitter is taken from the public mains.
Figure 6.3 e Energy coordinated application of lightning current- and surge-
arresters to protect the power supply input of mobile radio systems
at dierent network congurations
Figure 6.3 e (c) TNS system
Figure 6.3 e (a) TT system Figure 6.3 e (b) TNC system
Figure 6.3 f Power connection box for TNS system (compare Figure 6.3 e, C)
Figure 6.4 a Transmitter mast
Figure 6.4 b Television transmitter on a mountain
Often an overhead line from the valley is changed into an underground
cable at high altitude or on a mountain top. The protective insulation in
the power input circuit and safe electrical insulation by a disconnection
transformer is often the protective measure in the transmitter.
An especially remarkable event involving lightning damage occurred
at a transmitter of the Austrian Broadcasting Service (ORF) in Styria. At
the time (1981) surge arresters with a nominal discharge capability of
5kA (8/20s) according to IEC 99.1 were used to protect the transmit-
ter. Such arresters are only designed for surge currents due to distant
lightning strikes. In this case the surge arresters were damaged due to a
direct lightning strike on the TV transmitter (Figure 6.4 c), leaving one
phase of the power supply conductively connected to the station earth.
Owing to the fact that in a totally insulated power input the neutral con-
ductor is not connected to the station earth, a short-circuit current to
release the back-up fuses could not be generated. A current of about
30A had, in fact, been owing through the station earth resistance of
about 7 for several months without being noticed. During that time all
accessible parts of the transmitter station which were connected to the
station earth (transmitter cabin, mast and associated equipment) carried
mains voltage.
Apart from the danger to personnel from the hazardous contact volt-
ages at all conductive parts of the transmitter, there was also a consider-
able increase in the current consumption of the installation. This
undesirable condition was only identied when the current consumption
of the plant was subsequently analysed.
Figure 6.4 c Surge arresters (having a rated discharge capacity of 5kA, 8/20s)
of the ORF TV transmitter Braunhuberkogel in Styria damaged
by lightning strike
This example clearly demonstrates that, in the quest to attain total
protective insulation, only arresters which are extremely robust (able to
carry lightning currents non-destructively) and absolutely reliable in
terms of their insulation should be used.
After having turned the transmitter cabin into a lightning protection
zone 1 new protective devices, namely, quenching spark gaps and high-
current spark gaps, were installed in this installation in autumn 1982
(Figures 6.4 d to 6.4 f). Lightning current counters were installed in the
Figure 6.4 d Power supply of the ORF TV transmitter Braunhuberkogel.
Lightning current-proof surge protection at the crossing overhead
line/underground cable
Figure 6.4 e Power input with protective insulation and lightning current-proof
surge protection of the transmitter cabin of the ORF TV transmitter
Braunhuberkogel
corresponding earth connection line of the arresters at the overhead line
mast and in the transmitter cabin. These had recorded 29 lightning
currents at the overhead line mast and 59 lightning currents in the trans-
mitter up to the end of 1997. These lightning strikes have been controlled
without damage or interference to the transmitter.
Sources
Verlag, Mnchen VDE Verlag, Berlin/Offenbach, 1994)
FELDHTTER, W., HASSE, P., and PIVIT, E.: berspannungsschutz des
Netzeinganges eines Fernsehfllsenders auch be direken Blitzeinschlgen.
17th International Conference on Lightning Protection (ICLP), Den Haag,
1983, Paper 3.2
EN 600991: Surge arresters. Part 1: Non linear resistor type gapped surge
arresters for AC systems (International Electrotechnical Commission,
Geneva, 1991)
Figure 6.4 f (a) Transmitter cabin Figure 6.4 f (b) Detailed view of
Figure 6.4 f (a)
6.5 Mobile telecommunication facility
A mobile facility (Figures 6.5 a) must be protected against dangerous
contact voltages and surges. In this present case surge protection of the
power connection (with total insulation) was required to guarantee safe
uninterrupted operation in the event of direct lightning strikes and
nuclear electromagnetic pulses (NEMP).
Turning the facility into a lightning protection zone 1 and a NEMP
protection zone 1 was the solution to the problem. All cable entries were
protected at the interface of the lightning or NEMP protection zones 0
and 1.
The lightning and NEMP interferences on the power connection side
Figure 6.5 a Transportable, metal encased telecommunication facility with line
inputs protected against lightning and NEMP (1 to 5)
must be limited by an arrester circuit so that the protective insulation will
not be endangered. A suitable arrester circuit is shown in Figure 6.5 b. A
group of lightning current arresters (Figure 6.5 c) out of ve spark gaps
which can quench the mains follow-current (quenching spark gaps) and a
high current spark gap as a disconnection spark gap is installed between
the phases (L
1
, L
2
, L
3
, N and PE) and the shielding case of the mobile
facility. The minimum AC operating voltage of this arrangement of
arresters is about 5kV and the minimum impulse operating voltage
about 10kV. The insulation between the power input circuit and the
Figure 6.5 b Basic circuit diagram of a surge protected power connection of a
mobile operating facility with protective insulation in the input
circuit
Figure 6.5 c Lightning current arrester arrangement out of ve quenching spark
gaps and one high current spark gap
shielding case of the mobile facility as well as the insulation between the
input and output circuit of the isolating transformer are adjusted to
these operating voltages. Surges below this level, such as switching surges,
are carried by the insulation.
During undisturbed operation, this group of arresters ensures
double insulation. The basic insulation is provided by the quenching
spark gaps which have a quenching capacity according to DIN VDE
0675 Part 6; the additional insulation will be realized by the high current
spark gap.
Voltage peaks will arise at the arrester arrangement before and during
activation, the level of which depends on the steepness of the surges.
Increasing voltage steepness makes the operating voltage of the group of
arresters rise according to its impulse characteristic. Owing to the
enclosed spike chokes, very steep voltage peaks will be damped and thus
reliably protecting the insulation of the isolation transformer (Figure
6.5 d). In the internal network of the facility in lightning and NEMP
protection zone 1, on the secondary side of the isolating transformer, the
TN-C-S-system is used. Any surges arising on the secondary side prior
to the reaction of the arresters will be limited by varistors. For protection
against very high frequency surges, especially due to NEMP eects,
additional RFI bushing lters are provided.
The protective conductor PE of the power cable is not necessary if
protective insulation is applied. However, by using standard power cables
and plugs, the protective conductor PE will be automatically carried to
the coupling socket of the cable at the transportable facility. It must not
terminate here in an open circuit condition because in the event of a
surge a sparkover would occur in the plug and socket facility. Therefore,
the protective conductor PE should be treated as if it were a live con-
ductor and is equipped with a quenching spark gap.
Figure 6.5 d Coordinated surge characteristics of the arrester arrangement and
the isolating transformer insulation
In the case of a direct lightning strike into a facility on a non-
denitively earthed vehicle the worst case condition occurs when the
entire lightning current enters through the power supply. Therefore, an
arrester arrangement is required to meet the lightning currents according
to protection class III (compare Table 4.1.1 c):
Insulation resistance and minimum operating voltage must not

change considerably even after multiple lightning current loadings
(this guarantees a long-term protective insulation of the power
input).
After activation of the arresters by a surge, the ensuing mains follow-

current must be quenched automatically.
As shown in Figure 6.5 b, these requirements are distributed among
several spark gaps. In terms of their insulation characteristics these
quenching spark gaps correspond to the basic insulation. They will be
connected at their lower end and wired via the high-current spark gap to
the casing of the power connection. This spark gap, working like a dis-
connection spark gap, can control the entire lightning current and has
excellent and very reliable insulation characteristics corresponding to the
requirements of additional insulation.
The series connection of quenching and high current spark gaps
thus constitutes a double insulation with lightning current conductive
surge protection. The spark gaps are installed in a service entrance box
which can be easily inserted into the mobile facility, as shown in Figure
6.5 e.
Figure 6.5 e Mains connection box, installed into a mobile operating facility
Sources
Verlag, Mnchen;: VDE Verlag, Berlin/Offenbach, 1994)
HASSE, P., MEUSER, A., PIVIT, E., and WIESINGER, J.: berspan-
nungsschutz eines Netzanschlusses fr transportable Betriebssttten mit
Schutzisolierung bei direkten Blitzeinschlgen, etz Elektrotechn. Z, 1982,
103, (2), pp. 5254
selstromnetzen mit Nennspannungen zwischen 100V und 1000V (VDE
Verlag, GmbH, Berlin/Offenbach) Nov. 1989
6.6 Airport control tower
The planning of the new control tower of Nuremberg Airport shall be
used as an example for the application of LEMP management (IEC
613121) introduced in chapter 4.1.3.1.
In accordance with the rst step of the LEMP protection management
plan (cf. Table 4.1.3 a), LEMP-protection planning was executed by the
planner Dr R. Frentzel (TV South Germany, Munich) in coordination
with
the operator and owner of the airport who provides the new tower
including all technical installations
air trac control as a user of the new tower with its own electronic
equipment,
the architect (construction planning)
the engineering oce (electrotechnical planning).

The dened target of protection was to safeguard failure-free oper-
ation of the electrical and electronic systems of the air trac control in
the case of lightning interference as far as possible. As, in this stage of
planning, no data about the electromagnetic surge immunity of the dif-
ferent electric and electronic devices and systems of the air trac control
were available, the requirement was to achieve the utmost protection for
these devices and systems against the impact of lightning and against
internal interferences, by means of the structural possibilities and by the
guidelines for the system installation. Correspondingly the structure was
rated as a lightning protection class I project (according to IEC 610241).
The new control tower and the corresponding operations building
were then subdivided into lightning protection zones and interference
protection zones, in order to dene rooms of dierent degrees of severity
with regard to conducted and eld interference. Such a subdivision also
makes it possible to determine local equipotential bonding points at the
lightning protection zone boundaries.
For the planning of the air terminations by which lightning protection
zones 0
A
and 0
B
are determined, an existing CAD-3D-Tower-Model
(scale 1:100) was used. As Figure 6.6 a shows, a sphere (corresponding to
lightning protection class I) with radius 20m is used for the rolling sphere
method.
The second step, LEMP-protection according to Table 4.1.3 a,
involves determining the strike-protected areas (lightning protection
zone 0
B
) in the outer area by means of suitable sectional drawings of the
structure.
Owing to the dened target of protection and the structural condi-
tions, two lightning protection zones of graded interference levels were
determined in the inner area of the control tower and the operation
building. All rooms which contain electronic systems and the cables that
are important for the operation of the air trac control were classied as
lightning protection zone 2, where conducted and eld interference are
strongly reduced. All other rooms were classied as lightning protection
zone 1 for which an eective electromagnetic shield is not realizable. In
lightning protection zone 1, therefore a high residual lightning eld and
the resulting electromagnetic coupling on lines and devices must be taken
into account. The malfunction and failure of equipment in lightning
protection zone 1, for example of oce PCs, are accepted. By a con-
sequent realization of the planned zone division, however, interference
from devices and systems in lightning protection zone 1 on those in
lightning protection zone 2 will be avoided.
The power technical system rooms in the basement were classied as
being in interference protection zone 1, which is comparable to lightning
protection zone 1 with regard to the prevalent interference level. All
Figure 6.6 a Tower model (1:100) and to scale rolling sphere (r=20m)
(Source: Frentzel, R., TV South Germany)
rooms of lightning protection zone 2 also belong to interference protec-
tion zone 2. The interference in interference zone 1 is due to power
technical switching operations and feedback from the mains. In dening
lightning protection zone 1 it was considered that the metal housings
of the devices, such as switching cabinets out of sheet steel, already
attenuate the high frequency eld interference. The interior of the metal
housings is therefore considered as being in interference protection zone
0. Figure 6.6 b shows the division into protection zones.
Functions of lightning protection and EMC (such as air terminations,
down conductors, foundation earth electrodes, lightning protection and
surface equipotential bonding, shielding of buildings and rooms against
electromagnetic elds, and earthing of information technology systems)
have been attributed to the metal parts of the control tower and the
operation building, as there are reinforcement mats, steel pillars, metal
faades, metal roof coverings, lattices, railings, stilted oors, elevator
constructions etc. The basis for these functions is an electrically conduct-
ive and possibly low-impedance connection of all metal parts. For the
tower this is realized by an additional netting which is put into the
reinforced oors, ceilings and walls (Figure 6.6 c). The welded netting
consists of at steel strips 30mm 3.5mm with a grid size of about 5m
5m and is welded to the reinforcement every 2m. For the purpose of
equipotential bonding with other metal parts, xed earthing terminals or
connection lugs are made to project from the concrete at the necessary
points.
Lightning protection zone 2 contains the systems of the air trac
control with the highest protection requirements. The electromagnetic
shield of lightning protection zone 2 essentially consists of a multilayer
reinforcement of usual mesh size 1015cm. For the basement, for
example, it was quite easy to plan an eective shield because the oor, the
walls and the ceiling are reinforced all over. Thus, sucient shielding in
lightning protection zone 2 against rooms with lightning protection or
interference protection zone 1 as well as against lightning protection
Figure 6.6 b Subdivision of the basement into protected zones (Source: Frentzel,
zone 0 (outer area) is achieved. The window openings in the basement
are shielded by the conductive bonding of the gratings which cover the
(reinforced) light shafts. If non-metallic doors are planned inside the
shield of lightning protection zone 2, a shielding will be realized by
inserting metal sheets into the doors. These metal sheets will also be
bonded with the reinforcement via the metal door frames.
Not quite as easy, however, was the planning of the shield of light-
ning protection zone 2 in the air trac controller cabin (Figure 6.6 d)
where, due to the panoramic glass, intensive electromagnetic elds, due
to lightning, must be taken into account. Shielding lattices in front of
the windows or shielded panes were not accepted by the air-trac con-
trol, as these measures would lower the visibility. Therefore, the inner
air-trac controller cabin has been divided into lightning protection
zone 1 and lightning protection zone 2. Lightning protection zone 2
comprises the space under the false oor where the entire cabling is
laid. This volume is shielded by a conductive false oor and lateral
sheeting. The base plate under the control bench is reinforced concrete.
All shielding elements are low-impedance interconnected. This light-
ning protection zone 2 is extended to the control desks of the air trac
controllers. The necessary shielding eect will be reached by the use of
desk casings the insides of which are covered by metal foil. These met-
allized plates will be contacted with the metal base frame of the desks
which again will be low-impedance integrated into the conductive false
oor.
Figure 6.6 c Schematic
representation of the additional
meshed network (Source: Frentzel,
Figure 6.6 d Subdivision of the
air trac controller cabin into
protected zones (Source: Frentzel,
The down conductors in the control tower shaft have been planned as
additional netting, as already described. In the area of the operation
building which contains an oce section, the partly reinforced walls with
additional netting, the metal faades, and in the case of steelglass con-
structions, the steel pillars are used as down conductors. By using the
natural elements it is not necessary to install the usual externally
mounted down conductors.
For the tower a common earthing system has been planned to realize a
high-voltage protective earth, low-voltage operational earth, functional
earth and lightning protection earth. The earthing system will be realized
by using a mesh-type earth electrode within the foundation plate, thus
fullling the requirements of DIN 18 014. Also here the netting
described is used to which the at steel strips of the additional netting in
the walls as well as the down conductors are bonded. The foundation
reinforcement of the 1m thick base plate is also included into the earth-
ing measure by welding in order to reduce the earthing resistance and to
achieve close-meshed shielding.
Within the scope of the lightning protection equipotential bonding
all metal installations, the electrical systems, the down conductors and
the earthing system are interconnected in the basement. This bonding in
the basement represents, at the same time, the equipotential bonding at
the boundary from lightning protection zone 0 (0
A
or 0
B
) to lightning
protection zone 1 or lightning protection zone 2. The following con-
struction principles are also applicable for installations which will enter
lightning protection zone 1 or lightning protection zone 2 in the other
oors from the external area. All metal installations which enter the
building will be included into the lightning protection equipotential
bonding directly at their point of entrance. For this purpose reinforce-
ment terminal points have been provided at the corresponding points on
the inside of the outer walls. Piping will be bonded directly or via isolat-
ing spark gaps. In the case of electrical cables from the external area it is
the lightning current conductive shield itself or the wires of the cables
which will be connected via lightning current or surge arresters. The
shield connection and the earthing of the arresters must be carried out
with low-impedance.
The selection of the protective devices must, on the one hand, take
into account the probable threat, while, on the other hand, the
requirements of the respective zone boundary and the immunity of the
equipment to be protected. Generally, lightning current arresters should
be installed at the crossing from lightning protection zone 0
A
into light-
ning protection zone 1 and surge arresters between lightning protection
zone 1 and lightning protection zone 2. Sometimes there is a direct
change over from lightning protection zone 0
A
to lightning protection
zone 2. In such cases the corresponding combi-arresters (chapter 5.8)
must be installed. From the producer of the arresters it is required that
the lightning current and surge arresters be coordinated and harmon-
ized with regard to their sparkover characteristic and discharge
capability.
It is also in the basement where the lightning protection equipotential
bonding of the larger installations inside the building must be carried
out, as there are cable tray systems, heating pipes, ventilation or air-
conditioning lines, re extinguishing conduits and guide rails of eleva-
tors. Corresponding terminals are also provided for these installations.
Equipotential bonding must also be carried out at the boundaries of
lightning protection zones 1 and 2 for all electrically conductive parts
which cross the boundaries as well as for metal parts inside the lightning
protection zone.
With the above-described measures a low-impedance equipotential
bonding network is obtained from which it is possible to realize a
surface-covering earthing of the electronic systems at the common
earthing system. The use of concrete reinforcement together with addi-
tional netting as down conductor/equipotential bonding means that
proximities for these structural parts of the tower can be neglected.
For other structural parts the safety distance must be calculated
according to the proximity formula indicated in IEC 610241. With
regard to the calculations for the area of the air-trac controller
cabin it should be considered that the next equipotential bonding level
for the electric lines is the oor of the air-trac controller cabin, see
Figure 6.6 d.
Apart from lightning discharge as an external source of interference
there are switching operations within the power plants which are a dan-
gerous internal source of interference for electronic systems. Such
switching operations generate high-frequency eld and line-conducted
interference which can inuence the electronic systems in dierent modes
of coupling. As a measure to control such interference the already-
described interference protection zones have been dened. The shields at
the boundaries of the interference protection zones (i.e., the metal
equipment casings at the boundary of the interference protection zones
0/1 and the structural shielding measures at the boundary of the inter-
ference protection zones 1/2) have a sucient damping eect on the
elds which are radiated by the equipment itself, under the condition that
the equipment casings are included with low-impedance into the equi-
potential bonding. Conducted interference due to switching operations
is eectively limited by using shielded cables in interference protection
zone 2 and by the protection measures at interference protection zone
boundary 1/2.
To avoid undesired inuence on electronic systems by power cables,
dened distances between cables of dierent voltage levels are main-
tained. For example, consider a three-layer rack pile; the following
conguration might be provided:
Level 1 (bottom): signal cables < 30V
Level 2 (middle): control, measuring, telecommunication cables

< 60V, control cables < 1kV
Level 3 (top): low-voltage cables < 1kV.

Protection management against electromagnetic lightning pulses
means new requirements for the construction. Additional functions such
as the carrying of lightning current, earthing and shielding of the build-
ing, and equipotential bonding are attributed to the metal structures of
the building. Thus, an economic realization of an eective protection
system is possible. The main diculty is that after the construction phase
most of the metal structures are no longer accessible. It is, therefore,
absolutely necessary to guarantee that those parts which will be covered
by concrete or soil meet the regulations and so stringent control is neces-
sary during the construction phase.
Sources
IEC 613121: Protection against lightning electromagnetic impulse. Part 1:
General principles. Centrel de la Commission Electrotechnique Inter-
nationale. 3, rue de Varembe, Genve Jan. 1995
ENV 610241: Protection of structures against lightning. Part 1: General
principles. European Committee for Electrotechnical Standardization, Cen-
tral Secretariat, rue de Stassart 35, B-1050 Brussels Jan. 1995
DIN 18 014: Fundamenterder (Beuth Verlag, Berlin) Feb.1994
FRENTZEL, R.: Massnahmen des Blitzschutzes und der EMV fr den neuen
Tower am Flughafen Nrnberg: DEHN u. SHNE Druckschrift Nr. 657 6.
Forum fr Versicherer: Blitz und berspannungsschutz Massnahmen der
EMV, April 1998 pp. 7985
Chapter 7
Prospects
The requirement for electronic information technology systems not to be
disturbed or even damaged by direct or close-up lightning strikes has led
to new quality requirements and a new dimension in the area of lightning
protection engineering. Lightning protection has been integrated into the
world of electromagnetic compatibility (EMC). The so-created concept
of lightning protection zones has turned out to be a very ecient man-
agement method and is proven as a universal organizing principle in
numerous complex problems. Meanwhile, the concept of lightning pro-
tection zones has been specied as generally the method most appropriate
for the protection of any kind of structure with electronic equipment. To
this end the Technical Committee (TC) 81 of the International Electro-
technical Commission (IEC) has elaborated upon the standard which
shows the principles for protection against electromagnetic lightning
pulses. This has been published as IEC 613121.
This book has introduced practice-proven components and protective
devices by which it is possible to plan and realize complete lightning/
surge protection concepts for many kinds of complex systems and struc-
tures. The protective measures exemplied and devices available are
applicable, not only in new projects but also in existing systems which
can be retrotted so that a sucient protection can still be attained.
Subsequent installation, however, will be at higher cost and with a lower
eciency.
The standards committees are currently working on standards which
treat the following subjects:
risk analysis as to the failure of electronic systems due to lightning
electromagnetic shielding eects of existing metal structure com-

ponents against lightning elds
coordinated application of lightning current and surge arresters at the

interfaces of the lightning protection zones
application of the concept of lightning protection zones to existing

structural systems with electronic equipment.
Along with the practical protection requirements, producers are
accompanying these activities with improvements to protection devices.
As a guiding example of such an improvement the lightning current
arrester DEHNport
Maxi now safely extinguishes mains follow-

currents of up to 50 kA.
Sources
IEC 613121: Protection against lightning electromagnetic impulse Part 1:
General principles (International Electrotechnical Commission, Geneva)
Feb. 1995
Index
abattoir 22
aerials 2729, 31, 329
air termination 127129
rods 128
roof superstructures 128, 129
wires 128
air termination systems 69, 78, 79, 84, 85,
87
air trac control 343346
aircraft, damage 3638
airport control tower, protection 343349
airports, damage 37
alarm systems 68, 313317
protection 313317
analogue a/b-wire terminal 286292
angle of protection 78
animal breeding farm 17, 21
automatic feeding 17, 21
ventilators 17, 21
antenna mast 328, 329, 331, 332
Apollo 12 space ship 38
application-neutral cabling 255261
arrester backup fuses 196204
arrester classes 109, 115, 117, 120122,
154156, 160
arrester disconnecting devices 117120
arrester tests 115119, 227
disconnecting devices 117119
operating duty 117, 118
test currents 115117
thermal stability 117
arresters 24, 26, 79, 98101, 113126,
153292
breaking capacity 120
combined 214, 228, 253, 254
coordination 120, 121, 125, 218, 220
cut-o frequency 217, 218, 226
decoupling 180183
discharge capability 120, 124, 223
limiting voltage 215217
N-PE 121, 122
nominal current 124, 217, 218, 226
nominal voltage 124, 214, 216, 226,
227
operating frequency range 124
protection level 119, 124, 215, 227
rated voltage 119, 124
standards 113126
test values 99, 116
valve-type 167, 168
arresters, application in dierent system
congurations 182197
IT-system 184, 185, 196, 197
TN-system 184, 185, 188192, 333, 334
TT-system 184, 185, 193195, 333,
334
arresters for cathodic protection systems
246249
arresters for equipment inputs 175, 176,
208
arresters for information technology
122125, 206292
arresters for lightning protection
equipotential bonding 157167
arresters for measuring and control
systems 209252
arresters for overhead lines 155159
arresters for permanent building
installations 167174, 208
arresters for power engineering 113122,
155205
arresters for socket outlets 174176, 208
arresters, graded application 178183,
206
arresters in Euro-card format 248, 250,
251
arresters in LSA-Plus technology 248,
251, 252
arresters, selection 119, 120, 124, 125,
223228
atmospheric overvoltages 4561
magnitude 60, 61
backup fuses for arresters 196204
Blitzductor
208249
construction and mode of functioning
210222
examples of application 228240
selection criteria 223228
building installations, protection
167174, 208
building regulations 69, 70
building services control system 22, 23
buildings 39, 40, 69, 76, 77, 8185, 8892,
295304
metal components 83, 84, 90, 92
protection 295304
room shielding 84, 8892
burglar alarm systems 313315, 317
bus systems 309313
cable coupling resistance 57
cable television 32
cables 56, 57, 61, 9597, 138143
ducts 9597, 140, 141
shielding 138143
supporting structures 142
cabling systems 255257
generic 255, 256
primary 255, 256
secondary 255, 256
tertiary 255, 256
catastrophic damage 3941
cathodic protection systems 246249,
326, 327
central computer, protection 307309
central heating, protection 302, 304307
cereal processing 243
chemical industry 196, 243
chemical plant 1113
close-up strike 45, 242
cloud-to-cloud lightning 45
coal processing 243
common mode protection 254
computer integrated business 1
computer integrated manufacturing 1
computers, damage 5, 6, 1620, 32, 34, 35
computers, protection 55, 207, 209, 254,
307309
connection components, standards 113
consequential damage 77
contact voltage 184
coordination between arresters and
equipment to protect 178183, 220
coordination characteristics 220222,
227
corrosion protection 246249
coupling of surge currents on signal lines
5760
capacitive 59, 60
inductive 58, 59
ohmic 58
coupling path 43, 44
damage statistics 510, 70
data networks, protection 255292
data telecontrol transmission 277292
by analogue a/b-wire terminal 286292
by ISDN base terminal 277284
by ISDN primary multiplex terminal
284286
DC line technique 314, 315
decoupling elements 206
decoupling of arresters 180183
decoupling choke 180183
decoupling length 180, 181, 183
dierential mode protection 254
direct strike 45, 60, 242, 328, 336
disconnection 61, 62
disconnection spark gap 326, 327, 340,
342
disconnectors 167, 168, 170, 171
remote indication 170, 171
dissolution pressure 246
distribution cabinet 30
distributors 255257, 262264
down conductor systems 78, 79, 84, 85
drop-cable 267
earth bus 92, 131, 135, 146
earth electrode 90, 332
earth-fault current 193
earth ring bus 146149
earthing systems 78, 79, 84, 85, 90, 111,
295, 296, 298, 299, 347
electrical systems of buildings 103110
protection 103110
surge protection standards 103110
electrochemical corrosion 246, 247
electromagnetic cage 129, 130
electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) 2,
3, 43, 63, 68, 112, 114, 115, 351
standards 112, 114, 115
electromagnetic interference 67, 68
electromagnetic lightning elds 328
damped 328
undamped 328
electronic data processing systems 1, 9
354 Index
electronic equipment protection 80
electrostatic discharge 7, 17, 20, 43
engine hall 323325
equipment inputs, protection 175, 176,
208, 253, 254
equipotential bonding 13, 16, 48, 69,
7881, 9095, 97, 99, 111, 145149,
190192, 194, 195, 197, 207, 244,
302, 303, 310, 322, 325329, 345,
347, 348
meshed functional equipotential
bonding 329, 330
equipotential bonding bar 9093,
147149, 253, 296, 297, 326,
327
equipotential bonding lines 141, 147
equivalent earth resistance 47, 48
equivalent surface 76
Ethernet 10 Base T 265, 266
Ethernet coax-cabling 267272
thickwire 267, 269, 271
thinwire 267269, 272
Ethernet twisted pair cabling 265269
European Installation Bus (EIB)
309313
Ex-zones 241, 243245
explosion-protected spark gap 150152,
326, 327
explosions 1013, 24, 27, 241, 243
nuclear 44, 68
explosive atmosphere 238, 241243
external lightning protection 16, 69, 78,
79
factories, protection 295323
factory hall, lightning protection
295299
Faraday cage 13, 16
Faraday hole 13, 16
Fast Ethernet 100 Base TX 265, 266
fault voltage-operated protective device
185, 193, 196
Fax machine 281
eld-bus systems, lightning/surge
protection 231236
nancial loss 1, 8, 13, 16, 17, 22, 308
re alarm systems 313316
ashover 10, 16, 22
follow-current 199204, 342, 352
fuses 196204
gas discharge arresters 215217, 224, 225
gliding spark gap 161, 163, 165, 166, 199,
200
hazardous areas, damage 1015
high current spark gap 151153, 337,
340342
hospitals 39
houses, damage 2736
hybrid generator 293, 294
impulse earth resistance 45, 48, 49
voltage drop 48, 49
impulse line technique 314
incoupling 22, 58
induced voltages in metal loops 4956, 58
square-wave 4954
transverse 5052, 58
industrial plants, damage 1524
industrial plants, protection 295323
information technology equipment
protection 73, 122125, 206292
insulation coordination 105, 106, 178
insulation monitoring device 185, 196
insulation resistance 244, 245, 342
insurance 9, 10
interference model 43
interference protection zones 344, 345,
348
interference sources 43, 44
internal lightning protection 16, 69, 78,
79
intrinsic safety 241244
intrinsically safe measuring and control
circuits 238246
ISDN base terminal 277284
ISDN primary multiplex terminal
284286
kerosene tank 1012
lightning current 2, 17, 27, 28, 32, 4549,
55, 56, 67
components 46
parameters 46, 78, 160
partial 46, 47
rate of rise 49, 50
lightning current arresters 153155,
157167, 177183, 188203, 206,
207, 211, 222, 228, 234, 262, 263,
275, 280, 285, 287, 288, 307, 314,
319, 320, 323, 328, 340, 341, 352
lightning current counter 293, 294, 337,
338
lightning damage 7, 8, 1041
direct 7, 8, 34
examples 1041
indirect 7, 8, 34, 35
Index 355
lightning discharge 2, 3, 68
lightning electromagnetic impulse 43
lightning electromagnetic impulse
protection (LEMP) 80, 82102, 343,
344, 351
costs 101, 102
inspection 100, 101
installation 99, 100
planning 8397
realization 9799
supervision 99, 100
lightning interference standards 64
lightning protection levels 74, 75, 77, 78,
83, 155, 158, 194, 295
lightning protection systems 16, 67102,
223225, 351
building integrated 8486
cable routing and shielding 9498
eciency 77
equipotential bonding networks 9094
external 16, 69, 78, 79
ow diagram 75, 76
internal 16, 69, 78, 79
isolated 8486, 128
partly isolated 8486, 128
planning 8397
protection levels 74, 75, 77, 78, 83
room shielding 84, 8891
standards 69103
zones 7985, 9299, 102
lightning protection zones 7985, 9299,
102, 177179, 255, 295, 303, 304,
307309, 323, 325, 328, 343348,
351, 352
lightning strikes 4557, 60, 242, 328, 336
close-up 45, 242
direct 45, 60, 242, 328, 336
remote 45, 56, 57, 60, 242
longitudinal current 254
low-voltage overhead lines 155159
LSA-Plus technology 248, 251, 252
measuring and control systems,
protection 209252
meshed functional equipotential bonding
(MFEB) 329, 330, 333
line cross section 329
mesh width 329
military applications 152
military installations 68
mobile radio systems, protection 328334
mobile telecommunication facility,
protection 339343
modem 286, 288, 290
N-PE arresters 121, 122, 166, 167, 193,
194
NET-Protector 257259, 266
network card 269, 272
network terminal 279, 284
NH fuses 200204
explosion 201, 202
melting 200, 201
no melting 200
nuclear electromagnetic pulse (NEMP)
44, 339, 341
nuclear power station 68
oil renery 10, 13, 14
optical bre transmission system 144,
145, 256
optocoupler 145, 146
optoelectronic connection 143146
osmotic pressure 246
overcurrent protective device 185,
187189, 193, 196, 203
overhead lines, protection 155159
overvoltage category 105108
peak-load power station 323327
petrol tanks 10, 11, 13, 15
temperature control 10, 11
pipeline 247, 249
pipeline valve station 246
potentially susceptible equipment 43,
44
power engineering systems, protection
113122, 155205
power stations, protection 323327
power supply systems, damage 2427
printing press 2224
protection against direct contact 182, 184
protection in case of indirect contact
182, 184188, 193, 196, 202
protection levels 74, 75, 77, 78, 83, 155,
158, 194, 295
angle of protection 78
eciency 77, 78
lightning current parameters 78
mesh size 78
rolling sphere radius 78
protective bypass 254
protective circuit 206
protective devices for analogue a/b-wire
terminal 286292
protective devices for application-neutral
cabling 255261
protective devices for data networks/
systems 255292
356 Index
protective devices for Ethernet coax-
cabling 267272
protective devices for Ethernet twisted
pair cabling 265269
protective devices for ISDN base
terminal 277284
protective devices for ISDN primary
multiplex terminal 284286
protective devices for power supply
inputs and information technology
inputs combined 253, 254
protective devices for standard cabling
271278
protective devices for token ring cabling
262265
protective insulation 340, 341
quench gap 166, 167
quenching spark gap 337, 340342
RADAX-ow technology 161, 164, 203,
204
radio paging system, protection 318321
radio systems 29, 31, 32, 39, 254,
318321, 328334
rated surge voltage 105, 107, 108
reactive current compensation system 22
reinforcement 129134
remote strike 45, 56, 57, 60, 242
residual current circuit breaker 17, 22
false tripping 17
residual current device 17, 22, 185189,
193, 194, 196, 202
resistance thermometer 236
risk analysis 7478, 80, 351
risk of failure 67
rockets 36, 38
rolling sphere method 84, 87, 128, 328,
344
drawing 87
scale models 87, 344
safety clearances 78
shielding 84, 8892, 129143, 351
buildings 129138
cables 138143
electronic cabinets 137
lines 138141
metal faades 131, 136
rooms 84, 8892, 130, 131
steel reinforcements 129134
short-circuit current 193
socket outlets, protection 174176, 208
spark gaps 150153, 155, 157159,
161166, 198, 199, 200, 203, 204,
326, 327, 337, 340342
explosion-protected 150152, 326, 327
gliding 161, 163, 165, 166, 199, 200
high-current 151153, 337, 340342
isolating 150153
quenching 337, 340342
RADAX-ow technology 161, 164,
203, 204
sparkover voltage 150, 151
standard cabling 271278
standards 67126
arresters for information technology
122125
arresters for power engineering
113122
connection components 112, 113
electromagnetic compatibility 112,
114, 115
European 67
international 67
lightning protection 69103
protective devices 113126
surge protection of electrical systems
of buildings 103110
surge protection of
telecommunications systems
110112
state of limited overvoltage 105, 106
in-system 106
protective 106
store and dispatch building, lightning
protection 296304
strain gauges 229, 230
surge arresters 153159, 167197,
206208, 211, 228, 234, 242, 253,
254, 257, 259261, 263272,
274290, 307314, 319323, 328,
336
surge current 45, 46, 5660, 63
cables 56, 57
coupling 5760
surge current counter 293, 294
surge damage 510
surge immunity 207, 218, 219
surge limiter 123
surge protection 67, 68, 103112, 224,
225
electrical systems of buildings
103110
longitudinal 224, 225
standards 103112
telecommunications systems 110112
transverse 224, 225
Index 357
surge protective devices 153, 154, 178,
206, 257, 260, 261, 266: see also
arresters
surge voltage 45, 46, 63
surge withstand voltage 105, 107
switchbays 24, 26
switching electromagnetic impulse 43
switching overvoltage 6, 7, 22, 6164
disconnection of a capacitance 61,
62
disconnection of a transformer 62
earth fault in the oating network 62
telecommunication systems, protection
53, 54, 110112, 146149, 223, 224,
279, 339343
equipotential bonding 146149
mobile 339343
surge protection standards 110112
telephone systems 17, 28, 31, 32, 34, 35,
3941, 210
telephones 281, 288
television sets 32, 254
television transmitter, protection
334339
temperature measuring equipment, surge
protection 236240
textile industry 16
token ring cabling 262265
trac lights 28, 32, 34
transceivers 267269
transformer substation 24, 25, 27
transmitter mast 335, 336, 338
transverse voltage 5052, 58, 253
Twinax cabling 273, 274, 276278
valve-type arresters 167170
disconnectors 167, 168, 170
protection characteristic 169
voltage and current characteristics
167, 169
varistors 170174
U/I characteristic 172, 173
zinc oxide 170172
vehicle weighbridge, lightning/surge
protection 229233, 320, 322, 323
video control system, protection
316321
vital infrastructure 40, 41
warehouse protection 296304
weighbridge 229233, 320, 322, 323
wind power stations, damage 3840
rotor blades 38, 39
zinc oxide varistors 170173
discharge capability 172, 173
U/I characteristic 172, 173
358 Index

Over Voltage

Cargado por

Información del documento

Derechos de autor

Formatos disponibles

Compartir este documento

Compartir o incrustar documentos

Opciones para compartir

¿Le pareció útil este documento?

¿Este contenido es inapropiado?

Copyright:

Formatos disponibles

Over Voltage

Cargado por

Copyright:

Formatos disponibles

lEI P0WEk AN0 ENEk0 5EklE5 33

Series Editors: Professor A.T. !ohns

CT: Construction and mode of

CT: Selection criteria 223

CT: Examples of application 228

1 , a partial lightning current will

2 only because of the resistive coupling (Section

1 : Surge damage in buildings

1 ), lightning strikes the protected building; but in

2 ), for example, the overhead line is struck. Reected surges

1a in Figure 3.1 a) and (b) induces surge

1b in Figure 3.1 a). Owing to the voltage drop at the impulse

where U is in V, M is the mutual inductance of the loop in H and i/t

2b in Figure 3.1 a), or lightning strikes (

the disconnection of inductances connected in parallel with the source

the disconnection of inductances in the series arm of the current cir-

intentional disconnection of circuits by means of switches, or un-

by phase control circuits, commutation eects in brush collector

Electromagnetic interference of lightning discharge and its statistical

Methods to estimate the risk of determining the protection levels

Measures to discharge the lightning current

Measures for screening electromagnetic lightning elds

Measures to discharge conducted lightning interference

Requirements and tests for protective components

Protective concepts within the scope of an EMC-oriented manage-

IEC 61024-1: 1990-03 Protection of structures against lightning.

The European draft standard ENV 61024-1: 1995-01 Protection of

This draft standard (translated into the national languages) will be

After nal consideration at Cenelec, there will then be the binding

In Germany this standard will be published as DIN EN 61024-1

Component A (building construction): construction of the walls, roof

Component B (building utilization and contents): utilization by

Component C (consequential damage): danger to the environment

ecacy of the lightning protection system (Table 4.1.1a)

lightning characteristics (Table 4.1.1 c)

clearances between the down conductors

minimum lengths of the earth electrodes

the execution of the protective measures on the basis of the concept

primary lightning interferences are specied

generator circuits are indicated for the simulation of lightning currents

the timing functions of the lightning current components are shown

measures of lightning protection equipotential bonding are treated

electromagnetic building and room screening is described

the application of arresters is determined.

lightning protection zone 0

lightning protection zone 0

all steel reinforcements in ceilings, walls, and oors must be inter-

steel constructions must be connected to the earthing system

steel reinforcements of the foundations must be connected to the

earth electrodes (telecommunication earth electrodes, earth electrodes

electric lines (metal sheaths and armour of cables as well as shields of

preparation of survey diagrams and descriptions

working out of tender specications

making of detailed drawings and ow diagrams for the installation.

quality assurance at the installation

revision of detailed drawings.

AQ 3: direct eect of lightning (cross reference to IEC 61024-1)

AQ 2: indirect eect of lightning, danger from the supply system

AQ 1: negligible eect of lightning.

In-system limitation. The state within an electrical system where,

Protective limitation. The state within an electrical system where, due

Transient overvoltages originating from the system to which the

Transient overvoltages originating from the equipment.

Overvoltage category I equipment is intended for connection to the